Circuses - Brief Bits

U

W. J. Uden's - 1905, 1908, 1918

1905:

    Col. W. J. Uden's Wild West roster: Chas. Lafayette, advance agent; Mrs. Ben Holmes, fancy rifle shot; Ben Holmes, fancy rope spinner; Chas. Smith and Matt Smith, bronco twisters; Uden Sisters, lady riders; and Sie Collins, arenic director. Billboard, April 22, 1905, p. 18.

    Col. W. J. Uden, proprietor of the Uden Wild West and Roman Hippodrome, writes that his seventeen weeks' season was a financial success. The Colonel is now located at his winter home in Flanagan, Ill., where he will prepare for next season. Wederman, trick and fancy rider with the Uden Wild West this season, is visiting his people in Kansas City. This was Wederman's sixth season with Col. Uden. Billboard, November 4, 1905, p. 17.

1908: Col. W. J. Uden's Wild West and Trained Animal Show closed a successful season of thirty-five weeks with the Kentucky Shows United. He recently sold his share in this show to Prof. Frank Cromwell at Canton, Miss., which was then joined by the Alabama Carnival Company. It will hereafter be known as Colorado Cotton and Prof. Cromwell's Wild West. Billboard, January 4, 1908, p. 22.

1918: Flanigan, Ill., Dec. 7. Col W. J. Uden's Animal Show, which has been in quarters here the greater part of the past season on account of the shortage of help and war conditions, now that the war is over, will again take the road the coming season. The show will be a ten wagon outfit, transported by tractors, and cover the same route was when the show was out in 1916. Billboard, December 14, 1918, p. 28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Uden & Byron - 1909

    Dog and Pony Circus at liberty after February 1st. Consisting of the Great Military Pony Drill. Runs 15 minutes. Posing act by two ponies with dog riders, 12 minutes. Fourteen ponies in all. Bucking mule, works with man, 15 minutes. Twelve Esquimaux dogs, runs 17 minutes. Address Uden & Bryon, Flanagan, Ill. Billboard, January 30, 1909, p. 19.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Uden & Filley - 1912

    Uden and Filley Show - Uden and Filley, props.; W. S. Filley, mgr.; Mrs. W. J. Uden, treas.; Faun Uden, audiitor; Henry Marks, general agent; Mrs. Chas. Knox, contracting press agent; Charles Know (Broncho Charlie), equestrian director; David Horrie, supt. privileges; Ralph Monk, musical director; Red Hawkins, supt. canvas; J. H. Hunt, boss hostler. Show opens at Flanagan, Ill., May 30. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Circus Union - 1977 (Mexico)

    In 1977 Circus Union owner Jesus Fuentes abandonded his plan to tour the United States due to the Immigration Department's stipulation that the circus must be managed by a U.S. Citizen. Fuentes had planned to play the major Spanish speaking population along the U.S. and Mexico border. Circus Report, August 22, 1977, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

United Nations Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1963

• An article on the 1963 United Nations Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 12-17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

United States Circus & Great Eastern Menagerie - 1886

    United States Circus & Great Eastern Menagerie, first year, everything new! Will exhibit at New Philadelphia, May 19. United States show syndicate, proprietors. H. H. Thorp, director-general, incorporated January __, 1886. . . . Facts and figures: 1,000 men and horses, 500 wild beasts in cages, 60 specialists in new novelties, 54 musicians, 16 equestrians, 14 trained Tra Kene stallions, 12 lady riders, 10 clowns, 7 kinds of music, 5 open dens in parade, 4 trains of our own extra-sized cars, 3 rings of actors, 2 twin elephants 'Cotopaxi' & Chimborzo,' 1 bible-recorded two-horned unicorn, 1 elevated theatre stage. 15,000 present at every performance. [Advertisement] Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), May 6, 1886, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

United States Circus Corp. - 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918-19

    Frank P. Spellman, president of the U. S. Circus Corporation, and Louis E. Cooke, who will handle the advance of the motorized circus, were Billboard visitors. Messrs. Spellman and Cooke ran down to Cincinnati from Toledo to ascertain if any damage had resulted to the circus automobiles in the fire last week at the Bode Wagon Works. Only some half dozen of the light advance cars were in the burned warehouse, and these were immediately covered with tarpaulins by the firemen and escaped damage. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Cirque Universal - 1988-89, 1994

1988: Headed by Mark Venault, this show was in Quebec and Ontario for about nine weeks. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 16.

1989: Marc Verreault had his show out in Quebec in the Spring of 1989. He put out another show, Cirque du Plaiser that ran from July 13 through September under a big top. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 22.

1994: Marc Verreault used the title Super Cirque, also known as Universal, in 1994. The show played stands in Ontario and Quebec from late April to early June. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Universal Big Top Circus - 1994, 1997

1994: Framed by Cedric Walker with assistance from Manuel "Junior" Ruffin, this African-American show debuted in Atlanta, Georgia in November, 1994. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, pp. 4-5.

1997: The show had a new name in 1997, UniverSoul Big Top Circus. Cedric Walker's circus was the first African-American owned circus since Turner Bros. in 1959. Bandwagon, March-April, 1998, p. 7.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Circus USA - 1986-87, 1991

• In 1980 the Circus USA title was used at times by the John Davenport (Gopher) show, Jungle Wonders. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 9.

1986: David Mobb's Circus USA played malls in the Miami area in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 10.

1987: David Mobb's show under canvas with dates in the Miami area in mid-October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.

1990: David Mobb's had his Circus USA in Florida in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 9.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974, 1990-93.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

V

V. & H. All-American Circus - 1942

    Organized in Harrison, Ohio by Verne Soules and Harry LeRoy. Show blew its opening stand May 9th at College Corner, Indiana, then went to Eaton, Ohio where it took them two hours to hook up the green stock. Performance consisted of a mechanical riding act, cowboys, teterboard, performing dogs, ponies, etc., swing ladder and trap act. Show folded in Eaton May 11th. White Tops, Vol. 15, Nos. 7-8 (Jun-Jul), 1942, p. 19. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Valencia Circus

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Tom Atkinson, proprietor, in California, circa 1931.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Valentine - 1990-91

1990: Ray Valentine's Circus Valentine had dates in Arkansas and Texas from June 19 to July 8, and in Texas from October 6-14. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 9.

1991: The show toured Texas in the Summer and Fall. Owner Ray Valentine's flying trapeze troupe was on the program. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 13.

Valentine's Mighty American - 1999

The show exhibited in the Southwest under the direction of Nicole and Ray Valentine Jr. in 1999. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 21.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, circa 1987-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Valkingburg & Co. - 1881-82   Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1882.

1881:

    Circus people in all branches of the business wanted, and sideshow attractions, also boss canvasman, etc. Circus will open Oct. 1. Long engagement South. G. W. Morris, agent; J. R. W. Hennessey, manager. Address Valkingburgh & Co., St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, September 24, 1881, p. 441.

    Valkingburg & Co.'s Circus opens its season at Poplar Bluff, Mo., Oct. 11. A few more specialty and gymnastic people wanted, also a musician to play tuba and baritone. Candy privilegs to let. Address J. R. W. Hennessy, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, October 8, 1881, p. 473.

    Valkingburg's United Circus exhibited in Pilot Point, Texas, Oct. 25, Montague 26, Bolivar, 27, Decatur 26, Victoria, 29, Newport 31, Jacksborough Nov. 1. J. R. W. Hennessey is manager; Lew Waters, equestrian director; Major Morris, advance agent with eight assistants. The museum is run by Lew Cole, assisted by W. C. Clark; the concert by Lew Waters; and the candy privilege by W. H. Thompson. Charles Lamont is principal clown, and Wm. Maurittus pantomimic clown. Among the company are the Nagels, George W. and Henry, horizontal bar, etc.; Chase Bell, hurdle and jockey rider; Josie Swadley, principal and bareback rider; the Lingards, aerial artists; George Mulgro, jester; Alf. Alfredo, gymnast; La Martine Bros., Frank Lamondue and Mr. Morley, leapers. They have a uniformed band of twelve pieces. New York Clipper, November 5, 1881, p. 537

    The co-partnership with constituted Valkingburg & Co.'s United Shows, has been agreeably dissolved, J. R. W. Hennessey becoming sole proprietor and manager. Specialty people desiring a long engagement, address San Antonio, Texas. J. R. W. Hennessey. New York Clipper, December 17, 1881, p. 644.

1882:

    Valkingburg & Co.'s Circus is reported doing well in Mexico. It is to be in Laredo March 15, on its return trip to St. Louis, Mo., where it will be re-organized for season of 1882. J. R. W. Hennessey is manager and sole proprietor. The show left St. Louis, Mo., September 11, by railroad. It made three routes by rail and three by wagon. Company: G. G. Stock, leader of band, Miss Annie Worland, Lingard and wife, Gus Garrolt, Percy Melrose, Chas. Mulgro, Lew Cole, Miss May Howard, W. S. Innes, S. Laval, A. Lopez. New York Clipper, March 11, 1882, pp. 842, 851.

    Valkingburg & Co.'s Great United Shows reorganizing for the remainder of the season of 1882 and Winter of '83. Circus, concert and sideshow people wanted. Address J. R. W. Hennessey, Great Western Printing, St. Louis, Missouri. New York Clipper, August 12, 1882, p. 342

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Van's Circus - 1877-78, 1884

1877: Van's Great Olympic and De Lorm's Moral Show, after a season through northern New York, are now exhibiting in Massachusetts. Among the performers are Searles and Beggs, Tommy Grithen, Wm. Melville, Smith and Thorp, Kit Williams, H. D. Van and Master Haney. New York Clipper, October 13, 1877, p. 231.

1878:

    Wanted, for Van's Great Olympic Circus and Congress of Novelties. Performers and musicians, also man to run canvas. Will be a wagon show, taking in small towns. Will take the road June 21. All privileges for sale. Address H. D. Van, Saugerties, New York. [probably Henry D. VanLeuven] New York Clipper, May 25, 1878, p. 72.

    Wanted, with Van's Olympic Circus and Congress of Novelties, one round-top canvas; also living and other curiosities of all kinds, and variety artists in all branches. All privileges to let. H. D. Van, Saugerties, New York. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 8, 1878, p. 83.

    The Shedman Bros. are to join H. D. Van's Circus, having taken all of the privileges excepting the concert. New York Clipper, July 20, 1878, p. 135.

1884:

    Performers are wanted for Van's Circus and Museum, including riders, leapers, tumblers, specialty people and musicians. An agent, billposters and canvasmen are also wanted. The show travels by wagon, and will start our June 1. The privileges are to let. New York Clipper, May 10, 1884, p. 126.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

J. H. Van's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1932

    J. H. Van's Famous Shows: J. H. Van, proprietor; J. R. Woundy, manager, general agent and contractor; Miss Jennie ___, treasurer; Mrs. J. H. Van, supt. of privileges; Thos. Stevens, supt. of stock and equestrian director. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Amburg & Co.'s - 1856-59, 1860, 1870-71, 1874, 1877, 1879, 1880-84

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1845-1881

• 1856: online at Clipper, May 24 (scroll down)

1857:

    [Advertisement] Van Amburgh & Menagerie and Circus. One consolidated exhibition under one tent, for one price of admission! The largest show in the world. Over 250 men and horses. H. Frost, manager. Den Stone, clown. Will exhibit at Fort Wayne, for one day only, on Monday, June 1st. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children undre 10 years of age 25 cents.
    A full menagerie embracing specimens of all that is rare and interesting in the animal world. The great performing elephant, Tippo Saib. The only pair of Bengal tigers in America, the largest ever captured alive. The menagerie is under the personal supervision of the renowned Van Amburgh.
    An entire new circus comprising newly trained blood horses imported from England and Arabia; a drove of trick ponies, highly educated. The star troupe of either hemisphere, in the following equestrians, gymnasts, pantomimists and dramatists: Mrs. E. W. Perry, Mr. E. W. Perry, The Nicolo Family (four in number), T. Wyeth, Frank Carpenter, Masters Alphonse, Sebastian and Alma. Together with Hadden, Norton, Wheeler, Lewis, Hawley, &c. Two performances each day.
    Wonderful and intrepid exercises in the cages of lions, tigers, &c. by Prof. Langworthy. Two great perfroming dogs, from Astley's Amphitheatre, London, trained by Monsieur Nicolo. Herman Ludwig's Cornet Band will discourse the finest of airs during the day. A magnificent procession will be made on entering town. For description see handbills, pictorials, &c. A. P. Newkirk, agent. Fort Wayne Sentinel (IN), May 16, 1857, n.p.n.

• 1857: online at Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)

• 1858: online at:
Clipper, May 15,   Clipper, May 29,   Clipper, June 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 10,   Clipper, August 28,   Clipper, September 18 (scroll down)

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, May 7,   Clipper, May 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, July 2,   Clipper, August 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 29,   Clipper, October 1,   Clipper, November 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 17 (scroll down)

1860:

    [Advertisement] Van Amburg's Zoological and Equestrian Company. Re-organized for the present campaign with entirely new cages, dens, baggage wagons, harness, trappings, canvas, &c., &c. Prominent among the many attractions in the mammoth establishment will be found Van Amburgh's trained lions, Royal Brazilian and black tigers, African and Asiatic leopard, &c. Executing at the command of Herr Lengle, a variety of astonishing feats. The monster performing elephant Tippo Saib, weighing over 9,000 pounds, whose feats far exceed, as proofs of intelligence (almost amounting to human intelligence), all the performances ever known in a menageries. He will be directed by his keeper, Frank Nash.
    The management, with their usual liberality when catering for the amusement of their patrons, have called men requisition the resources of both hemispheres to make their circus company the best ever exhibited in America and their arena will present a grand congress of French, English and American stars, each standing pre-eminent in their gymnastic, equestrian, or acrobatic specialties, while the Court of Momus will be well represented in the person of that accomplished gentleman, wit and scholar, Dr. Jas. L. Thayer, the great American talking clown, whose fund of original wit and humor seems inexhaustable; and while it keeps the audience in an uproar of merriment, never oversteps the bounds of propriety, nor causes a blush to the cheek of offended modesty. Education and refined association combine combine to make him the most accomplished humorist of this or any other age.
    Nat Austin, the English performing clown, a model for a sculptor in physical proportions, with a keen perception for the ludicrous, he has made grotesque performances his specialty; and while startled by his brilliandy and daring of his exploits, he keeps his audience convulsed with laughter by his comic actions and eccentric delinations.
    Dr. Thayer's quadrupedal wonder, the acting mules. A prize of five dollars will be given to any man who can ride the mule three times around the ring without falling. A troupe of Liliputian ponies, and highly trained horses, make complete this mammoth establishemnt. Will exhibit at Waukesha, on Saturday, May 26th. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Admission - Box seats 50 cts. Children 25cts. Pit 25cts. No half price to pit. Will also exhibit at Watertown, Monday, May 28th. Waukesha Freeman (WI), May 15, 1860, n.p.n.

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, January 28,   Clipper, February 4,   Clipper, April 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 26,   Clipper, June 2,   Clipper, June 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, July 14,   Clipper, August 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 18,   Clipper, September 8,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 6,   Clipper, November 3,   Clipper, December 1 (scroll down)

• Information on Van Amburgh & Co.'s, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

• 1868: An article on the 1868 Van Amburgh & Co.'s Great Golden Menagerie is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1978, Vol. 22, No. 4, pp. 26-27.

1870:

    [Advertisement] Van Amburgh & Co.'s Mammoth Menagerie Combined with Lowanda's Brazilian Circus and Seigrist's Great French Circus. H. Frost, manager. Combination composed of the following talented artists: Mons. Seigrist, W. Seigrist, Alex Lowanda, Thos. Seigrist, Clarinda Lowanda, W. Sparks, Marietta Zanfretta, Pete Conklin, Martinho Lowanda, Clark Gibbs, Natello Lowanda, H. Nichols, Aserlaeda Lowanda, Prof. Nash, Geo. Seigrist, W. Winner. . . . The procession will enter town at or near 10 o'clock a.m., led by Prof. Schacht's Opera Band. Admission 50 cents. Children under nine years of age 25 cents. Will exhibit at Cambridge City on Monday, May 2d, 1870. Cambridge City Tribune (IN), April 21, 1870, n.p.n.

1871:

    [Advertisement] Van Amburgh & Co.'s Mammoth Menagerie and Seigrist's Great French Circus. Frost & Seigrist's American and French Troupes. Hyatt Frost, manager. F. Hyatt, assistant. Rare specimens in animal department . . . Frost's American circus is composed of the following artists: Miss K. Kincade, equestrienne; Memee Foster, La Petite Arilla, Madame Foster, danseuse; Geo. Kincade, Wm. Kincade, Henry Kincade, Katie Kincade, John Foster, W. O. Dale, Professor Nash, Wm. Winner, John Barry, Charles H. Lowry and others.
    Seigrist's French circus composed of French ladies and gentlemen: Mons. Francois Seigrist, proprietor; M'lle Marietta Zanfretta, Masters George, Willie, Lewis and Antonio Seigrist, Professor Zambouiller, etc. All who are enlivened with the clowns, Clark Gibbs and John Foster; also the trick mule, "Mungo Park," and the diminutive Shetland, "January." The circus to be under the direction of Horace Nichols, Esq. The procession will enter town at or near 10 o'clock a.m., led by Prof. Parmlee's Silver Cornet Band, seated in the Golden Pompeian Chariot. Will exhibit at Chariton, April 28th. Admission, 50 cents. Children under 9, 25 cents. C. H. Farnsworth, agent. Chariton Democrat (IA), April 27, 1871, n.p.n.

    Our citizens were disappointed in seeing a big elephant at Van Amburg's menagerie, where the tusks only were exhibited of the late lamented Tippo Saib. Logansport Weekly Journal (IN), June 24, 1871, n.p.n.

1874:

    A. Barnado (a Spanish somersault rider) and his horses have been engaged for Van Amburgh & Co.'s Show for the coming season. Three additional pad horses have recently arrived at the winter quarters at Cambridge, Ind. The Cheakey Brothers and N. C. O'Dale, leapers, have also been engaged. Van Amburgh & Co. have recently purchased some fine dapple gray horses, forty-eight in number, to be used as draught horses in the twenty-four new cages recently added to that establishment. Mr. Hyatt Frost is at Cambridge City, Ind., the winter quarters of the show, where a score or more of artisans are engaged in redecorations and repairs. New York Clipper, March 28, 1874, p. 415.

    [Advertisement] Van Amburgh Menagerie Company's World of Wonders, Frost's Royal Colosseum and Rivera's Roman Circus will exhibit at Monticello, Iowa, Tuesday, September 29th, 1874 at 1:30 and 7 p.m. Established 1821, manager for 20 consecutive years, Mr. H. Frost. 54th annual tour.
    Troupes from eight nations, viz. - M'lle Seigrist, Francois Seigrist, Blanche Siegrist, Louis Seigrist, Toto Seigrist, Willie Siegrist. Valentine Langlois, Felix Langloies, the Langlois Brothers.
    Rivera's Roman Circus, grand array of equestrians. Signor Rivera, Signora Rivers, Signorina Kinovski, M'lle Viola, Signor Talmezzo and son, Signoria Rivera, Signor Covinscatti, Signor and Signorina Rivers, Monsieur Palaja and Impolo, Mr. A. Gaffney, Senor Barnabo, Signor and Signorina Civeta, Monsieur Lamkins, Messrs. Imolo and Applano, Signor Montano, Signors Farrar and Civolo, Herr Gaffney and Signor Montano, Monsieur Ijemsko, Signor Zampolie & son, Mons. and M'lle Dosolo, Mr. L. McCollum, Edward Castile, A. H. Gastile, Mons. Seigrist, Mons. Langlois, Mons. and M'll Dosolo.
    Comic mules and Shetland ponies. Grand procession early on the day of exhibition in which will appear living lion loose in the streets, Golden Chariot, dens, cages, vans, elephants, camels, ponies, dromedaries, &c Admission 50 cents, children under 9 years of age, 25 cents. Monticello Express (IA), September 18, 1874, n.p.n.

1877:

    [Advertisement] Van Amburgh & Co.'s Great Golden Menagerie, Frost's Roman Circus and Royal Colosseum. Hyatt Frost, manager. Will exhibit at Warren, Pa., Monday, July 30, 1877, in Irvine Grove, at the end of Suspension Bridge.
    M'lle Clarinda Lowanda, bareback rider, native of Brazil. Mr. George Melville, bareback somersault rider, pupil of James Melville. Mr. William Du Crow, lately from Buenos Ayers, hurdle rider. Mr. N. Lowanda, equestrian juggler. Mr. George Donald, English jockey, bounding upon his horse while at a full gallop without the use of his hands. 4 great clowns: Mr. John Foster, American, Mr. George Dunbar, English, Mr. M. McCollum, German, Mr. Felix Langlois, French.
    Langlois Brothers, Egyptian jugglers, from Cirque Royal, France. Messrs. Dunbar & Lowanda, la perch equipois. The Russian athletes, four in number, lately from Cuba. Mr. Joseph Jee, English equestrian director with his performing horses and mules, his first tour in America with this company. Prof. Louis Drievis' Chicago Silver Cornet Band. Mlle Lotta, iron jawed woman. Chas. Frost Watson, hurdle rider. Fred. Watson, character rider.
    Grand entree by the entire company in a banquet of ancient sports, entitled Czar's Triumphal March. The features of this show are to be seen under canvas, not on the street. Admission 50 cents, children under nine years, 25 cents. Doors open at 1 & 7 o'clock. Performances half an hour later. Warren Leger (PA), July 19, 1877, n.p.n.

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus reorganized in St. Louis, Mo., Oct. 27. C. H. Scott Jr., director of publications, writes on Oct. 31 that "new baggage wagons were made here, a new band chariot came from Cincinnati, new tents from a Boston firm, and from Montgomery Queen's Show Signor Sebastian and son, Wooda Cooke, Mlle. Tournuour and Wm. Organ, ringmaster and equestrian director, have been engaged. The officers are Hyatt Frost, manager; O. J. Ferguson, treasurer; A. S. Burt, general agent. Show goes to Missouri, Arkansas, then through the Indian Nations to New Mexico. New York Clipper, November 10, 1877, p. 259.

• 1879: Van Amburgh & Co.'s show, Hyatt Frost, manager, was in Kansas in September, 1879. The show advertised 185 people and 210 head of horses. More information on the show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 39-41.

1880:

    Van Amburgh & Co.'s Golden Menagerie, Circus and Coliseum, wintering in Kansas, has contracted with the following for season of 1880: Richard Rivers, equestrian director; Miss Viola, Miss ___ and Miss Rice, equestriennes; William Showles, Jacob Showles, Albert Siegrist, and August Schwartz, equestrians; John Foster, the two Kennebels, Matt McCollum and Robert Sayers, clowns; Andy Gaffney, F. P. Charvant, S. O. Howes, Clarence Rice, Edmund Rice, Samuel Brady, D. Kearney, Robt. Powers, Mlle. Kennebel, Mrs. Charvant and Wild Mexican Girl, Mons. Ferdinand, Billy Sebastian, Geo. Crosby, Pete J. Long, C. Marble, Mlle. Olivia the bearded lady . . . New York Clipper, February 14, 1880, p. 371.

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus. The Rice Brothers left the show recenlty. George M. Kelley (the leaper) and wife and Edward Billings have joined it, and the sideshow has been reinforced by a fat lady, a female dwarf, a bearded woman and George Cash, with his snakes and alligators. New York Clipper, September 11, 1880, p. 195.

1881:

    For Van Amburgh & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus for 1881, the following engagements have been made: Richard Rivers, Mrs. Rivers, Mlle. Viola, Jacob Showles, Wm. Showles, Wm. Ducrow, Sig. Sebastian, Mrs. Sebastian, Master Sebastian, Joseph Kennebel, Eugene Kennebel, Andrew Gaffney, Sam McFlinn, F. Charvat (his eighth season with this show), William Larue, Mrs. Larue, John Larue and Willie Larue. New York Clipper, January 8, 1881, p. 331.

    Oscar W. Hyatt has been engaged by Van Amburg & Co., as assistant manager. Three car loads of new wagons arrived in Connersville, Ind., including seven cages, two tableau cars, one ticket wagon and a large rhinocerous cage. New York Clipper, February 19, 1881, p. 379.

    Billy Stewart has received a very flattering offer from the Van Amburg circus company to travel with them the coming season. Billy is going to accept the position, and will shake the dust of Fort Wayne from his feet as soon as the season opens. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), March 3, 1881, n.p.n.

    The following have been engaged for the advance party with Van Amburg & Co.'s Show: Thos. Daily, C. McCormick . . . J. W. Wild, J. A. Haines and A. Reed. New York Clipper, March 5, 1881, p. 395.

    The great Van Amburgh show, now being fitted out in this city for its 61st consecutive season as an organization, and 36th under the management of the veteran Hyatt Frost. The chariots, tableau cars, cages and baggage vans have all been entirely rebuilt. The paintings on the wagons are meritorious pictures, and are the work of one of Cincinnati's gifted artists, John Kroffer. Of the attractions we give a partial list: William DuCrow, equestrian director; Millie "Viola," princess equestrienne; Sig Sebastian, bare back trick rider; Mons William Showles, somersault and hurdle rider; Mons DuCrow, English jockey rider and slack rope performer; Dr. James L. Thayer, Shaksperian clown; Kenneble Brothers, French trick clowns; C. C. Howe, clonw; William LaRue and his family of acrobats and gymnasts; Andrew Gaffner, the "American Sampson;" Frank Shortwell, light and heavy balancer; Richard Rivers, ring master; Madame Rivers and Madame Sebastian, equestriennes. This wagon show numbers in its train 65 conveyances, 160 people, 180 horses, the largest performing elephants in the world, a dozen or more camels. Five acres of ground space are required for the fourteen tents this company puts up daily. Over $35,000 has been paid out this winter through out bands for new features by the VanAmburg Company, whose property today at a cas valuation is worth over $300,000. . . . Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), March 17, 1881, n.p.n.

    A camel was born in the winter quarters of Van Amburg & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie in Connersville, Ind., March 11. Eli Frost as doorkeeper, W. H. Soper assistant, and Dr. Horton, as steward, have been engaged for this show. New York Clipper, March 26, 1881, p. 16.

    Another camel was born March 19 in the winter quarters of Van Amburg & Co.'s show, Connersville, Ind. It has only one ear. C. W. Kidder, agent, and J. W. Heidler, assistant, arrived there 21. New York Clipper, April 2, 1881, p. 26.

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Golden Menagerie, Circus and Coliseum is to give its first performance in Connersville, Ind., April 16. The officers and company are: Hyatt Frost, manager; O. J. Ferguson, treasurer; S. J. Howard and H. V. Truesdale, assistants. Equestrians: Sig. Sebastian Quaglieni, Williams Showles, Wm. Ducros, Wm. LaRue, Signor Argandi, S. T. Manders, George Moulton, Ferris Watt, Richard Rivers, Wm. Chambers, Jacob Showles, T. M. Richards, Miss Viola Rivers, Mlles Martaraillo, Maude Frankenstein, La Rue, La Rose, May, Kells, Rivera and young Louis Sebastian. Acrobats, etc.: the Thorber Brothers, George, Harry and Walter, Thos. Walton, Eugene Bader, Mons. Cerito, Thos. Barry, Carl Mettz, Herr Eichman, John and William La Rue Jr., and the Corney Brothers. Trapeze performers: Leon, Maude and Blanche Cerita, their first appearance in America. Other specialties: Andrew Gaffney, cannon-ball juggler; F. P. Charvat, crystal pyramid; C. O. Homes, juggler on slack wire; iron jaw act by Mlle Arcola; contortionist, S. Stanley; tight rope, Mlle. Cassell; Polandric ladders, George Loutrell, Walter Langdon, T. F. Low and H. Miaco; director of female equestrianism, Richard Rivers; director of male equestrianism, William Ducrow; director of performances in the middle ring, Jacob Showles.
    The performance will be given under a three-centre pole tent, with fifty foot middle pieces. The menagerie will be exhibited under a six-centre pole tent, and contains a large collection of rare animals. Master of elephants, Chas. A. Johnson; lion king, H. J. Garvey. The band and orchestra for every department will be under the direction of Prof. J. G. Bates, and will number twenty-eight musicians. Master of canvas, Franklin Price, assisted by Alexander Hardy and Myron Place; master of horse tents, C. Hubbell, assisted by L. George, A. L. Jones, R. Hoyt, H. Long and F. T. Thorpe; master of properties, F. N. Gray; master of grooms, Chas. Frost. The commissary department will be under the direction of Doctor Horton and eight assistants. Electric light engineer, W. Emmerson. The sideshow will be under the direction of George Cash and John Bristol, and will exhibit a Mexican wild boy; Zobeide Luti, Circassian; Nellie Augusta, Indian club juggler; Morock, a Zulu chief; Alcala, a Nautch dancing girl; Azela, a Greek slave girl; Del Fuego, the man who drinks molten lead; H. Renaud, prestdigitateur. Concert manager, M. Langtree; artists, Belle Fay, E. T. Merwin, Mollie Fiske, Miss Kelley, May Clancey, Miss St. Clair, W. L. Cochran, J. Kearney, R. Sands, Masters John and Willie LaRue, T. H. Ward, Miss Langtree, Miss Blake and Minnie Lord. General contracting and route agent in advance, C. W. Kidder; press agent, W. H. Hough; director of first billposting brigade, W. Landon; director of second billposting brigade, J. W. Heidler; director of third billposting brigade, Arthur Reed. There will be about twelve horses attached to each brigade, superintended by M. Abbott, Thos. Abbott, and R. Anderson. New York Clipper, April 9, 1881, p. 42.

    Hyatt Frost, who for thirty-five years has given almost constant attention to the circus business, finds that he needs a rest, so he has concluded to sell Van Amburg & Co.'s Great Golden Menagerie and Circus at auction, the sale taking place at Amenia, Dutchess County, N.Y., and commencing on Nov. 22. The property to be disposed of includes seventy head of draught horses, 70 sets of stage harness, 8 baggage wagons, 7 animal cages, 1 tableau car, 1 bill wagon, 2 post wagons, 3 passenger wagons, all new, besides 1 large property cage, 1 man-fish wagon, 3 circus tents, 1 menagerie tent, 2 stables, 1 dressing room, 3 museum cases of birds and fish, six chests of wardrobe, entree dresses, horse trappings, etc. Also a number of animals, including the performing elephant, Bolivar, and a double horned rhinoceros, 1 double humped Bactrian camel, 2 dromedaries, zebra, 1 hyena, 1 Burmese cow. New York Clipper, November 5, 1881, pp. 537, 543.

    VanAmburgh & Co.'s great golden menagerie and circus will be sold at public sale on Thursday, November 22, at Amenia, New York, the present management having grown wealthy at the show business, now wish to retire. This show has been successfully managed by Hyatt Frost, a Fayette county man, for thirty-five years. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), November 10, 1881, n.p.n.

    . . . There was quite a gathering of representative circus men at Armenia, Pa., last Tuesday when Van Amburgh sold his Great Golden Menagerie and Circus. The Gold was considerably tarnished by a season's hard wrok. There were seventy horses offered, with wagons, harness and circus paraphernalia, besides menagerie animals. Cole, Coupe, Hutchinson and others were present, but Forepaugh did most of the bidding and succeeded in securing nearly everything worth buying, including Bolivar, the elephant, for which he paid $7,100. He also bought the double-horned rhinocerous for $2,400. Decatur Daily Review (Decatur, IL), November 28, 1881, n.p.n.

1882:

    Hyatt Frost, the veteran showman, has assumed entire control and proprietorship of the VanAmburgh menagerie and circus, and will go on the road next season newly equipped and in better general shape thant ever before. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), January 26, 1882, n.p.n.

    Performers are wanted for Van Amburg, Frost & Co.'s Show. Hyatt Frost is the manager; M. C. Crane, assistant, and D. W. Stone, equestrian director. New York Clipper, January 28, 1882, p. 739.

    D. W. Stone, equestrian director, C. Crane, asst. manager; H. B. Knapp, agent, and John G. Bates and band have been engaged for Van Amburg & Co.'s Show the coming season. New York Clipper, February 11, 1882, p. 769.

    Van Amburg & Co. have purchased a pair of performing elephants, a white llama, a royal tiger, and eland and several python snakes. They have engaged O. A. Johnson, elephant trainer; W. E. Rogers, treasurer; B. Crosly, agent; Harry Knapp, manager of billing department; Eli Frost, doorkeeper; O. W. Hyatt, general manager; Doctor Horton, steward; Jeff Benson, cook; Charles Frost, purchaser of horses; and Franklin Price, boss canvasman. New York Clipper, February 25, 1882, p. 806.

    Joe Rieder left yesterday to join the Van Amburgh circus at Armenia. He will assist in repainting wagons until the show takes the road. Johnny Coss left Monday to join Forepaugh's circus at Philadelphia. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), March 1, 1882, p. 1.

    Two elephants for Van Amburg & Co.'s Circus recently arrived from Europe; also Franklin Price, boss canvasman; J. T. Porter, boss ostler; Joseph Rider, Smith Snyder, Paul Farr, M. C. Crane . . . New York Clipper, March 25, 1882, p. 8.

    Will Reed has packed up his tools preparatory to a summer jaunt with Van Amburg's circus. Logansport Chronicle (Logansport, IN), April 1, 1882, n.p.n.

    William H. Reed, well-known in this city as a musician, left Wednesday night for Indianapolis, to accept a position in Van Amburgh's circus band. The band left that place today for New York, to join the show which starts on the road Monday, April 17th. "Billy" has a good position, being a member of the circus orchestra. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), April 14, 1882, n.p.n.

    The company with Van Amburg & Co.'s Circus: Anna Carroll, H. B. Carroll, Chas. Lowry, Margquese, Sam McFlinn, Cardella and La Ross(?), Mlle. Cardella, F. Charnott, Manard and wife, Gallagher, Thorp and Millett, and others. The show is to exhibit in Kent, Ct., April 20, New Milford 21, Danbury 22, Brewsters 24. New York Clipper, April 15, 1882, p. 58.

    Wooda Cook, rider and Ajax, contortionist, joined Van Amburg & Co.'s Show lately. New York Clipper, September 16, 1882, p. 419.

    Walter Richardson is home after spending the summer with VanAmburg's circus in the capacity of a tenor drummer. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), October 6, 1882, n.p.n.

    [Advertisement] VanAmburgh, Frost, Stone & Co.'s Great Golden Menagerie, Frost's Royal Colosseum, Stone's Monster Circus, Oh Ke Na Wakee's Commanche Indian Troupe and Crane's Gymnasium and Aquarium at Connersville on Friday, Nov. 10, '82. The menagerie among its leading features a white llama, camels, dromedaries, zebras, wild yah of Tartara, lions and lionesses, Abysenian ibex, African leopard, spotted and striped hyenas, black and white deer, kangaroos, crockodiles, python snake. Also 50 dens of other rare animals, birds, monkeys and other curiosities. Five great shows combined for this season only. A herd of performing elephants.
    Mlle. Anna Carroll, lady equestrian. C. H. Lowry, who rides the hurdle act. Mlle. Lizzie Cordello, aerial queen. W. B. Carroll, rider. Mlle. Manard, trapeze performer. Sig. Maquese, wild Indian rider. Cordello and Larose, horizontal bar performers. Miss Manard in her majestic suspension. Thorpe and Millette, gymnastic wonders. Sam McFlynn, high stilts. John Saunders, leaper and tumbler. Miss Bartlette, vocalist. Miss Coedell, serio-comic. Johnson, Garvey, Robson, Simpson and Chapin, tumblers, leapers and vaulters. Garvey, with his lions loose in the street. F. P. Charvatte, chrystal, pyramids, light and heavy balancing and Chinese crockery acts. Prof. James Gallagher, magic barrel and Maltese cross. D. W. Stone, Sam McFlynn, Harry Larose, clowns and comic vocalists. Grand street pageant between 9 and 10 a.m., led by G. Bates' military band. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m., one ticket to menagerie, Indian show and circus. Admission 50c; children under 9, 25c. A few reserved seats for ladies and gentlemen at a small advance. . . . Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), November 1, 1882, n.p.n.

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Show is due at Connersville, Ind., 11, and winter there. New York Clipper, October 28, 1882, p. 519.

1883:

    Sam MacFlynn, who has been with Van Amburg's circus the past season, in the capacity of first clown, is at home for a month or two. Daily Hawk-Eye (Burlington, IA), January 5, 1883, p. 6.

    Engaged for Van Amburg & Co.'s Show are C. W. Kidder, contracting agent; H. B. Knapp, press and general agent; H. Barnum, M. C. Crane, D. W. Stone, Samuel McFlyn, C. O. Homes, Wooda Cook . . . R. Hall, Chas. Johnson and John G. Bates and his band. New York Clipper, February 3, 1883, p. 750.

    Engaged for Van Amburg & Co.'s Show are Mme. Burdue, Henry Burdue, Charles Howes, Mette Brothers (three), John Saunders, John Batcheller (leaper), W. E. Rogers (treasurer) and Harry Evarts, press agent and lecturer. Wm. Simpson and six assistants are at work painting cages, etc., in Connersville, Ind. New York Clipper, February 17, 1883, p. 782.

    Van Amburg & Co. have engaged Prof. B. W. Hill with his trained horses, dogs and monkeys, for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 3, 1883, p. 814.

    For Van Amburgh & Co.'s Great Show, the following have been engaged: Wooda Cook, Madame Burdeau, the three Mette Brothers, John Saunders, James Gallagher, Chas. Horner, the Maynard Family, Sam McFlynn, Chas. Lowery, and B. W. Hall. For the concert: Howard and Sanford, Ida Vincent and Cherrie Chapman. For the sideshow: Prof. Robinson and wife, Eugene Faralto and wife, and King's Jubilee Singers, eight in number. Harry Evarts is press agent and descriptive lecturer. D. W. Stone is in Connersville, Ind., breaking horses, and M. C. Crane and H. Barnum are fitting out the show. H. Frost, H. B. Knapp and twelve billposters started for Connersville March 26. New animals and new feats have been added to the circus, the tents and paraphernalia are new, and newly painted and regilded, over 10,000 of tire having been put on the wagons. New York Clipper, March 31, 1883, p. 22.

    [Advertisement] VanAmburgh, Frost, Stone & Co.'s Great Golden Menagerie, Museum, Aquarium, Aviary, Caravan and Circus. At Connersville, Sta., Apr. 14. The menagerie embraces, among its leading features, a herd of performing elephant, the only living Nondescript, a drove a camels and dromedaries, wild Yak Tartary, the only genuine zebra on exhibition in America, cow antelpe, black leopards, Abyssinian ibex, Royal Brazilian tigers, giant Humandrias baboon, or lion slayer, African leopards, Vlacke Varke, grave robbing hyenas, Burmese cow, California silver lions, black and white deer, white alpaca llama, Australian kangaroos, crocodiles from the river Nile, pythian snakes, apes and baboons, black monkeys, South African giraffes, and fifty dens of other rare animals, birds, reptile and marine monsters.
    The gigantic circus headed by the renowned equestrian, Wooda Cooke, bareback and somersault rider. Madame Burdue, equestrienne. Charles Lowery, bareback somersault act. John Batchler, champion leaper in his leaps over elephants, camels, horses, etc. Madame Maynard, woman of the iron jaw. John Saunders, bareback equestrian, leaper, gymnasts and general performer. M'lle Ella Francis, equestrienne. The Mette Brothers, 3 in number, Rudolph, Lewis and William, acrobats, gymnasts and tumblers. Mons. Burdue, battoute leaper and tumbler. Miss Maynard, slack rope performer. Prof. James Gallagher, magic barrel and Maltese cross. M'lle Clara Chapman, aerial queen. C. O. Howes, hat spinning act. Mons. Millette, Indian rider. Mons. and Madame Robinson, trapeze performers. Four great clowns - Messrs. D. W. Stone, Sam McFlynn, Rudolph Mette and C. O. Howes. Grand free ascension - M'lle Ida Vincent in her tight rope ascension from the ground to the dome of the mammoth pavilion. A magnificent pageant at 10 o'clock a.m. - golden chariots, cages, tableaux, ladies and gentlemen, elephants, ponies, camels and dromedaries, trained horses, knights in armor, bands of music, living lion loose in the streets. Two performances daily, doors open at 1 & y. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), April 4, 1883, p. 8.

    Robert Stickney, the well-known equestrian, has begun suit in the September term of the Laporte circuit court to recover $10,000 damages against one of the proprietors of VanAmburgh, Frost & Co.'s circus. The claim is for money lent, professional services and damages for a broken contract. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), May 25, 1883, n.p.n.

    Van Amburgh & Co.'s menagerie and circus property will be sold at auction at Amenia, N. Y., next Tuesday. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), November 21, 1883, p. 1.

1884:

    Van Amburg & Co.'s Show is for sale as a whole or in lots. Manager Hyatt Frost states that he would consolidate with another circus to make a big railroad show if he does not sell. New York Clipper, January 5, 1884, p. 713.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Amburg & Reiche's - 1885   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885

    A new show for next season title will be Van Amburg & Co.'s Menagerie, Charles Reiche's New York Aquarium and German Circus and Frost's Museum. It will be a railroad show. E. D. Colvin will control all the privileges. Hyatt Frost will assume the active management of the show, and Herman Reiche (brother of Charles, we believe) will be prominent in the business direction. New York Clipper, January 10, 1885, p. 677.

    The new show which has just been organized in New York, with Hyatt Frost as manager, is styled "Van Amburg & Co.'s Menagrie, Charles Reiche's New York Aquarium and German Circus and Frosts Museum." The name of Van Amburg will never go out of existence as long as Hyatt Frost remains in show business. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), January 21, 1885, n.p.n.

    We learn from the Amenia (N.Y.) Times that Messrs. Van Amburgh & Co., Chas. Reiche & Brother and Frost & Co. have organized and are to start out this spring a consolidated menagerie, aquarium, museum, all new, and a one ring circus. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), January 28, 1885, p. 8.

    C. H. Day will enter the service of Van Amburgh, Frost, Reiche & Bro. New York Clipper, February 7, 1885, p. 741.

    For Van Amburgh, Reiche & Bros.' Circus and Menagerie (at twenty-five cent prices) the following people have been engaged to date: the Watson Family, Frederick Watson, two and four horses, Carlotta the female Samson, Charles Watson the hurdle rider and Fredicka Watson and her performing dogs; D. W. Stone, equestrian director; Tom Barry, singing clown; the Belmont Family, Charles Belmont, clown, Mr. and Mrs. Belmont, double trapeze, Daisy Belmont, equestrienne; William O'Dell, somersault equestrian and four horses; Mitama's Troupe of Japanese; Dan O'Brien, leaper; Rice Brothers, horizontal bar; Prof. Brigham's band and a Congo band; trained horses, ponies and the old-time trick mule. A feature will be made of led animals in the procession. New York Clipper, February 28, 1885, p. 789.

    Van Amburg varieties. Thirty horses, a railroad car and two camels were lately purchased of Forepaugh. The show opens at Amenia, N.Y., April 25. The ring stock has been moved to Fordham for practice. Herman Reiche will travel with the show and represent the interests of the Reiche Brothers. New York Clipper, April 4, 1885, p. 36.

    Van Amburgh's circus is coming to Dunkirk. Yesterday at Albany "Madame" Watson, an attache of his show, attempted her usual feat of holding, by a strap between the teeth, a 150-pound cannon, while being hoisted ten feet into the air, there to fire the gun. The rope broke just as she rose the ten feet and she and the cannon fell. The cannon struck first, and madame landed on it withher face first. About all her teeth were knocked out, and she is now in the hospital. Evening Observer (Dunkirk, NY), July 1, 1885, n.p.n.

    The German house of Charles Reiche & Brother have made a business dealing in wild animals. Having heard that there existed in the Malay mountains specimens of the supposed extinct race of Mammoths, the captured two of the monsters. One died, but the other is now on exhibition with Van Amburgh, Charles Reiche & Bro's American and Japanese Circus, Museum, Aquarium and Menagerie, which will exhibit at Olean, July 16th. Olean Democrat (Olean, NY), July 2, 1885, p. 1.

    Buffalo, N.Y., Aug. 5. Eddie Belmont, an acrobat in Van Amburg's circus, while attempting to turn a double somersault from a spring-board today at Medina, N.Y., slipped and was thrown into the air sideways. He endeavored to save himself, but was unable to strike on the mattress, and fell in the sawdust and was fatally injured. His home is Manchester, N.H. New York World (New York, NY), August 6, 1885, p. 2.

    The season of the Van Amburg, Reiche, Frost Show terminated at Hoboken, N.J., Oct. 17. New York Clipper, October 24, 1885, p. 503.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Amburg Shows   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891, 1904-08

• Information on the 1891 Van Amburg show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 83-84.

An article on the 1904-08 show, Jeremiah Mugivan and Bert C. Bowers, owners, is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 3, pp. 3-13.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Amburg & Gallagher's Circus - 1900

    Show has been on the road five weeks and is doing good business. They carry sixty-five people, all told. Billboard, June 16, 1900, p. 6. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

John R. Van Arnam's - 1919, 1920   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918-1920

1919:

    John R. Van Arnam's One-Ring Circus wants wagon show people in all lines. Performers doing two or more acts. Band leader and musicians. Boss canvasman who cand take charge of 60x90 big top, also seats and lights; boss hostler for twenty head of stock. Privileges for sale or on percentage. Billposter who can drive a Ford. Wanted to buy for cash, January cart, small cages and wagons that ponies can handle, pony harness, pair of mules that weigh not over 500 lbs. each. Troupe of trained dogs. J. R. Van Arnam, Syracuse, New York. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 2.

    John R. Van Arnam's Circus. Syracuse, N.Y., Feb. 15. Mr. Van Arnam, who has a circuit of moving picture theaters, and who has been out of the circus game for the last six years, has decided to put out a wagon show. Prof. Carl Clark was wintering here and Mr. VanArman engaged him to break a dog and pony act for him. He also sent Mr. Clark to Ohio where he purchased eight poines. Since that time Prof. Clark has been working every day and the act will be ready for the opening, as well as a troupe of dogs and a manage pony. The following performers have been signed: Andrew Haley, boss canvasman; Harold Whitman, boss property man; ___ Hamlin, boss hostler; Thos. Mulroney, assistant boss hostler for baggage stock; Lee Smith, equestrian director; William Randall will work the pony and dog act, the Aerial Ackers. Ed Danforth will have the sideshow. J. C. Conners, will have the advance. The show will open early in May and tour for twenty weeks in New York State. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 76.

    The John R. VanArnam New Model Shows had a fine start at Northville, N.Y. recently. Prof. M. C. Whitney's concert band started the overture at 1:30. Reno and Rey opened the program. Roy Williams did his frog act, and Prof. Harold Witman and his troupe of educated dogs and ponies. Funny tricks were offered by clown alley with Lee Smith at its head. Art Crawford did his concert turn, and Horace Davenport and Brake did their musical act. Billboard, May 31, 1919, p. 38.

    The John R. Van Arnam Circus will take the road early next spring for its second tour. Billboard, December 20, 1919, p. 87.

More on the 1919 Van Arnam's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.

1920:

    John R. Van Arnam's Circus (wagon show): John R. Van Arnam, proprietor and manager; James W. Beattie, assistant manager and manager side show; John Myers, secretary and treasurer; Martin Gardner, local contractor; C. F. Taylor, special agent; Harold (Doc) Whitham, press agent back with show; Fred DeArto, equestrian director; James Ryan, general supt.; J. Duval, supt. privileges; Chas. Valentine, musical director; Chick Varnell, supt. reserved seat tickets; Whitey Smithson, supt. canvas; Arthur Ashley, supt. commissary dept.; Fred Caron, supt. lights; Eddie Sampson, supt. props.; William Brown, supt. ring stock and trainer; James Ryan, supt. working crew; Horace Davenport, supt. animals; James Cassidy, blacksmith; twenty-three wagons and autos. Opens at Northville, N.Y., May 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

    John R. Van Arnam's Circus, finest overland show in America. For the big show, act to feature. Clown doing concert turn, sister team, versatile performers in all lines. For side show, man and wife who can put on several acts. For band, two cornets, two trombones, clarinet, tuba, baritone, alto. Chas. Valentine, leader. For cook house, chef who can feed 60 people. For advance, contracting agent and one billposter. Both must drive Fords. For working departments, canvasmen, mantle light man, drivers, pony boys. Will buy for cash, male lion and small animals. Twenty-five weeks work. John R. VanArnam, Northville, New York. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Bros. - 1953, 1978

1953: Today is cirus day at Manchester as the Van Brothers Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit thrill both adults and children at two performances. Twenty trailer trucks brought in the big top and other equipment over the weekend. Among the features are the Hart family, Roy Howze, Frederick Vonderheid . . . Daily Messenger (Canandiagua, NY), June 29, 1953.

• This show was out under canvas in 1977, owned by Joe King. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 38.

1978: Osborne - Officials in this town of 2,200 still are scratching their heads in bewilderment over the disappearance of a circus scheduled to set up in town several weeks ago. It's been nearly two weeks since the Van Brothers Circus failed to show up for their scheduled appearance at the Osborne County Fairgrounds. Advance advertising had been paid by the circus, and advance tickets sold by town merchants, but the circus simply did not show up. And no one in town has received word on its whereabouts. Apparently the circus was to have played in Lucas and Mankato the preceding week, and missed performances in those towns as well. Salina Journal (Salina, KS), July 13, 1978.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1977.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Van Buren's - 1892

    On the road, circuses: Van Buren’s, Taylorville, IL May 1?, Pana 20, Shelbyville 21 . . . Lincoln 27, Delavan 2?. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    On the road, circuses: Van Buren’s, Champaign IL May 25, Clinton 26, Lincoln 27, Delavan 2?. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.

    On the road, circuses: Van Buren’s, Monmouth IL June 1, Fort Madison IA 2, Mt. Pleasant 3, Washington 4, Iowa City 6 . . . Anamosa 8, Belle Plaine 9. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Vanderburg Bros. Circus - 1937, 1982   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910, 1927-1937

• Owned by Zella Hall (Mrs. Frank Hall), this one ring show wintered in Whitewater, Wisconsin. Lew Christenson, manager; Clarence Auskings, agent; Bill Owens, billposter; George Hopp, sideshow manager; Steve Fanning, animal acts; Ted La Velda, banners; Slim Mitchell, lot superintendent; Harry Leonard, sideshow manager; Mary Leonard, sideshow performer; Dutch LaBlair, canvas boss. Performes: Richard Barnsdale, wire act; Lew Christenson, aerial acts; Elsie Christenson, aerial acts; Ted LaVelda, contortion (also banners); Tom Moss, juggler, chair balance; Vera Orton Fanning, aerial; Bonny Hall (Zella's daughter), pony drill, dogs. Circus Report, January 8, 1973, p. 6.

• A Vanderburg Bros. Circus was touring in 1930. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circus Vargas

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974-.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Circo Vazquez - 1995-96 (various titles)

1995: Circo Vazquez presenting Circo Chino moved North from Mexico to south Texas in 1995. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 9.

1996: Vazquez Bros. American Circus or Circo Americano de Los Hermos Vazquez, toured Texas and New Mexico for most of the year. The Vazquez family put on many of the acts. Bandwagon, March-April, 1997, p. 8.

• Circo Vazquez is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1997, 2000, Guillermo, Jesus and Ramon Vazquez, owners.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Stella Veal - 1925

    Chattel Mortgages. Stella Veal to Justin A. Emery, all goods, wares, merchandise, effects, etc. now used in connection with Stella Veal Circus and now situated at Springfield, Mass., $4,000. Daily Record (Rochester, NY), June 20, 1925, p. 4.

    In spite of the many handicaps the Stella Veal carnival has been working, the main show went on last night with but a partial top for the tent, the big top having been destroyed by fire at the stand before coming to Oswego. The Veal carnival is localy advertised as the Moose Circus, and hard luck has been its lot for the past three weeks. Each act in the big show is a headliner in vaudeville, including the juggling, eight trained horses and trick mule, trapeze performance, and feats of strength. Several acts were eliminated last night due to threatening weather. There are a number of other attractions. Oswego Palladium-Times (Oswego, NY), June 25, 1925, p. 4.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Vernello's - 1893

    Notes from Vernello’s European Circus. The only blown down of the season occurred at ___, Mich. Manager Vernello will close the circus Aug. 10(?), as he takes the management of "The Mystic(?)’ Co., which opens Aug. 21. He will also be interested in a large Ohio museum this winter. . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Vic Bros. Circus

• Vic Bros., a two ring show, was operated by Victor and Linda Flores. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Vidbel's Old Tyme All American Circus - 1984-87, 1999

1984: Alfred and Joyce Vidbel toured their one-ring show at New York state resort areas in July and August, 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 14.

1985: The one-ring show opened at Delmar, New York, May 23 and played an eight-week route there. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 9.

1986: The show toured New York state through July and New Jersey in August and early September. The show lost about a week of stands in New York when the show had not submitted drawings of the big top setup to the New York Department of Labor. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, pp. 9-10.

1987: The show toured from May to September, closing at September 19. Charles Moyer was manager. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 10.

1999: Vidbel Olde Tyme Circus opened its 16th tented season on April 30 at Somers, New York. The show played 136 dates in ten States. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 13.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1987-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Vincent's - 1916, 1918

1916: Wanted, circus people in all departments. Acts that double, dog and pony act, 6 piece band, colored preferred. This is an auto wagon show that opens near New York, June 23, 1916. Privileges open. Vincent's All Feature Shows, 611 W. 55th Street, New York City. Billboard, June 17, 1916, p. 66.

1918: Winter quarters, 1918. Vincent's All Feature Shows. Vincent C. Muessman, manager; 611-19 W 55th st., New York City. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Von Bros. - 1951-53, 1956, 1963   show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses 1954-1967

1951: Cincinnati, Aug. 18. Bob Stevens has informed The Billboard that he has sold his interest in Bailey Bros.' Circus to his partner, Henry Vonderheid, who will close it tomorrow. Vonderheid will play fairs with the acts. Billboard, August 25, 1951, p. 44.

1952: Burling Bros.' Circus wants mechanic and electrician, boss canvasman, calliope player, concert people, banner man, phone men, concession help. Henry Vonderheid, June 3, Towanda, Pa.; 4 Mildred, Pa.; 5, Canton, Pa.; 8, Jersey Shore; 7 Beech Creek, Pa.; 9, Snow Shoe, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 7, 1952, p. 67.

1953: Dover, N.J., Aug. 29. Von Bros.' Circus, managed by Henry Vonderheid, now includes the Bill Hill Family, Danell Troupe and the Hart Family. Hill is boss canvasman. The Danells are doing trampoline, juggling, clowning and cloud swing. Zack Hale is equestrian director and works the animal acts. Hart Family, hand balancing and wire, will leave soon for the daughters to resume school. Forty-two people are with the show. The show's advance truck was missing for one week. Vonderheid located it here. Billboard, September 5, 1953, p. 52.

• 1956: An article on the 1956 Von Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, July 1956 (scroll down).

1957: Von Bros.' Circus was a thriving motorized show playing Eastern territory until this past season. Manager Henry Vonderheid and his family had decided against operating the circus. Instead, they were concentrating on their new theme park near Wilkes-Barre, Pa. Built like a pioneers' stockade, the park features animals, picnic area, rides and more park attractions. TV shows eminated from the park. Billboard, November 25, 1957, p. 97.

• 1963: An article on the 1963 Von Bros. show is in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1963 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Von Litz - 1893

    Wanted, canvas, 70 or 80ft. round top, second hand. 15 lengths seats. A few more performers that do two turns or take turn in concert. Herr Von Litz, One Ring Shows, Du Bois, Pa. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 260.

    Roster of Herr Von Litz’s One Ring Wagon Show: ___ & Litz, proprietors; Geo. Litz, treasurer; Deacon Litz, manager; Billy Ellsworth, agent . . . Litz Bros., Frank Clyde, . . . and Herr Von Litz’s troupe of ponies and dogs. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Litz’s, De Bois PA July 1?, Pennsville 13 . . . Clearfield 1?, Woodland 17, Morrisdale 18, Phillipsburg 19. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Wanted at once, band of six mouth pieces. Address per route, Herr Von Letz [sic] One Ring Shows. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 309.

    Tommy McAllister’s band, of six pieces, joined Litze’s [sic] One Ring Show July 16. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    From Herr Von Litz’s One Ring Circus. We are doing a good business through central Pennsylvania, running without a top, using the side wall only for two weeks. But side wall seems to be a novelty through this section. . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: Von Litz’s, Coalport PA July 26, Hastings 27, Glen Campbell 28 . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Herr Von Litz has sold his interest in his one ring shows to Joseph Boyle. It will be known as Cary & Boyle's Big Twenty-five Cent Show. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Baron von Uhl's Circus - 1995, 2001

1995: Owner Julius von Uhl's show played Wisconsin in mid-July and August in 1995. von Ulh presented the wild animal act. The entire show was put on by Poopie Valentia and the Uhl families. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 9.

2001: The show played Beloit, Wisconsin in 2001. Beloit Daily News (Beloit, WI), June 9, 2001.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Voorheis Bros.

• In 1977, this show, owned by William Voorheis, played indoor dates and then went out under canvas billed as Col. Bill's Grande Early American Circus. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, p. 38.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974-78, William Voorheis, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Vrooman's - 1891

    The Hindley Bros., acrobats, have joined Vrooman’s Circus. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

W

Great Wagner Show - 1905, 1907, 1909, 1910-11, 1913-15, 1919, 1920-22   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1904-1914

1905:

    Notes from Wagner Bros.' Old Time One Ring Shows. This is a brand new circus, and will be managed by Jolly Jenaro, the clown juggler, who has been in the circus business for the past fifteen years and has been with some of the best circuses in existence. This new circus will be backed by the five Wagner Bros., Paul, Otto, George, Herman and Henry Jr. Everything is ready in winter quarters for the road. All new tents, wagons, etc., have been bought. The show will be a one ring circus, run in a good old fashioned way. We will work Wisconsin and Illinois, and all people have been engaged. New York Clipper, May 6, 1905, pp. 275, 279.

    Notes from the Great Wagner Show. We have been out six weeks, and have done fine business for a small show, playing the suburbs of Milwaukee, Wis. On July 3, we all visited the Barnum & Bailey Circus, which showed in Milwaukee. We will remain in Milwaukee about four weeks more, then will work Southern Wisconsin and Illinois. All are well and happy with the show. We carry fifteen people and eight head of stock, one performing pony and a troupe of twelve performing dogs. The performers are: Jolly Jenaro, manager, clown, juggler and slack wire; the Great Wagner, proprietor, and his troupe of dogs and wonderful talking pony; Spot Clark, Irish comedian, and Cleo, contortionist. New York Clipper, July 29, 1905, p. 578.

    Notes from the Great Wagner Show. We are still playing Milwaukee, Wis., to very good business. Jolly Jenaro certainly knowns how to run a show to make money out of it. Next season we will enlarge the show to twice its size. We have a present a fifty foot round top, with one thirty foot middle piece, a horse tent, a cook house, and three small tents, making it a very nice spread on the lot. All of the people who opened with the show are still with it. The Great Wagner and his troupe of dogs and talking pony, are certainly pleasing the little folks, while Jenaro's juggling and wire act is winning much praise. Nellie Jenaro is still making them laugh with her Dutch comedy and songs, while the funny Irish comedian is making things him with his jokes, songs and dancing, Cleo, the contortionist, is wonderful at back bending. Everyone is well and happy. New York Clipper, August 19, 1905, p. 653.

1907:

    Notes from the winter quarters of the Great Wagner Show. Our new tents arrived last week. Our new baby upright piano has also come. All the people from last season are again engaged for the coming season. Roster: George Wagner, proprietor and manager; Mrs. G. Wagner, treasurer; __. Wagner, privileges. Performers: Jolly Jenaro, clown, juggling and slack wire; Cleo, contortion and gun juggling; Billy Clark, comedian; the Nelson Sisters, acrobats and Nellie Jenaro, Dutch songs and dances. Ora Albough has charge of canvas with four assistants. New York Clipper, April 27, 1907, p. 279.

1909:

    The Great Wagner Show has closed its season and is in winter quarters at Milwaukee. This show was formerly owned by the Wagner Brothers, and was purchased two seasons ago by Jolly Jenaro, the clown, who is now sole owner and manager of the show. Mr. Jenaro has in the past been connected with the leading circuses for fifteen years, and has been successful with his own show. They will cover the same territory next season, playing through Wisconsin and Illinois. Billboard, January 9, 1909, p. 19.

    Notes from the Great Wagner Show. George E. Wagner, known as Jolly Jenaro, clown juggler, and owner of the show, has sold his home and quarters at Milwaukee, Wis., and will, after May 1, be located in his new home and quarters at Germantown, O., on May 1. The entire outfit will be shipped to Ohio, where the season of 1909 will begin. New York Clipper, February 27, 1909, p. 70.

    Great Wagner Show. One of the features to be carried will be a troupe of French poodles, twenty in number. Jolly Jenaro and Al. G. Millens have been engaged as clowns for the season. Billboard, April 17, 1909, p. 19.

1910:

    For Sale, the Great Wagner Show. One of the best little wagon shows on the road. Outfit consists of: one sleeping car for eight people, office in rear end; baggage wagon, 50 ft., with all dishes, stove, etc.; 5 length blue seats, 3 length hinged back reserved, netting, torches, chairs, stake puller, prop. trucks, sledges, hoe, tarpulins, candy stand, lay out pins, magnetic hammer, past brush. Also 300 half-sheet lithos, 800 one-she, 500 1/4(?) sheet, 1,000 dates, 10,000 heralds, etc. First $500 takes it. Cost $1,100. Reason for selling, going to locate in business here. Address Great Wagner Show, Germantown, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 15, 1910, p. 31.

    Jolly Jenaro, of the Great Wagner Show, denies the report to the effect that the Heber Bros. had purchased the Great Wagner Show. Only one of the sleeping cars was sold to them, and not the entire outift. The Great Wagoner Show is opening in Germantown, O., May 15, the show will then go to Galveston, Tex., for the Big Cotton Celebration for four weeks and after that play Texas for the rest of the season. Billboard, April 16, 1910, p. 19.

    The Great Wagner Show No. 2 was sold to J. R. Anderson, general manager of the Cosmopolitan Shows. The No. 1 Wagner Show is doing a good business and will stay on the road as long as weather permits. Billboard, September 10, 1910, p. 22.

    The Great Wagner Show under the management of Jolly Jenaro, closed a season of twenty-two weeks, and is at winter quarters, Dayton, O. Billboard, October 22, 1910, p. 21.

    The Great Wagner Show is now in winter quarters at Westwood, O., a suburb of Dayton. 2,865 miles were coverd by the show without an accident during the season of 1910. Billboard, December 3, 1910, p. 21.

1911:

    Geo. E. Wagner, proprietor of the Great Wagner Show, has sold the Monkey Loop-the-Loop of the Wagner Show No. 1 to the Downie and Wheeler Shows and the Monkey Loop-the-Loop of the Wagner Show No. 2 to the Bulger and Cheney Shows. Wagner has a new double loop and jumping the gap act for the coming season, performed by two dogs. The Wagner Show will open in May and make Northern Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and Wisconsin. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.

    The Great Wagner Show opened its tenting season at Dayton, O., May 6. Included in the program are Nellie Jenaro, lady clown; Wilson Slaters, acrobats; Cleo, contortionist; Billy Clark, juggler; Mrs. Murphy, loop-the-loop. Executive staff: Geo. E. Wagner, proprietor; Mrs. G. E. Wagner, treasurer; Paul P. Wagner, advance; Herman Wagner, equestrian director; Phil Meyers, leader of band of ten pieces; Blackie Blake, superintendent properties with one assistant; Ora Albaugh, boss canvasman with six assistants; Dad Myers, boss hostler; Otto George, chef. The outfit will play city lots in and around Dayton for six weeks, and then show in Northern Ohio, Indiana, Illinois and Wisconsin. Billboard, May 20, 1911, p. 26.

    Jolly Jenaro, for the past four seasons with the Great Wagner Show, is this season with the W. D. Neff's Big City Show. He is doing his clowning, juggling and wire act in the big show, also making concert announcements. Billboard, May 27, 1911, p. 26.

1913:

    Jolly Jenaro, clown juggler with the Great Wagner Show, was called to his home in Milwaukee, August 17, on account of the death of his father, Henry Wagner Sr., of the Great Wagner Show. Milwaukee, Wis., Aug. 19. Henry Wagner Sr., of the Great Wagner Show, died at his home here last Sunday. Billboard, August 30, 1913, p. 26.

1914:

    Great Wagner Show. Wagner Bros., props.; Geo. E. Wagner, mgr.; Paul P. Wagner, treas. & secy.' Otto Wagner, general agt.; Herman Wagner, press agt.; Henry Wagner Jr., equestrian director; Mrs. Henry Wagner Jr., supt. privileges; Mrs. Chas. Perray, musical dir.; Miss Olga Wagner, supt. reserved seat tickets; Roy Clark, supt. canvas; Dad Norman, boss hostler; Mike Stevens, supt. lights & props.; Steve Allen, supt. working crew; Herman Wagner, announcer. Show opens at Milwaukee, Wis., May 15. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.

    Jolly Jenaro just finished __ weeks of independent bookings and is taking a rest before starting out with the Heber Bros.' Greater Shows, with whom he will do his clown, singing and juggling wire act. Billboard, April 18, 1914, p. 13.

    Dayton, O., April 8. George E. Wagner, of the Great Wagner Show, known as Jolly Jenaro, clown juggler, is suing his wife, Jeannette Wagner, for divorce in the Dayton courts. They have entered into a legal separation, whereby she receives $2,000 for her rights in the show property, real estate, household goods, etc., which was in both of their names. Billboard, April 18, 1914, p. 22.

    Mrs. Rose Wagner, sister of Jolly Jenaro, manager of the Great Wagner Show, died at Milwaukee, Wis., May 21. Mrs. Wagner was musical director with the Great Wagner Show for the past eight years. Billboard, June 6, 1914, p. 18.

1915:

    The year of 1916 will again see the Great Wagner Show on the road. It will be a vaudeville-circus, carrying circus, vaudeville and animal acts. The big top will be 40x80 feet, and seats will be on the style of the theatre seats. No reserved will be carried. There will be one admission price. One of the features will be Mrs. Murphy, the monkey that loops-the-loop, to close the big show. Mr. Wagner is at present playing parks and fairs through Wisconsin for the United Vaudeville Exchange. He is doing his juggling and wire acts. Billboard, September 11, 1915, n.p.n.

    Jolly Jenaro, the clown juggler and wire artist, has joined with Alma Ziebell, the clown girl, of the Ziebell Sisters, and the team is playing vaudeville around Milwaukee and Chicago for the United Vaudeville. The team will be known as Jenaro and Ziebell, the jolly juggler and the clown girl. Next season they expect to be with the Great Wagner Show. Billboard, November 13, 1915, p. 17.

1918:

    The Great Wagner Show, formerly known as the Joe Mantazell One-Ring Circus, which was not on the road the past season, will take the road early next season and will tour Kentucky, Ohio and Pennsylvania, with a new outfit, according to news from the winter quarters at Newport, Ky. Billboard, November 23, 1918, n.p.n.

1919:

    1919: Milwaukee, Wis., Jan. 2. The Great Wagner Show is nicely stored away at George E. Wagner's home and winter quarters, 1212 Hadley street, this city. Mr. Wagner, who is known in the show world as "Jolly Jenaro, the clown juggler," is the sole owner of the Great Wagner Show has has been sice he originated both the title and the show in 1898. The Great Wagner Show will be on the road again the coming season, now that the war is over. The past season Mr. Wagner was doing his bit for the Government, installing electrical appliances in and on Government Post Offices. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 28.

    Milwaukee, Jan. 31. Jolly Jenaro, the clown juggler and owner of the Great Wagner Show, has finished the Government work he was doing for Uncle Sam, and is now at his home and winter quarters, 1212 Hadley street, this city. Plans for the coming season are being formulated and "Jolly" is busy getting things in shape. "The Missus" is engaged in making trappings and wardrobe. She recently spent a week on her parents' farm near Clintonville, Wis. Mr. Jenaro is breaking in a Shetland pony, which he just purchased and which he expects to be a winner when his schooling is completed. Billboard, February 8, 1919, p. 29.

    Milwaukee, Wis., Feb. 22. The work of preparation is in the way of getting the Great Wagner Show whipped into shape for the coming season. Manager Jenaro will leave next week for Chicago, where he will purchase some new paraphernalia, also a new pony trap, harness, etc. His new pony, Tom, is getting along nicely and learning fast, going to school about two hours each day. Mrs. George E. Wagner expects to leave for the farm of her parents, near Clintonville, in a few weeks, and will bring back some of the stock on her return. Billboard, March 1, 1919, p. 30.

    Jolly Jenaro, well-known clown juggler, formerly of Forepaugh-Sells and many other circus and carnival organizations, is back in harness playing parks and fairs. The season has been an unfortunate one for Jenaro. He first lost all his juggling tools in a fire, next he was put out of business for seven weeks on account of being struck by an automobile, from which accident he just recently recovered. Billboard, July 26, 1919, p. 37.

    Roster of the Great Wagner Show: Joe Montazell, manager; Mrs. A. M. Squier, treasurer; R. N. Squier, front door; Thomas DeWeese(?), advance agent; Mr. and Mars. Bert Geyer's Trio and their troupe of trained dogs, Mr. and Mrs. Frank Nazor and daughter, and Mr. and Mrs. Bert Renzo and daughter. Billboard, March 2, 1919, p. 187.

1920:

    The Great Wagner Show has been playing the smaller towns in Southern Wisconsin and is now in Illinois for a few weeks. The show will then play some fairs in Wisconsin and Minnesota for the balance of the season. Mrs. G. Warner writes that they have one of the nicest little one-ring circus outfits. The big top is 50x30 feet. The outfit is carried on three trucks. Billboard, July 31, 1920, p. 76.

1921:

    Racine, Wis., Aug. 3. News collected her from the Great Wagner Show is that the show is doing along nicely, and is playing its twelfth week. The show is making the small towns of Southern Wisconsin, but is headed Northward, with intention of closing about September 15. The management reports fair business so far - "not making a barrel of money, but keeping above water." Zenero's wire and juggling acts are still going big, and Tom, the posing and "talking" pony, continues to please. "Mrs. Murphy," the monk, which loops the loop, is a big feature and closes the performance, which is presented in one ring. A 40x80 top is used, and the show plays two and three-day stands. Mrs. G. E. Wagner has charge of the front door, and Henry Wagner, late of the Young Buffalo Wild West Show, is in advance. Billboard, August 13, 1921, p. 44.

1922:

    Mrs. G. E. Wagner informs that the Great Wagner Show is in its eighth week and going nicely in Northern Wisconsin. Jolly Jenaro was in Chicago July 3 arranging booking for fairs. Billboard, July 15, 1922, p. 61.

1934:

    Milwaukee, Wis., April 25. George W. Wagner, 55 years old, the clown juggler who last week told a divorce court he could tame lions but not his wife, today had letters from seventeen women in the middle west who would like to have him tame them. Last Thursday, Wagner, known to the circus world as "Jolly Jenaro, America's foremost clown juggler," lost his wife, Alma, 37, who obtained a default divorce on a charge of cruelty. Since then be has received seventeen letters from women in various cities proposing marriage. . . . Joplin Globe (Joplin, MO), April 26, 1934, p. 6.

    Milwaukee, Wis., Aug. 25. The body of Jolly Jenaro, circus clown, was found hanging today in a room of his home by his sister. Physicians said he had been dead 48 hours. The sister, Mrs. Olga Rhineland, said the clown, in private life George E. Wagner, had been despondent over divorce from his wife, Alma. Wagner, billed for years as the juggling clown with Ringling Brothers and Barnum & Bailey Circus, owned considerable property. New and Tribune (Jefferson City, MO), August 26, 1934, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Hans Wagner & Bros.' - 1909

    Hans Wagner and Brother's Circus and Congress of Athletes will open the season May 15. Its itinerary covers cities and towns in the Middle West and Eastern States which bigger organizations overlook. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 1, 1909, p. 14.

    Hans. Wagner & Brothers' Circus: James G. Haslett, manager; J. H. DeWolff, general agent; Albert B. Wagner, local contractor; Edwin A. DeWolff and Chas. Eby, special agents; Luther Wagner, checker-up; A. G. McGranahan, excursion agent; Frank L. Walters, manager side show. Roster advance car No. 1: C. Clayton Britton, car manager; E. A. Roach, Jas. Waltham, C. A. Wilson, Will A. Johnson, Chas. Stockton and Harry Jones, lithographers and banner men; E. C. Smith, program man. Roster advance car No. 2: H. W. Moore, car manager; Ed Strothers, Harry Corbin, billposters; Geo. Harper and Cecil Rogers, lithographers and banner man; Lincoln Buxton, program man. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Walcott & Chapman's Wild West - 1915-16   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916-1917 (Oscar Walcott, Lester E. Chapman, proprietors)

1915: The Walcott & Chapman Real Arizona Wild West Show closed the season recently at Kiowa, Kansas, after a tour of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Iowa and Kansas. The show is wintering in Waynoka, Oklahoma, making its headquarters at the Blue Front Barn, which it took over on November 1 last. Billboard, December 4, 1915, p. 23.

1916: Real Arizona Wild West Show. O. N. Walcott and L. G. Chapman Jr., proprietors; O. N. Walcott, manager; L. G. Chapman Jr., assistant manager; Mrs. O. N. Walcott, treasurer. Eight wagons. Show opens at Waynoka, Oklahoma, April 15. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Walker Bros. Circus - 1896 (Canada)

    Walker Bros.'s Big Show will tour Quebec, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia the coming season. New York Clipper, February 29, 1896, p. 825.

    Huntington, Ind., Aug. 24. The Walker circus was struck by a cyclone in this city Saturday night and the canvas torn to shreds. Several animals escaped from broken cages, but were recaptured. The damage amounts to $2,000. The storm struck before the doors had been opened to admit the people. Whitesville News (Whitesville, NY), August 27, 1896, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Walker Bros. - 1992, 2000   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1992-

1992: This was a new one-ring circus in 1992, owned by the brothers John Walker Jr. and Jerry Walker. They opened in Kingsland, Georgia on April 2 and closed in Indiana in late June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, p. 9.

• A 1999 Walker Bros. Circus was owned by John and Catia Walker. The show played an indoor route in the Midwest, starting early in February. Their tented season opened in Ohio in May. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 13.

2000: Church Hill. The Walker Brothers Circus comes to town Thursday, September 21 for one day only with two shows at 5:30 p.m. and 7:30 p.m., under the big tent located at the Church Hill Shopping Center parking lot on Highway 11W. Walker Brothers Circus stars illusionist Scott Taylor, the "unrideable" mule and Miss Delilah Zerini's foot juggling. The show also features Miss Rogona, known as the Baroness of Balance, Miss Sashi, the star of the air, and Sylvania Zacchini, on the Spanish web. Also the Los Plato aerial artistry. Other stars include clowns, elephants and prancing ponies. At noon children are invited to a birthday party of Maude, a 45-year-old Asian elephant. Rogersville Review (Rogersville, TN), September 13/14, 2000, p. 3A.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace & Co. - 1884-87, 1891   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1884-89, 1891

1884:

    The following performers have signed contracts with Wallace & Co.'s New Show: Ally Field, Count Savage, Frank Todd, Dan Wilson, Harry Rogers, Signor Daron, Mme. Senville and the Dartandas. Oliver Scott has charge of the advance department, and is general agent. The firm controls their own privileges. It is B. F. Wallace of Peru, Ind. (and not W. C. Wallace of Detroit),and James Anderson of Sells Bros.' show who are organizing this new concern. . . . Part of the wardrobe, harness, Mardi-gras heads, etc., of the late Coup Show will be used. New York Clipper, January 5, 1884, p. 713.

    James Anderson, circus manager, was to have left Columbus, O., for this city [New York], Jan. 21. John Luando, hurdle rider; Mlle. Gussie Luando, menage rider; James Kincade, leaper; the Whitney Bros.; Maurice Joyce, contortion; Todd Hammond and the Costello Bros., acrobats, hae signed contracts for next season with Wallace & Co. New York Clipper, January 26, 1884, p. 767.

    Manager James Anderson states that Wallace & Co.'s International Show opens in Peru, Ind., April 26. New York Clipper, April 5, 1884, p. 38.

    Fort Wayne, Ind., May 2. At the exhibition of Wallace & Co.'s circus in Montpelier, Blackford county, Indiana, forty miles south of this city, Wednesday night, a riotous demonstration on the part of the rough element of the town and country was indulged in. Several shots were fired, and a farmer was shot in the shoulder. No arrests were made. No blame is attached to the circus men. Janesville Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), May 2, 1884, n.p.n.

    Wallace & Co.'s Great World's Menagerie, International Circus, Museum, Alliance of Novelties and Mardi Gras Street-carnival. Officers: Proprietors, Wallace & Anderson; manager, James Anderson; assistant manager, Benj. Wallace; equestrian manager, Al G. Field; general agent, Oliver Scott; contracting agent, M. Barnett; press agent, "Gov" Campbell; special agent, Col. John Murray; boss hostler, Robert Danly, Asa Dodge, assistant; boss billposter of No. 2 brigade, Chas. Jenkins, with 7 assistants; lithographers, Wm. Hatfield and Ed Flynn; boss canvasman, John Purcell with 37 assistants. Clowns: Al G. Field, principal; Old Sam Rhinehart, Sig. Dawn, James Whitney, Irish clown, Chas Vey, Dutch clown; Prince Flotow, French grotesque.
    Company: riders - Mme. Wambold, principal bareback and four-horse; Mlle. Gussie Lowande, principal equestrienne; Tilda Field, manege; the De Arly Children, Marcus Leon, bareback principal; Dan Leon, Indian hurdle and four horse; and James Kincade, somersault pad act and bounding jockey. Gymnasts: John Luando, Chas. McVey, Johnny Doris, Lew Cadell, H. Battersby and O'Brien Bros. Acrobats: Kincade Family, Codeli Bros., Elms, Watson and Montano. Specialists: Geo. Wambold, dancing barrel, cross and globes; Signor Dawn, golden pyramid; Mrs. Geo. Wambold, tight rope; Signor A. Marquese, pedestal contortion; O'Brien Bros., double swinging perch . . . Mlle. Daroudel and children, iron jaw act; leader of band No. 1, Prof. C. E. Hammond with 14 musicians; leader of band No. 2, E. Kerr, with 10 musicians; drum majors, Marshall Bank, Ned Young; calliope player, Libbie Norcross; chime bells, C. Savage.
    Trick ponies, trick mules, trick donkeys, Prof. Wambold's dog circus, Marquese's mountain goats and broncho horses . . . Concert: Wallace, proprietor; J. Frank Stanley, manager. Performers - Whitney Bros., ring dancers and Irish comedians; Jennie Helene, skipping rope dancer; Gussie De Vere, serio-comic; Sweeney adn McCluen, musical act; O'Brien Children, Little Tot, Skelton fire king, and the Bouchers, mind readers. Sideshow: Owners, Wallace & Co.; orators - J. Frank Stanley, Harry Rogers, Tom Snyder; Curiosities - leopard man, double baby, mermaid, miniature representation fo the Artic regions, Fatima, man monkey, Punch and Judy, ventriloquism, and Prof. Boucher's Royal Mandarin Marionettes and Gillespie's Lilliputian Brass Band. Candy stands owned by Wallace & Co.
    Special attractions: Lone Wolf, Comanche brave, and a troupe of 14 bucks and 3 squaws will be a feature of this show. They will encamp on the show grounds in the forenoon, and will be in the menagerie in the afternoon. Major Crane, late of the U.S. Army, will accompany them as interpreter. Another feature will be a platform or wagon, the motive power of which will be four horses. The horses are immediately under the platform and are concealed from view. The apparatus is piloted or steered by a wheel on top. This will be used on the streets in the evening, and C. E. Hammond's band will discourse music from the platform. Winter quarters are at Peru, Ind. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 105.

    The Wabash Courier says: "Wallace's one-horse circus pitched its 8x10 tent at Peru last Saturday and annoyed a few hundred people with one of the dizziest performances it has been the misfortune of that village to witness. The clown's jokes were those fired off a the Egyptians by the Israelites when Pharaoh's pursuing host was swallowed up in the Red Sea. The lions and tigers were toothless with old age, and so inform that you couldn't make out a roar. The circus performance was one of the most painful exhibitions ever seen in this vicinity. . . . Fort Wayne Sunday Gazette (Fort Wayne, IN), May 4, 1884, p. 2.

    Wallace & Co. Show closed the season Oct. 25(?) at Huntington, W.Va. The show will winter in Peru, Ind. New York Clipper, November 8, 1884, p. 533.

    Wallace's circus, which started out from Peru last summer, is said to have made more money, in proportion to the amount invested, than any other circus on the road. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), December 18, 1884, n.p.n.

1885:

    Wallace & Co. Mr. Wallace brought forty-four head of horses, mostly dappled-gray Norman and Percheron draught horses. He also brought a new open den for the hyenas and a camel chariot. Wallace & Co. will complete their nine weeks' season by steamboat and take to traveling by wagons at Eddyville, Ky., June 25. We have 212 head of stock, 14 cages, 2 tableau cars, 2 band wagons, 1 calliope and 32 mounted people in the procession. . . . New York Clipper, July 4, 1885, p. 248.

1886:

    The following have signed with the Wallace & Co. Circus and Menagerie: Matt Leland, general agent; the Four Walton Bros. . . . Whitney Bros., Sweeny and McLane, and Al. G. Field. Manager Jas. Anderson has returned from a Western trip. New York Clipper, February 6, 1886, p. 743.

    The following have signed contracts with Wallace & Co.'s Shows: Cleo Hernandez, principal and four horse rider . . . Sig. Dawn, equilibrist; Mlle. Minneta, iron jawed lady; Carlyle, high wire artist; Prof. May and his trained dogs, goats, monkeys, etc. Albert Palmer will manipulate the calliope. Al. G. Field is equestrian manager. New York Clipper, February 13, 1886, p. 759.

    The roster of Wallace & Co.'s Great World's Railroad Show, Menagerie, Museum and Circus is as follows: Fifteen cars, 22 cages, 120 horses, giant camel, white camel (five in all), one elephant, three tableaux-cars, caliope, racing-chariots, etc. Tents — Circus, 120 ft. round top, 60 ft. middle-piece; menagerie, 100 ft. top, two 60 ft. middle-pieces ; two sideshows. Robt. Donnelly, master of transportation ; Curly Platner, boss-canvasman; Frank Smith, assistant, with 30 men. Privileges are owned by the show. Harry Amler is manager. Circus: One ring; Alf. G. Fields, equestrian-director; Felix MacDonald, ringmaster; Sig. Don, Sam Dickey, Alf. Fields and old Col. Chas. Seeley, clowns; three bands and orchestra; Wm. Goetz, leader of No. 1 (17 pieces); Louis Kerr, soloist; John Shay, leader No. 2 (10 pieces); Louis Robinson, leader No. 3 (9 pieces). Performers: Mlle. Elise, Sig. Clio Hernandez, Lizzie Russell, Misses Minetta, Annie Vinton, Dollie Crosby and Natiline (Hindoo snake-charmer), Chas. Ewers, Sig. Don Molitano, Sweeney and McLain, Whitney and Farrell, Bulger and Jenkins, D'Arly Bros., the Carlisles, the four Waltons, Petit and McVey, Lowando and Strong, Pritchard and Clifton, Alonzo and Kand, Dan Leon, Prof. Harry C. Taylor and troupe of dogs, Martell and educated donkeys. Sideshows — Wm. Corcoran, manager. Concert — Jas. Whitney, manager. Advance, Matt Leland, general-director; two brigades — P. K. Wilson and 12 men car No. 1; John G. Runnells and 18 men car No. 2.

    Wallace's circus, which was organized in Peru some years ago as a small wagon show, has this year been constructed into a railroad show. Twenty cars have been built for the show. The first performance of the season will be given at Peru on May 1st. Fort Wayne Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), April 19, 1886, p. 1.

    Wallace & Co.'s Great World's Railroad Shows, Menagerie, Museum, International Circus, at Chariton, June 23. Mammoth one-ring circus. 100 artists, finest collection of trained horses and ponies, drilled stallions and troupe of performing animals. Free horse fair each day on the public streets. Steam Melochor organ. Silver-tubed calliope. Plantation Jubilee singers and cabin shouters, melodious hurdy-gurdy and Highland bag pipers. Street pageant, many bands of music, golden chariots, cars, cages, menagerie of wild animals open in the streets. [Advertisement] Chariton Herald (Chariton, IA), June 17, 1886, n.p.n.

    When Wallace & Co.'s circus showed at Osage last week, the ticket wagon, horses and tent were attached by the sheriff on complaint of a gentleman named March who claimed to have been swindled out of $1,250 by some of the hangers-on of the show at Dixon, Ills. After considerable bluster the managers of the concern settled with him by paying $800. The Press says the outfit might well be termed a "grand aggregation of swindlers." Waterloo Courier (Waterloo, IA), August 18, 1886, n.p.n.

1887:

    Wallace & Co.'s Circus will open season at Peru, Ind., April 30. They have contracted with the western roads, and will take in Kansas and Nebraska thoroughly, and then go South. New York Clipper, May 7, 1887, p. 117.

• Information on the 1890 Wallace & Company show and Wallace & Anderson is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 35-42.

• Information on the 1890-91 Wallace & Co. and the beginning of Wallace & Co. is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1984, pp. 21-27.

1891:

    Wallace and Co.’s Circus, while exhibiting in Mahanoy City, Pa., last Wednesday evening, had a disagreeable encounter with roughs. During the performance many people crawled under the tent and interfered with the performers. The audience was dismissed and the concert began. The roughs again attempted to crawl under the canvas, but were repulsed. The circus men admitted the disturbing element through the regular entrance, thinking this method would preserve order. The roughs insulted the performers, and went so far as to grab one of the women, who was dragged off the platform and pulled around the ring. This was too much for the employees, who then took a hand and with shot-guns began an onslaught on the offenders. Stakes were pulled up and a hand-to-hand encounter ensued. The circus men retreated toward their cars, being pelted with stones, bricks, etc. Finally the circus men reached their train and entered the cars. The mob surrounded the train after the showmen had entered it, and attempted to follow into the cars, but were confronted with Winchesters, and turned and fled. After a few minutes the train pulled out and journeyed to the next town. A number of the rioters were hurt, and the circus employees did not get away without marks of the affray. . . . New York Dramatic News, June 6, 1891. Information should be checked with additional sources

      C. W. Wallace & Co.'s Great World's 50 Cage Menagerie, Roman Hippodrome and International Three Ring Circus . . . Sublime and Superior to Similitude, the acme of possible Acquisition. . . . Scenic, Gladitorial and processional productions to delight the Senses. Aviary of Birds of brightest plumage from the isles of Balm. Aquarium Curiosities from Cerulean Depths of Indian Seas. Three rings with wonderous Companies of Performers of exhalted fame, who dazzle comprehension with Miraculous feats of superhuman intrepidity or more than terrestial grace. Most stupendous of railroad shows . . . Weekly Tribune (Hornellsville, NY), June 19, 1891.

• Information on the Ben Wallace's Wallace & Co. show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 39-41.
• Information on the 1891 Ben Wallace's Wallace & Co. show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 80-82.
• Information on the 1892 Ben Wallace's Cook & Whitby show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 1, pp. 50-54.

• Articles on the 1890-92 Wallace & Co. show are in Bandwagon, March-April, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 21-26, 26-27.

Articles on Benjamin E. Wallace, owner, and his shows is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1964.

Great Wallace - 1900

    Great Wallace Circus. Advance: W. E. Franklin, general agent; E. M. Burke, railroad contractor; R. M. Harvey and D. F. Lynch, contractors; A. W. McPhail, special agent; W. R. Musgat, agent No. 1 advance car; R. P. Janette, agent No. 2 advance car; Frank Purcell, agent brigade No. 1; Harry Middleton, agent brigade No. 2; W. W. Parmalee, program contractor. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Prof. Wallace's Circus - 1883 (Mexico)

    In Mexico Prof. Wallace's Circus, recently organized in New York, opened July 22 to large business. Among the features are the Ordeys, Karoly and Augusta; Miss Zarah, balancing trapeze; V. Jerome, contortion; Wash Antonio, clown; A. Leon and J. Nelson, tumblers and leapers; Little Nicholas, child wonder in gymnastic feats; and James McDonald in pedestal dancing. . . . New York Clipper, September 1, 1883, p. 386.

    The company that was traveling in Mexico under the management of Mr. Wallace opened Sept. 15 in Janes' Iron Amphitheatre, Havana, Cuba, for a short season, under contract to Leon De Leon. New York Clipper, September 29, 1883, p. 456.

    The Wallace Combination left Havana, Cuba, for Key West, Oct. 3, under the management of Leon De Leon. The company comprises Mr. Wallace, Mr. Ceballos and son (Nicholas); Miss Zarah, trapeze; Hopkins and Snow, acrobats; Wash Antonio, clown; Victor Jerome, contortionist; Karola and Augusta Ordey, jugglers; and the Martene Family, cat-dueltists. New York Clipper, October 20, 1883, p. 510.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace Ten-Cent Circus - 1887

    Altoona, Pennsylvania. The Wallace Ten-cent Show was here July 25(?), and remainded the week. This was their opening. Harry Wallace, proprietor; ___ Montgomery, agent; H. Huffman, assistant; Burt Montgomery, leader of band. Performers: the Crooks, Harr Peaslee, Moran and ___; Alice Jackson, Harry Wallace. D. Carroll, boss canvasman. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace Bros. - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909

    Wallace Bros. Trained Animal Show: S. P. Wallace, Lloyd Wallace and Lester Wallace, proprietors; S. P. Wallace, manager; Lloyd Wallace, local contractor; Howard Arverson, manager side show; Lester Wallace and Wilford Arverson, billposters; Wm. Bennett, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace Bros. - 1943-44   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1937, 1940-44

• 1943 Wallace Bros. route, White Tops, April-May, 1943, Vol 16, Nos. 5-6, p. 4.

1944: Wallace Bros. big top is 140 ft. with three 50's and the menagerie is a 90 ft. round with three 30's; sideshow is 80 ft. with two 30's; pad room is 40 ft. with two 30's, and the Marquee is 40 ft. The big top seats 4,300. The show used 8th and 9th grade boys from a Junior High School to help setting up at Uniontown, Pennsylvania on May 10. At Framingham, Massachusetts, July 4th, the menagerie had 5 bulls, 2 camels, 10 high school and liberty horses, 1 resin back horse, 4 ponies, 1 donkey, 1 mule. Three of Red Luceford's horses were used in the Wild West concert; 1 Coy Lee's Wild West horse; 3 Romig-Rooney rosinback horses; 2 Romig-Rooney's high school horses; 2 mules; together with their 6 trained dogs. Capt. Engerer's 5 lions and 2 dogs. Show moved on 86 vehicles, including privately owned cars, trucks and trailers. Bandwagon, August 15, 1944, Vol. 3, No. 1, p. 6.

• 1944: Photos of some of the performers in the show are in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, p. 20.

• Article on owner Ray W. Rogers' Wallace Bros. Circus, 1937 is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 6, pp. 26-33.

• Article on owner Ray W. Rogers' Wallace Bros. Circus, 1940-42 is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 18-29.

• Article on owner Ray W. Rogers' Wallace Bros. Circus, 1942-43 is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 18-28.

• Article on owner Ray W. Rogers' Wallace Bros. Circus, 1944 is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 17-26.

Wallace Bros. - 1952-53   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1952-53

• Owner Ben Davenport changed the name of his 1951 Campa Bros. Circus to Wallace Bros. in 1952. In 1953 Davenport joined with Ton Diano, and for a short time in 1953, the show was titled Diano Bros. Circus, changing back to Wallace Bros. mid-season. More information on this 1952-53 show is in Bandwagon, November-December, Vol. 14, No. 6, 1970, pp. 26-27.

Wallace Bros. - 1961-62   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1961

• Article on the 1961 Wallace Bros. show, Cristianis, owners, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1961 (scroll down or use find).

• Article on the 1962 Cristiani-Wallace Bros. Circus, is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1962 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

B. L. Wallace - 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1921

• Article on the 1921 B. L. Wallace show, with route, is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Nov 1961 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace & Anderson - 1890-91   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890

• Also see Wallace & Co. above.

1890:

    News from Shipp’s Winter Circus. the Jordans, aerialists, [go] with the Wallace & Anderson Shows. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.

    Wanted for the Great Wallace & Anderson All Feature Railroad Show, a few more strong specialties. . . . also fifty practical billposters. . . . Address Wallace & Anderson, winterquarters, Peru, Ind. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 782.

    Clyde Phillips, juggler and slack wire performer goes out with the Wallace & Anderson Show next season. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 793.

    The Melrose Family, bicyclists, are engaged with Wallace & Anderson’s Circus. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.

    Sioux Falls, Dakotas. Wallace & Anderson’s Circus, _, had a good audience in the afternoon. A heavy wind and rainstorm, about seven o’clock in the evening, destroyed the sideshow and menagerie tents. The big tent stood, and a ring performance was given to a small but appreciative audience. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

1891:

    Mlle. Loretta, aerial performer, now with the Parisian Folly Co., has signed with Wallace & Anderson’s Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

    Lane and Verona, a clever pair of cyclists, skaters and jugglers, who recently met with much favor at Tony Pastor’s Theatre, this city, have been engaged for the Wallace & Anderson Circus for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, January 31, 1891, p. 746.

    Alvido, Japanese juggler, is spending the winter in Florida. He is re-engaged with the Wallace & Anderson Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    B. E. Wallace and Jas. Anderson, proprietors of the well established and constantly growing Wallace & Anderson Circus, spent last week in this city [New York], and on Feb 16(?) were among the Clipper’s callers. They purchased while here a number of animals for their new show, among them being two Asiatic elephants. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    Whiting and Ryder, triple horizontal bar experts. Mr. Hugh Whiting is the best ___ clown in the business. Also the duettists, May Waldron and Frankie Baker, character changes, singers, dancers and burlesquers, also their trick monk . . . At liberty for ‘91 and ‘92. Engaged with the Great Wallace & Anderson Circus for summer season. Address care of Clipper. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 815.

    Little Ella Whiting will be one of the features of Wallace & Anderson’s Shows this season. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    Wallace & Anderson’s Circus will open its season April 18(?), at Peru, Ind. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 74.

    Fred Howe and Geo. Moore, burlesque boxers, have been compelled to cancel their engagement with Wallace & Anderson’s Circus, on account of illness. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    The Albion Family, five in number, will close their winter season at the Olympic Theatre, St. Paul, Minn., April 12, and join Wallace & Anderson’s Circus at Peru, In. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace & Clark - 1951-53, 1960, 1962   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1951-53, 1960-63

• Article on the 1951-53 Wallace & Clark show is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1965 (scroll down or use find).

• Article on the 1960 Wallace & Clark show is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1960 (scroll down or use find).

• Article on the 1962 Wallace & Clark show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1963 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wallace & Rogers

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1973-1976, Hartzell family, owners.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Great Wallace Show - 1900, 1903   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895-1906

• Information on the 1895 Benjamin Wallace's Great Wallace Shows is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 39-46.
• Information on the 1896 Benjamin Wallace's Great Wallace Shows is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, pp. 72-73.
• Information on the 1898 Benjamin Wallace's Great Wallace Shows is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 42-44.

1900:

    The Wallace Show has been doing a wonderful business since its opening. At Peru it broke the record, getting 300 more than last season. At Indianapolis people were turned away, afternoon and evening. At Anderson business was big in the afternoon and a turn-away at night. At Marion (in the rain) big in the afternoon, capacity at night. At Muncie, big afternoon and night. Leaving Muncie, they pulled out a draw-bar, and were late getting into Dayton, O., 9 a.m. A long haul to the fair grounds further delayed matters, and the parade did not get out until after 1 p.m. Although the doors did not open until 3 p.m., the afternoon was fairly good. At night the people were turned away. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.

    The Wallace Shows seem to have made a hit at Scranton, Pa. The Scranton Republican devotes half a column to singing the praises of the Wallace aggregations. It has this to say of the performance: "The performance opened with a concert by Bronson's band, the programme embraced such numbers as Sousa's 'Man Behind the Gun,' and Suppe's 'Wanderer's Hope.' The brilliant introductory pageant of animals and actors followed, after which was an artistic living picture exhibition, many historic masterpieces of art being shown. Then followed one of the cleanest and best circus programmes ever given in the park, including Horace Webb on revolving ladder and trapeze, performing elephant, pony, boar hound and monkey by Herr Herekenroit (Herekenolt?); feats of contortion, the Maritz Sisters; double contortion act in midair, Earl sisters; bareback equestrianism, Miss Blanche Reed; bareback riding, Miss Olgy Reed; the Stirk family, daring bicycle riders; the high wires, Hotu Wara, Nell sisters and Winnie Sweeney; bicycle riding on tight wire, Mlle. French; wire evolutions, Della ANelson; revolving ball on spiral, Mlle. French; bareback riding, William Melrose and Fred Ledgett. In addition to the above there were also 28 features, the performance concluding with a thrilling chariot race between Mlle. Inez and Fred Ledgett." Between 9,000 and 10,000 people who saw the show fully agree with the "Republican." [Probably B. E. Wallace's show]. Billboard, June 16, 1900.

    St. Joseph, Mo., Aug. 17. - . . . The seating capacity of the great tent is 10,000 . . . Perhaps the most interesting feature of the show was the work of the Nelson family. This family, consisting of inie people, has not equal. Their tumbling and acrobatic work last night was truly remarkable. The children in the family . . . bid fair to become even greater than the older members. The baby elephant that rode the bicycle was another feature that attracted much attention. . . . The performing pigs was another special feature . . . There are not thieves or thugs traveling with the Wallace Show, and if they were, the management would see to it that they did not remain long. The management has private detectives to look out for crooks. . . . Billboard, August 25, 1900.

1903:

    The first section of the Great Wallace Show train was wrecked at Shelbyville, Ind., July 16, 1903. Four people injured, two killed. Four horses also killed and three cars demolished. Bandwagon, December, 1942, Vol 1, No. 11, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Carla Wallenda Circus - 1984

1984: The Carla Wallenda played small fairs in 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1980-1990.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Waller & Wright - 1909

    Waller and Wright Shows. Waller and Wright, props.; Lawrence Wright, mgr.; C. C. Cook, general agt. and railroad contractor; H. C. Waller, local contractor and mgr. sideshow. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Waller Bros. - 1915   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-1915

    The line-up of the Waller Bros.' Shows, under canvas (60x160), is as follows: Edward Waller, proprietor and manager; Pearl Hazelton, Dana Desburro, Doris Pittam, Blanch Bowers, Mrs. Warren Fabaian, Rob Waller, agent; Jack Deforest, Harry Bond, Warren Fabaian, P. Doyle, Johnny Carlton and Cliff Kelley. Band and orchestra: F. Lamar, H. Fetters, John McClain, Dick Watson, Jack Sinton, F. Miller, H. Anderson, E. Smith and Art Stiger. The show has been out four years without closing. Business good, considering rainy weather. Billboard, July 10, 1915, p. 22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Walsh Bros. - 1905   A Walsh Bros. Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1926

    Notes from Walsh Bros.' Newest Great Shows. The Winter quarters and business offices of this amusement enterprise have been removed from Gordonville to Lancaster, Pennsylvania, and will be located at that place hereafter. Preparations are well under way for next season. The working men at quarters were remembered by the management with gifts and an old fashioned yule tide banquet on December 26. New York Clipper, January 7, 1905, p. 1084.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank A. Walter's - 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918

    Frank A. Walter's Circus wants double traps, single ground acts, two acts or more; musicians, drivers, pony boys, cook, boss canvasman. Wagon show, eat and sleep on lot. Side show and privileges open. Will buy leaping greyhounds, small monkeys and 60ft. top, with two 30s. Address Frank A. Walter's Circus, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 29.

    Winter quarters, 1918. Frank A. Walter's Circus. Pittsburg, Pa. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 124.

    Capt. John Schremmer and wife, known on the stage as Baby Lucille, have signed contracts with the Frank A. Walters Circus, which opens May 18, near Pittsburg, Pa. The Schremmers have had their own show out in the past two winters. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 28.

    The Frank A. Walters Circus began its tour May 18 at Verona, Pa. At Unity, Pa., the following stand, only one performance was given. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 26.

    The Frank A. Walters Circus, playing through Eastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania, changed hands last week, the purchasers being R. A. Mills, William Winters and Dick Williams, who will operate the circus in the future. Frank A. Walters' Circus is an overland outfit, with nine wagons and twenty-two head of stock. Mr. Walters' business interests in Pittsburg, which demanded his attention, was the reason for his disposing of the circus. The shows opened early in may and has been doing a nice business. The line-up of the big show is Prof. J. W. Hampton, with his trained dogs, monkeys and an educated goose; Williams Family, acrobats and wire walkers; Billie Winters and his family of clowns. R. A. Mills has a seven piece band as follows: Joe Neider, cornet; Ray Bland, alto; Carl Beaubot, clarinet; Joe Sexhour, trombone; E. A. Mills, trombone; Parker Yount, tuba; W. H. Smith, trap drums. Billboard, August 17, 1918, p. 26.

    New Brighton, Pa., Sept. 26. The Mills & Winters Shows, formerly the Frank A. Walters Shows, have closed for the season, and gone into winter quarters. Manager Winters states that he will take out the organization next season. All members of the company are now getting ready for a tour of the South. - W. H. Smith. Billboard, October 5, 1918, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Frank J. Walter Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1937-1940

• Information on the 1937 show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1969, pp. 28-32.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wambold & Co.'s - 1861

• 1861: is online at:
Clipper, March 30,   Clipper, April 20,   Clipper, April 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 18,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, July 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 27,   Clipper, August 17,   Clipper, September 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 5 (scroll down)

• Also see Whitby's for 1861.

• Information on Wambold & Co. show, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wambold Circus - 1883

    Robert Hunting, formerly of Hilliard & Hunting's Pacific Circus, has purchased a half interest in the Wambold Circus and Menagerie, which closed at Greensburg, Pa., Sept. 17. It will be reorganized for next season, and put on the road as a railroad show. New York Clipper, September 22, 1883, p. 438.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. C. Warble & Co.'s Circus - 1886   also Thayer & Noyes in 1886

    J. C. Warble & Co.'s Circus is thus organized: J. C. Warble & Co., proprietors; J. J. Dowling, manager; Joe Matthews, treasurer; Charles A. Thorpe, advance-agent; Girard Leon, equestrian-manager. The performers include Albert Millette and Edwin Du Bois, principal brother-act; Wm. De Ivy, Japanese-slide; Austin Bros., horizontal-bars; Wm. Huddy, contortionist; De Ivy Bros., double-traps; Martinetti, Austin and De Ivy, ladders; Madame Jeffries, dancing-rope; Girard Leon with his educated donkeys and his performing elephant Ko-Ko; Dan Lester, principal singing and talking clown. The band is under the leadership of Wm. Houschild. New York Clipper, May 22, 1886.

    The Great World's Show was attached at Altoona, Pa., May 14, by Geo. W. Wilson of Pittsburg for a debt of $__, alleged to be due him by Dr. Jas. L. Thayer. As announced in these columns, Dr. Thayer withdrew all interest in the show May 3(?), and is now building his own show in Baltimore. Knowing nothing of thies, Mr. Wilson enforced his attachment, but, by paying the Sheriff $__, the show ran until 22, when it was closed. Owing to the unfortunate construction of the attachment laws in Pennsylvania, J. C. Warble & Co., the owners of the show, cannot prove until next October that the property belongs to them. The show remains in the hands of the Sheriff until the time of trial. A counter-suit for damages will, we are informed, be brought against Mr. Wilson by Warble & Co. New York Clipper, May 29, 1886, p. 168.

    The J. C. Warble canvas and seats were sold by the Sheriff May 28 in Altoona, Pa., and brought but $110. A suit for damages has been commenced against the Sheriff. New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 184.

    Wanted, for Thayer & Noyes' Great 10c Show, John C. Warble, sole proprietor. Performers of all kinds, except riders; band of six pieces, with uniforms for eight. Will sell a one-third interest in the concert. Reserved seats and candy stands to the right party. Address Dr. James L. Thayer, manager, 119 North High street, Baltimore, Md. New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 198.

    Altoona, Pennsylvania. I noticed in a recent issue of the Clipper that the Washington, Pa., correspondent made some ___ at Altoona as "The City of Show wrecks." He refers to J. C. Warble's World's Show attachment and sale here. The claim on which the Warble Show was attached was no Altoona claim in any respect. It was a claim from Pittsburg for board of Dr. J. L. Thayer and family for the Winter, and, as the show was in Dr. Thayer's name until it left Baltimore, it was reasonable to suppose that the change of name to J. C. Warble & Co. was a nominal one; and if they could have proven his non-interest in it, why let it go to sale? The facts are that the three proposed proprietors - J. C. Warble, Mathews and Dowling - did not agree among themselves, and it was impossible to say who held the rights to the show. Each employed an attorney. It was "a house divided against itself." J. C. Warble's going back to Dr. Thayer and starting a new circus in Baltimore is suggestive. New York Clipper, June 26, 1886, pp. 234, 235.

    Dr. Thayer's new show opened its season July 5(?) at Baltimore, Md., for a two weeks' stay. The new show will be called Thayer & Noyes Ten-cent Show. Dr. Thayer will manager, John C. Warble handle the pasteboards and Char. R. Thorpe hustle in advance, as before. The show uses a hundred foot round top, with fifty foot centre piece, and carries twenty-eight people, including a band of eight. Among the attractions are Madame Jeffries, Jas. Rose and his dogs, Onofri Brothers, Max Hugo, Millette and Dubois, Mlles. Louise and Mamie Beaumont, Wm. Huddy, Billy West, Jas. Messenger and Jas. L. Thayer Jr., the smallest clown in the world, with the veteran Doctor in the lead. New York Clipper, July 17, 1886, p. 280.

    Altoona, Pennsylvania. Thayer & Noyes' Ten-cent Circus will exhibit here week commencing Aug. 16. Its circulars announce the proprietor as Samuel P. Provost; Jas. L. Thayer, manager; J. C. Warble, ticket agent; Charles R. Thorpe, general agent. This is the second circus that has visited us this year. The first, under the name of the World Circus (J. C. Warble's) came to grief here. New York Clipper, August 21, 1886, p. 358.

    Notes from the Thayer Show. John Wallaker, late of Hurlburt & Hunting, Show, joined last week to assist Chas. R. Thorpe, our general agent. Millie Tournour is with the show. Fanny Mountcastle, Mr. Thorpe's wife, is spending a two weeks' visit with the show. Dr. Thayer was called to Pittsburg 18 to attend the funeral of his eldest daughter (Mrs. Nellie Provost), who died of typhoid fever in that city. Will S. Gage and his band joined last week. New York Clipper, August 28, 1886, p. 372.

    While Dr. J. L. Thayer's Circus was performing at Johnstown, Pa., night of Aug. 24, a gasoline chandelier in the dressing room sprang a leak and burst, in an instant the whole apartment was in a blaze. A dozen employes managed to extinguish the flames before they could reach the main tent. William Cook, property man; Claude West and C. Onofri were burned more or less severely, Cook suffering the worst. Mlle. Tournour, Charles and Fortune Onofri, Chas. Sherman, Lew Carroll, Max Hugo and Mme. Jeffery lost portions of their wardrobe. The presence of mind of Will Gage and his band were commendable, and their action did much to prevent a stampede. New York Clipper, September 4, 1886, p. 391.

    Pittsburg, Pa. The Thayer & Noyes Show closed and the band and canvasmen made a stout kick for salary, but didn't get it. New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, p. 482.

    Pittsburg, Pennsylvania. The circus property belonging to the Thayer Show was attached last week to satisfy claims of employes. New York Clipper, October 23, 1886, p. 503.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Ira C. Ward's Great London - 1897

    Ira C. Ward's Great London Shows, now in winter quarters at Plymouth, Massachusetts, will be new when it takes the road early in April. There will be four new wagons and a band chariot, made to carry twenty-two men. The show will carry two advance brigades, eight men in each; eighty head of horses and sixty-five people. New York Clipper, February 13, 1897, p. 799.

    Chas. Lee's Great London Shows will go on the road the coming season under the proprietorship of Ira C. Ward, of Plymouth, Massachusetts. Two new tableau wagons and a new band chariot are being added, also eighty head of horses. . . . Chas. Hoffman has charge of the advance department, and Peter Sun will be general business manager. New York Clipper, March 6, 1897, p. 7.

    Notes from Ward's Great London Shows, formerly Chas. Lee's. The show will open May 7, at Plymouth, Massachusetts, Mr. Ward's home since childhood. We carry four horse wagons and two six horse wagons, all painted in white, red and gold; all new harness, plumes, band uniforms and parade costumes. Tent new, 80ft. with 40ft. middle piece; sideshow 40x30; dressing room 40x30; two 40ft. horse tents, cook tent 40x30. Roster: Ira C. Ward, sole owner and manager; Chas. F. Hoffman, general contracting agent; Walter Scott, business manager; Doc Johnson, superintendent . . . Louis Beauvis, McBride and Langer, the Simpsons, Walter Wentworth, Van V. Rankin, the La Moths, Chas. Perry, Hugo, singing clown; the Leonard Sisters, Nellie and Flora, and Fred Knehr. Whiting, boss hostler with ten assistants; Chas. Miller, boss canvas with ten men; J. D. Cahill, Frank Cody, properties and chandeliers; Chas. A. Morrison, advertising banners; Will Mercier, treasurer and ticket sellet; Oscar Holland, night watchman; Frank Jones, boss cook with three assistants; Prof. Ferguson's military ang, sixteen men. New York Clipper, April 3, 1897, p. 73.

    Ward's Great London Shows opened May 7, 8. The parade was headed by manager Ward, with the talking horse, Rex; then his assistant, Pete Sun, with Snow Ball, fire-eating horse; the Military Band, eighteen men, under Prof. Ferguson in a golden chariot, drawn by eight grays; ladies and gents on horseback; three tavleaux wagons, six black horses in each; Prof. Van Vrankin, with his trained horses, driving without bridle or rein; sideshow band, six grays, ten men, followed by twelve cages, three clown carts, four tandem teams, four horses each, and ladies and gents in carriages. The painting of the wagons was done by C. A. Morrison, who also has the banner privilege. Charles Hoffman, general agent, was also on hand with his brigade, Charles Gerry, Al Wawbey, Charles Harmon, Charles Carroll and D. M. Buckley, who all rode on the advance wagon No. 2, which is painted red and gold. These gentlemen made announcements during the parade. . . . The performance commenced with the La Mothes, Manning, one legged acrobat; Louis Beauvis, Walter Wentworth, Keko, paper king and juggler; Kittie Lillion, the Simpsons, Frank and Belle Stanley, John Scott, Max Hugo .. . and Fred Kneer. Prof. G. H. Irvin has the sideshow, with twelve people. G. A. Whiting has charge of stock with fourteen men . . . New York Clipper, May 15, 1897, p. 173.

    Notes from Ward's Great London R. R. Shows. We are in our tenth week. At Charlestown, New Hampshire, June 19, we laid off three days, transferring the show from a wagon to a railroad show and getting our cars, four flats, two stock and one sleeper, in order. We are now using a 110ft. round top with two 40ft. middle pieces; sixty-eight head of stock, two band chariots and a steam calliope and twelve dens in our street parade. Roster: Ira C. Ward, sole owner and manager; F. C. Cooper, acting manager; Geo. M. Burns, treasurer, and C. F. Hoffman, advance, with sixteen men on car No. 1, and J. G. Shaw on car No. 2, with eight men; Fred Kuehr and Al Lovering, clowns . . . Allie Lowanda, Prof. J. Van Vranken and his troupe of Arabian horses, Harry Blondell, Bertie Meers, B. Fernandez and the Elliot Sisters. Geo. H. Irving in charge of sideshow. Prof. Ferguson, the band, Bob Charlton, candy privilege, and H. Shallcross, canvas. New York Clipper, July 10, 1897, p. 301.

    Dover, N.H. Ira Ward's London Show exhibited here 17 to small business. Ward's Circus stranded in this city 17, the property being held by the sheriff for debt. The people were without funds or food, and some of them applied to the Mayor for help. He furnished them with railroad tickets. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 31, 1897, p. 6.

• In 1897 Ward's London Shows (formerly Lee's) opened at Plymouth, Mass. Ira C. Ward was proprietor. Pete Sun, equestrian director; Frank C. Cooper, general agent; Harry Shallcross, boss canvasman. George Irving had the annex. The show closed in August and returned to Plymouth. Billboard, March 18, 1922, pp. 82, 189.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Ward-Bell Circus - 1955

The Ward-Bell cirus made its second day appearance yesterday. The circus will appear in The Dalles for two days before proceeding to Pasco, Washington. Started in Gainesville, Texas in February. The troupe has been to Hawaii and Western states and will wind up in Alaska starting June 27. The show was primarily made up of acrobatic performances, of which Hubert Castle's wire equilibristic skills was a feature. The Norden troupe of high wire artists from Germany and La Norma's aerial trapeze were among the top features. Among other shows were dog boxing, trained pigs and Dolly Jacobs' elephants. Bend Bulletin (Bend, OR), June 8, 1955, p. 1.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1955, Gus Bell, Harold Ward, owners.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. E. Warner's - 1872-73, 1876   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1871-73, 1876

1872:

    Adjoining the Odd Fellow's College, and one mile west of the city of Lansing, the Capital of Michigan, lies Beechenbrook, the farm home of J. E. Warner, of menagerie fame, and where the Great Pacific Museum, Menagerie and Circus has gone into winter quarters. On a knoll, which is skirted by Grand River, and about twelve hundred feet from the family residence, is the principal baggage and cage horse barn, built in the form of a Greek cross, one hundred and sixty foot in length, with two eighty foot wings, having a central tower, with an ornamental roof, and accommodations for one hundred and sixty horses. The hay and feed barn is close by, is two stories high, one hundred feet long and sixty feet wide, with side wings. The wagon warehouses, four in number, are twenty-five feet wide and seventy-five feet long, in which are stored the chariots, cages, wagons and buggies of the grand caravan.
    The animal house is three stories high, facing the north, is built of wood, with heavy stone foundations, and is within a few hundred feet of the fancy horse or ring stock barn. The basement, which is very solid and warm, was gotten up expressly for the huge elephant, Empress, the largest animal of its kind. The camels, dromedaries, sacred cattle, llamas, Egyptian cowallapus, African elands, elks, zebras, &c., are also here provided with quarters. The second floor is entirely devoted to the cat, animal and bird department. Arranged around the room, at convenient intervals, and secured in large strong cages, and all under the watchful eye of A. J. Forepaugh, are the various specimens of African and Asiatic lions, Bengal tigers, leopards, striped hyenas, bears, wild cats, Brazilian tigers, lynx, oscelots, badgers, spotted hyenas, monkeys, baboons, apes, parrots, ostriches, Australian cockatoos, golden pheasants, birds of paradise, and the large collection of wild beasts and rare exotic birds. The room is heated with patent self-feeding furnaces, which burn hard or anthracite coal, giving uniform heat, the fires of which are never permitted to go out during the entire winter, a precaution of the rare and expensive animals. On the third floor are two large rooms for harness, canvas, seat trappings, banners, and the gilded paraphernalia of the circus department. Opposite the animal house is a beautiful two story ring barn, eighty feet square, elaborately furnished and painted - the central dome or tower (of which there are five) is very appropriately surmounted by the four points of the compass, and a vane, in the shape of a gold horse. On the second floor, in this building, are nicely furnished sleeping apartments for grooms and assistants on the farm.
    Overlooking all is a modest two story white framed gothic cottage, the resting place and home of Joel E. Warner, where, during the long winter months, he remains directing artists and artisans in repairing, beautifying and improving this grand triple alliance for its approaching summer's tenting campaign. To winter the animals and stock of Warner's Great Pacific Museum, Menagerie and Circus will require twenty-four beeves, each weighing one thousand pounds, thirteen and a half tons of ground oats and corn, eleven hundred heads of cabbage, three hundred and sixty bushels of Irish potatoes, one hundred gallons of milk, three hundred tons of hay, one hundred and sixty tons of straw, and twenty-one hundred bushels of oats, no grain being given to the horses until two weeks before startng time in the spring. Defiance Democrat (OH), March 30, 1872, n.p.n.

1873:

    J. E. Warner's New Show, Museum, Menagerie and Circus is to perform at North Lansing, Mich., April 21 and Lansing 22. The City Council passed a resolution giving him a license and furnishing him lots for exhibition for both days free of charge. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    Warner's Combination drew two large houses at Fort Wayne, Ind., May 21. Leona Dare in her trapeze performance won the laurels. Eliza Keyes proved a graceful equestrienne. New York Clipper, May 31, 1873, p. 71.

    [Advertisement] J. E. Warner's "Great Pacific" Museum, Menagerie, Circus, Caravan, Art Gallery. Five separate and distinct shows. Three gas-lit pavilions. Will exhibit at Defiance Tuesday, July 8th, '73. Performing elephant Sultan. The menagerie is under the supervision of Herr Paul Schroff, the lion king, who will at the conclusion of each performance enter an open den containing foru denizens of the jungle of Africa, and will also feed them with raw meat from the naked hand. The "Great Pacific" band chariot drawn by matched team of English and French horses, containing Prof. Chas. A. Jones, the "wizard bugler," and his band dressed in the uniforms of the "7th Regiment N. Y. S. G." Admission to the 3 tents, 50c. Children under ten years of age, 25c. Reserved seats, 75c. J. E. Warner, sole proprietor and manager. Joe Porter, treasurer. H. D. Warner, general advertising agent. W. H. McArthur, assistant general advertising agent. W. H. Platt, assistant manager. Defiance Democrat (OH), July 5, 1873, n.p.n.

    J. E. Warner's Circus commenced the last week of its season at Detroit, Mich., Oct. 30. The weather has been very cold and wet, and attendance light. The 22d was the only fair day they had, and a large attendance was the result. The company disbanded there Oct. 26. The animals will winter on J. M. French's farm, a few miles from Detroit. New York Clipper, November 1, 1873, p. 247.

    J. E. Warner's Great Pacific Circus closed a season of twenty-six weeks at Detroit, Mich., Oct. 25. The stock and paraphernalia go to Beechenbrook, Mr. Warner's residence, near Lansing, Mich. David Seal and Lizzie Keyes join L. B. Lent, Nov. 5, at Chattanooga, Tenn.; T. S. Hall and Leona Dare go to Boston; Mlle. Emma to Grand Rapids, Mich.; Hercules Libby, Kate Partington, Miles Orton and family will remain in Detroit for the Winter, others depart for their various homes. Joe Porter, the treasurer, gave the best of satisfaction to his manager, also to his assistant manager, W. Platt, who leaves for Girard, Pa. New York Clipper, November 8, 1873, p. 255.

    D. A. Seal and Miss Lizzie Keyes, who have just closed a six month's season with J. E. Warner's Pacific Circus, are to join Lent's New York Circus at Chattanooga, Tenn. New York Clipper, November 1, 1873, p. 247.

    The Great Pacific Circus and Menagerie is to be refitted at Lansing, Mich., and will start out in the Spring under the management of J. E. Warner. New York Clipper, December 6, 1873, p. 287.

1876:

    J. E. Warner's Great Pacific Show will travel next season by wagons, and "go West." Mr. Warner states that he is now reorganizing, and he wants performers in all branches of the profession, also musicians, museum and sideshow curiosities. The concert, sideshow and candy stand privileges are for sale. New York Clipper, January 22, 1876, p. 343.

    Dr. H. Hoffman has secured the sideshow privilege with J. E. Warner's Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, March 25, 1876, p. 415.

    Herbert Brothers, gymnasts, are engaged with J. E. Warner's show. New York Clipper, April 8, 1876, p. 15.

    J. E. Warner's Great Show, Museum, Menagerie and Grand Opera Circus. Proprietor and manager, J. E. Warner . . . boss canvasman, J. Fitzgerald; leader of brass and string band, Prof. Charles Jones; equestrian director, John Bridges; ringmaster, Hercules Libby. Clowns, W. R. Ashe, O. S. Arbuckle, Tom Ashton and Little Bobby. Riders, Mme Amelia, principal; Miss Jeanette Gaston, pad and two horse; John Bridges, two, four and six horse . . . Leapers, tumblers, etc., Herbert Brothers, Fred, John and Charles; Walla Leonard, B. Richardson and the Ashton Family. Specialists, Nellie Leonard, trapeze and running globe; Mlle Etta, contortionist; Albert Gaston and Charles Cortell, horizontal bar; Hercules Libby, cannon ball; Walla Leonard and Richardson, l'Eschelle and dancing globes. Two tents used for the circus and four for the museume and menagerie. Winter quarters, Lansing, Mich. The first show will be given in Jackson, May 1, and the route will be East, traveling by wagons. The circus performances will open with a new military entree, the riders dressed in Continental costume, representing the days of 1776, and will close with a new Centennial pantomime by Oswald Arbuckle . . . Features of the procession will be the band of musicians in a golden chariot drawn by dapple-gray horses; a Car of Liberty, drawn by elephants; a number of old veterans on horseback; Granger's carriage, drawn by Shetland ponies; the Presidential Candidates' Tableau Car, drawn by dromedaries; a den of performing lions, ladies and gentlemen of the company on horseback, twenty dens of wild beasts, a drum corps, a clown's carnival . . . New York Clipper, April 22, 1876, p. 31.

    J. E. Warner's Circus, Museum and Menagerie closed the season at Tuscola, Ill., June __, and ___ to Jackson, Mich. Cause, the general depression and the rain storms which followed the show during the last four weeks. New York Clipper, July 8, 1876, p. 118.

    A portion of the company of J. E. Warner's Circus, which collapsed in Tuscola, Ill., are giving performances in halls to enable them to reach their homes. They performed in Arcola, Ill., July 5, 6. Hercules Libby is the manager, and the company includes the Leonards, Walla and Nellie, Milo ___, Mlle. Etta, Jeanette Gaton, Ashe and Arbuckle, Johnny Newton, Hary Blodgett, Richardson and Coryella, and the Herbert Brothers, Fred, John and Frank. New York Clipper, July 15, 1876, p. 127.

    Two circus and menagerie shows - Lent's and Warner's - have gone to pieces in this State, this season. During the heated term, two horses drawing Forepaugh's advertising wagon in LaPorte county, were killed by the heat. Logansport Journal (IN), July 27, 1876, n.p.n.

• Joseph E. Warner, Pogey O'Brien and Patrick Ryan were owners of the J. E. Warner & Co.'s Great Pacific, 1871-72; and Joseph Warner was manager. Warner was sole owner of the 1873 J. E. Warner's Great Pacific Museum, Managerie and Circus. The J. E. Warner Circus of 1876 was managed by Joseph Warner, D. B. Lincoln, owner. The article on the career of Joseph Warner and his shows is in Bandwagon, January-February, Vol. 14, No. 1, 1970, pp. 20-23.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Warner, Henderson & Springer - 1874-75   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1874-75

1874:

    Hercules Libby, George W. Brown, Alberty Aymar, the Rentfrau Brothers, Kate Partington W. R. Ashe . . . have been secured for the coming tenting season for J. E. Warner's show, with which Thomas Pensinger has the candy stand for the season of 1874. New York Clipper, January 10, 1874, p. 327.

    Joel E. Warner and A. Henderson were at the Russell House, Detroit, Mich. and our correspondent states that Mr. H. has bought a half interest in the Warner shows, and that hereafter it will be known as Warner & Henderson's Great Pacific Combination. A. Henderson, manager, J. E. Warner, general agent. [Abe Henderson] New York Clipper, January 24, 1874, p. 343.

    Warner, Springer & Henderson's Grand Consolidated Show is to open the tenting season at Fowlerville, Mich. New York Clipper, April 25, 1874, p. 31.

    Warner & Henderson's Circus and Menagerie was at Coldwater, Mich., May 4, Litchfield 5, Hillsdale 6, Reading 7. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    Warner, Henderson & Springer's Circus showed at Detroit, May 19, 20. The route ahead is into Canada. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 71.

    Warner, Henderson & Co.'s Pacific Circus opened at Toronto, Ont., June 15, for two days. Among the attractions are Mlle Jutau, Libby the American Hercules and cannon ball performer, and young Fayling(?) in his double somersault and others. Herr Schroff the lion king gives a daring performance. New York Clipper, June 27, 1874, p. 103.

    The agent of Warner, Springer & Henderson's circus has concluded that owing to the great drouth prevailing in this section they would abandon this route, and consequently will not visit Steubenville. Steubenville Daily Herald (OH), July 10, 1874, n.p.n.

    Warner & Henderson's Great Pacific Circus closed their season at Eaton Rapids, Mich., on Oct. 17, and go to Lansing for winter quarters. New York Clipper, October 24, 1874, p. 239.

    J. E. Warner's Circus closed for the season at Eaton Rapids, Mich., Oct. 17. New York Clipper, October 31, 1874, p. 247.

1875:

    Warner, Springer & Henderson are making large additions to the Pacific Menagerie and Circus, and will travel by wagons, starting from Lansing, Mich., about April 15. New York Clipper, January 16, 1875, p. 335.

    Reorganization of the Great Pacific. Warner, Henderson & Springer, proprietors, will be known as Springer's Royal English and German Menageries, Museum, and Monster Cirq-Zoolodon . . . J. E. Warner, Lansing, Michigan. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 23, 1875, p. 339.

    The company engaged for Warner & Henderson's Show for 1875, as far as reported, includes Emma Jutau, Kate Partington, Miss Bertie King, Geo. W. Brown, Hercules Libby, Chas. King, Mettee and Wilcox, Ted Almonte and W. Ashton. New York Clipper, January 23, 1875, p. 343.

    Springer's Royal English and German Menageries and Monster Cirque-Zoolodon. The concert privilege with this show is sold. Candy stand and sideshow are for sale. A few specialty artists wanted in the arenic department. Address J. E. Warner, Lansing, Mich. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, February 13, 1875, p. 363.

    Wanted for 1875, concert people to travel with Warner, Henderson & Springer's Royal English and German Menagerie, Museum and Circus. A young lady wanted that can swim to do mermaid business in concert. Address Wm. Dwyer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 13, 1875, p. 363.

    Warner, Henderson & Springer's Circus, Hippodrome and Menagerie is being reorganized at Girard, Pa., and will be ready for the road about May 1. Their first performance will be given at either Buffalo or Cleveland. The first month they will travel by rail, and on June 1 will take to wagons and visit towns not on the line of railroads. This company has purchased thirty cages of wild animals from P. T. Barnum's collection. New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 375.

    Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon, Monster Menagerie and Museum Exposition have engaged Harry Welby Cooke, Mrs. Kate Cooke, with her trained manege mare Dagmar, and Little Clarence and Alice Cooke, with their pony Black Diamond. Geo. J. Guilford is engaged as press agent with Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon. New York Clipper, February 27, 1875, p. 383.

    Kate Partington, with her trick horse Montezuma; Harry Welby Cooke, bareback equestrian; Hercules Libby, ring master and cannonball performer; Mette and Wilcox, the Burton Brothers, B. Richardson, Geo. W. Brown and Willis Ashton, gymnasts and acrobats; Master Eddie and Master Clarence Welby, juvenile equestrians; Ted Almonte, W. Ashe, Johnny Arbuckle and Tom Malton(?), clowns; Barnum's Fiji Cannibals, Admiral Dot, and Prof. James Russell's English Military band have been engaged for Springer's Royal Cirq-Zoolodon, Monster Menagerie, Caravan and Museum Exposition. New York Clipper, March 6, 1875, p. 391.

    Charles King and wife, equestrians, are under engagement with Springer's Royal Cirq-Zoolodon for the coming season. H. D. Warner will be general agent and Matt Leland, assistant, with Springer's Royal Cirq-Zoolodon. New York Clipper, March 13, 1875, p. 399.

    Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon, Monster Menagerie, Caravan and Museum Exhibition. Proprietor, A. Springer; manager, A. Henderson; general agent, Henry Warner; assistant agent, Matt Leland; press agent, George J. Guilford; programme agent, M. Ready; chief billposter, Abe Ogden; . . . leader of band, James Russell; equestrian director, J. E. Warner; zoological director, P. Engleman; museum director, James Donnelly; master of canvas, J. Fitzgerald . . . Riders, Miss Kate Cooke, Harry Welby Cooke, Rudolph Mette, Chas. King, George W. Brown, Master Eddie and Master Clarence Welby. Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, George Brown, Frank Gardner, Harry Wilcox, Rudolph Mette, Bert Richardson, W. Ashton . . . Specialists, Mlle Emma Jutau, and Harry Welby Cooke and Ted Almonte. Proprietor of concert, W. Dwyer. Proprietor of candy privileges, Nick White. Menagerie supt., Charles White. Show will travel by railroad, using two special trains, and will visit only large towns; wire and balloon ascensions will be made daily. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.

    Henry Bailey [or Harry] and Frank Drew are to assist Nick White, who has the candy privilege with Springer's show the present tenting season. New York Clipper, April 24, 1875, p. 31.

    A. Henderson of Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon left New York on April 26 for Detroit, Mich., with thirty cages of animals. The show makes its first stand at Detroit, May 3, 4. and then will make an extended tour of the States, contracts having been made with various railroad companies for rapid transit by special trains. New York Clipper, May 1, 1875, p. 39.

    Geo. J. Guilford has severed his connection with Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon, by the proprietors of which he is highly recommended as press or general agent. New York Clipper, June 12, 1875, p. 87.

    The circus grounds, today, are a dreary sight, the name "Springer's Cirgzoolodon" doubtless frightened away the people. The proceeds of the afternoon exhibition were thirty-five dollars, not enough to fodder the horses. Never was there a show here so poorly patronized. Circuit court, the theatre, fair, etc., detracted from the attendance. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), September 22, 1875, p. 4.

    Springer, Warner & Henderson's Circus and Menagerie opened for one week at Chicago, Ill., Oct. 18. They go from there into winter quarters at Lansing, Mich. New York Clipper, October 30, 1875, p. 247.

• Joseph E. Warner, A. Henderson and Andrew H. Springer, owners. A Charles B. Warner may have had an interest in the show. The 1874 show was advertised as Warner & Henderson's Great Pacific combined with Springer's Trained Animals and Egyptian Caravan. The 1875 show was titled Springer's Royal Cirqzoolodon, J. E. Warner, manager. More information in Bandwagon, January-February, Vol. 14, No. 1, 1970, pp. 22-23.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Warren's Circus - 1899, 1900

1899: The Phillipines. Manila, P. I., Jan. 22. The American announces the coming of Warren's Circus, and D. M. Bristol's Equescurriculum, sans date; sans place; sans price. . . . New York Dramatic Mirror, March 25, 1899, p. 13.

1900:

    "Victoria, B. C. Aug. 6. - According to advices brought by the steamer Argyll, while the siege of Tien Tsin was in progress, a show, the American aggregation known as Warren's circus, was playing and drawing big crowds. The circus was at Taku(?) when the first Russina contingent went up to Tien Tsin and their march was made easy, for the Cossack soldiers piled into the band wagon and on top of the animal wagons and tableaux car. With the artillery and wagons of the Russians and the circus paraphernalia, the parade, as described in the eastern press, was one of the most unique ever seen. The aggregation arrived at Tien Tsin early in June and on June 14 the big tent was put and the show begun. Two days later, according to N??smoiler, a refugee who has reached Shanghai from Tien Tsin, the manager, Mr. Pueffer [W. Pflueger?], was shot and killed. He was struck by a stray missile. Decatur Review (Decatur, IL), August 6, 1900, p. 8.

    George Peters, of Princeton, was killed by a mob at Tientsin, China, July 14. Peters was manager of Warren's circus, which was organized in this city two years ago. The show went from here to Japan, and at the opening of the present season crossed to China. Logansport Daily Reporter (Logansport, IN), August 9, 1900.

    W. Pflueger wrote the Clipper from Shanghai, China, under date of July 27, as follows: "You recently published Mr. Berol's interesting resume of far East theatricals. As manager of Warren's Cicus, that has for years, and still is, annually playing India, Burmah, Ceylon, Java, Malaysia, Cochin(?) China, the Philippines, China and Japan, I can supplement his review - especially another phase, the far East circus - with perhaps readable interest to your clientele. The showmen adventurous enough to hazard stock and capital of any magnitude to the vast, distant, benighted Orient have been few indeed. Wilson's, Chiariot's(Chiarini?), Abel's, Williston's, Wirths, Harmston's and Warren's comprise all that have so far visited it in the past or present, and braved the risks and vicissitudes entailed. The list is short and their history is brief. Each could a tale unfold concident with the other. It only varies in particulars of time and place. If, in a densely populated, compact, short distance in America or England, where shows are now conducted on firm, solid, conservative business methods, it still remains the most precarious and unstable business of any, now much more precarious it is among semi-civilized nations, separated by thousands (not hundreds) of miles, must be plain to the most casual reader.
    Wilson's (American) Circus was the first of any pretensions to dawn on the East. It lived while luck continued to live with it. When that deserted it, it dissolved as quickly as mist. For pluck is as imperative as luck in conducting a show here. Chiarini made the next event, and like his predecessor, soon found himself crushed by the weight of excessive expenses. Both lived only long enough to prove the fallacy of plunging too big an attraction on unknown fields without approximating its prospects and proportion expenses accordingly. Success here depends upon the accuracy of adjusting expenses to receipts, which can only be done after a long personal experience. Inexperience seals the fate here quicker, as it has with these two in the past, as it must inevitably in the future. The penalty of impetuous ventues if failure. Abel's, Williston's and Wirth's, of smaller class for that reason lived longer, to smaller failure. Finally Harmston's, profiting by them, launched a show more cautiously, and on a wiser, sounder basis, conducted expenses consistent with earnings, and survives today, after repeated tours.
    However, latterly Warren's Circus, more enterprising, by good tact has outrivaled it and become the leading amusement enterprise of the Orient - an established institution, annually looked for everywhere, like a "Glorious Fourth" celebration. It owes its success as much to careful, judicious management, routing and advertising as to its admirable organization. During the most formidable reverses within the past two years the management has proved itself invincible. We opened in Manila four days before the insurgent war, within on-half mile of the first pitched battle, and had our tents perforated by bullets like a sieve, stock commandeered, and paraphernalia burnt. Within two months we re-organized in London, and, after such little incidental misfortunes as struggling through the famine in India, a destructive ??? in Hindoostan, shipwreck in the Malacca Straits, and plague in Hong Kong, we contrived to reach Tientain three days before the siege, where the allied forces quickly appropriated canvas, seats, props and all for firewood. Our horses (formerly known as Prof. Bristol's Equescurriculum, touring the leading theaters fourteen years) were commandeered for officers' use, cannon service, or killed for rations, while clowns went on sentry duty around the women and children's refuge, and acrobats turned nurses to the wounded, riders, aerialists and all lined up with Tommy Atkins and Uncle Sam in the face of an incessant and hellish concert of whistling bullets and shrieking shell. But we all came out smiling, with flying colors and congratulations for life, but nothing else, not the show. However, as we have prospered exceedingly, and know how to do so, even in the Orient, we are again on the easy road of prosperity. Less bolder and vigorous shows would easily succumb to discouragement and defeat for less fatalities than we have survived, for we cannot forget that show life here has its roseate advantages and pleasures that fully compensate all misfortunes. It is indiscreet to parade, therefore no parades, nor anything less than week stands most for a month or more. To play one year in Shanghai, Hong King, Manila, Saigon, Bangkok, Singapore, Soerabaya(?), Samarang, Batavia, Dell, Penang, Rangoon, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay and Colombo is impossible. Another consideration is that no time is lost in Winter quarters. We play all the year round, knowing, after years of experience, the precise season to the week for each centre, and when to avoid it. Moreover, we generally extend performer's contracts to two, three or four years, to mutual satisfaction. Life in the Orient is so seductive, so easy and ???iously confortable, that performers once enjoying it are loth ever to leave it. But the way of the advance manager is harder. His ?as always and everywhere a battle royal. Whatever his native tact, talent, energy, enterprise and experience elsewhere, if he lacks the actual experience of Oriental circus "pidgin" he might be better and more usefully employed ???ing corn. To lack this is to doom his show from the start.
    It is of course impossible to expect him to talk Pekinese in Shanghai, English in Hong Kong, French in Saigon, Malay in Singapoer, Dutch in Java, Burmese in Rangoon, Tam??? in Calcutta, Hindustan in Madras, etc., etc. But the veteran, successful Oriental showman knows its equivalent - will know freom repeated visits(?) who's who, where to find them; what, where, and when to do the right thing at the right time in the right place. He must know how to suffer(?) and gratify each their own national whims and idiosyncrasies, and how and when and where to reach the right class of natives in their own vernacular. For they, not the Europeans, are the great factor of success. Not to despise the patronage of the former, the show must be one of a visible - not verbal nature. Natives in general are paupers. This makes cheap prices imperative. This in turn makes big audiences imperative. To attract multitudes of natives is to succeed, and the show will prosper precisely according to tis drawing power for natives. They are the audience to be studied and catered to, at the same time courting the patronage of incidental European casual and residents as far as consistent - no further. It is fatal to get a European audience at jeopardy of a native crowd. A big show demands a big income, and that big patronage, and this again doubled when prices are halved. Your manager will know, too, the landing, lighter and wharfage facilities of each city - or lack them; and how and when to govern his shipping accordingly. Similarly must he know the seasons, customs, licenses, lots, hotels, municipal regulations, contractors, cartage, railroading, lighting, etc., of each city as a world of its own. In these no two Eastern cities compare. It seems each is conducted on a policy and principal of government to conflict with every other - with the one just left. So diverse are they as if strenuously governed as a contradiction of the other colony. Java will welcome a show eagerly on its choicest and most central lots, while it bars a show in every conceivable way from landing. Contrarily, Singapore throws open its customs wide, but bitterly ??? and opposes a show anywhere but in a cow yard of a native suburb. And son on ad ???. A manager must know all these peculiarities and how to overcome them by strategy. If experienced, his strategy will prevail where the less experienced would fail altogehter, or only partially succeed at great expense. A shrewd, reliable, conscientious manager spells success just as any other does certain failure. Irrespective of the show's merits, he can make or unmake it in the Orient in much less time than in the Occident. For a show here - with a manager - will succeed with amazing rapidity, or vice versa, without one, degererate quicker." New York Clipper, October 6, 1900, p. 717.

    The war in China has resulted in the loss of Tate & Warren's Circus, which was traveling there. It was in Tientain(?) when the Chinese bombarded the foreign settlement, and the company, most of whom lived at the Cafe Franc??, lost all their effects, the cafe being burned. The circus horses were taken for army use and the seats used for firewood. Mr. Fenton, an acrobat, who got away, has contradicted the rumor that Mr. Pflueger, the manager, had been killed, but says that George, of the Metropole, Shanghai, has been severely wounded in the head by a bullet. Later advices regarding the subject comes from Fred Meteor at Singapore, who writes: "I may tell you that most of the company is here, and open with the United Circus Agu. 13. The following would be glad if your would make it known to their brother and sister artists that they are still living: The Meteors, flying trapeze and globe artists; Brothers Zenobia, hand balancers; W. W??e, jockey act rider; Brothers Rice, horizontal bar performers; Cento, juggler; Mr. and Mrs. Sherman(?) and H. Benham(Renham?), clown." New York Clipper, October 6, 1900, p. 699.

    Killed at Tien-Tsin. Evansville, Ind. Aug. 7. - News of the death of George Peters, of Princeton, Ind., has been received in this city from China. Peters was manager of Warren's Circus, which was started in this city two years ago. He was killed at Tien-Tsin June 14 while the parade was going on. Warren and Peters were old showmen, and were well known in the Central States. They spent last season in Japan and six months ago went to China. Billboard, August 18, 1900, p. 5. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Note: Sturtevant lists: 1901 Duval & Warrens Circuses in Far East; 1903 Warrens' Circus (India-China).

Warren & Cashman - 1921

    The Warren & Cashman Circus, Trained Animal and Wild West Shows Combined will take to the road next year, opening at Quincy, Mass., May 1, as a one-ring show, playing New England territory exclusively, according to general manager Geo. R. Warren. The show will be transported by auto car, trucks with trailers, and will also use twenty head of draft stock to haul cages and wagons. A parade will be a feature. Billboard, June 25, 1921, p. 64.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Warren Bros. - 1910   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910

    Preparations for the season of 1910 are progressing at the winter quarters of the Warren Bros.' Show on their farm, two miles south of Greenville, Pa. The show will carry a __ big top, with a seating capacity of 1,000, eight wagons, sixteen head of draft horses. A ten piece uniformed cornet band will be the special feature. Billboard, March 19, 1910, p. 33.

    Ed and W. J. Warren, who were associated with the Loudon and Warren Shows last season, have severed their connection with that show, having sold their interests to George W. Loudon. This season they have organized a show of their own, which will be known as the Warren Bros.' Shows. They will open the season of 1910, April 30, at Greenville, Pa., their home town, and play one night stands through Pennsylvania and West Virginia. Their outfit is entirely new and complete. Performers engaged are: Frank Oskins, clown and Dutch comedian, assisted by Lee Howard, black face comedian; Flo La Quinlyn, flying rings; Elasto, boneless wonder; Joe Hulsizer, balancing, traps and slack wire; Miss Irene Howard, swing ladder perch; Eva and Vera Wentzel, single and double traps; the Aerial Howards, six in number; Prof. Campaginle's(?) cornet band; balloon ascension and parachute jump by Prof. Robb. Billboard, April 23, 1910, p. 18.

    Warren Bros.' Shows opened the season at Greenville, Pa., April 30, to a large audience. Performers with the show are the Great Howard Family, four in number, Roman ladder act; Flo LaQuinlyn, rings and trapeze; Lizzie Howard, Spanish webs and loops; Irene Howard, iron jaw, ladder perch and comedy ladder act; Cassie Howard, rolling globe and flying trapeze; Harry Mick, principal clown, hoop roller and juggler; Wentzel Sisters, double trapeze and Spanish rings; Hultsizer(?), bar act; Zee ___, wire artist, Japanese perch and balancing trapeze; Prof. Reno's dogs, monkeys and ponies. A band of twelve pieces is in charge of C. C. Braggs. A balloon ascension is given daily by Prof. Leroy.
    Complete roster: Warren Bros., sole proprietors and managers; Lee Howard, equestrian director and assistant manager; Prof. Wilson, boss canvasman with fifteen assistants; Rooney Abraham, superintendent of stock with twelve assistants; Joe Brown, chef, with six assistants; Wiley Jones, property boss with six assistants. Harry Germaine has charge of the advance with six assistants. The show carries sixty people, fifty-five head of stock, and sixteen ponies. Warren Brothers intend to cover all new territory this season, Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Ohio and New York. Billboard, May 7, 1910, p. 24.

    The following performers are with the Warren Bros.' Show: Howard Troupe, six in number; Flo LaQuinlin, Roman rings and flying trapeze; Joe Holsizer, swinging perch, balancing trap and ring; Irene Howard, flying ladder; Cassie Howard, rolling globe; Mrs. Hargarte Howard and her trained dogs and ponies; Willie Sprage, contortionist; DeBell Bros., horizontal bars and barrel jumpers; John Wicks, producing clown. Billboard, July 30, 1910, p. 22.

• Note: Also see Loudon & Warren's. Parkinson's Directory lists: Warren Bros. Circus 1910, Edward Warren & W. J. Warren, proprietors 1910.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Warren Bros. - 1911

    Roster of the Warren Show: D. W. Moorhead and Floyd Trover, owners; D. W. Morehead, manager; Floyd Trover, assistant manager and router; Harry Fink, second agent; Mrs. Moorhead, treasurer; A. O. Peterson, band leader with twelve musicians; Paul Kissel, orchestra leader with eight men; Frank Merringer, stage manager; Wm. (Whitie) Rhodes, boss canvasman with six assistants. The outfit carries a seventy feet with two middles, and has a top that seats 2,000 people. The show makes two to four day stands and is playing to good business in Texas. At Dublin, Texas, they encountered the worst wind storm since opening on May 1. The center pole was broken and the side walls were considerably torn, but succeeded in getting the top down without serious injury. The Warren Show carries two fine cars, having purchased the Pullman car from the Crawford Minstrels on November 1. There are thirty people with the show. Late arrivals are Ed Christian, comedian, Geo. Murray, novelty performer . . . Billboard, December 2, 1911, p. 26.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, D. W. Moorhead and Floyd Trover, proprietors, 1911.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Washburn's - 1856   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1855-1886

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists E. S. Washburn, owner, "Washburn's Colossal Circus & Indian Amphitheatre," 1855-56.

Washburn's Great American Colossal Circus was in Kansas in July 1856. The show had acrobats, leapers, equestrians and a troupe of Sac and Fox Indians. More on this show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 4-5.

• 1856: is online at Clipper, September 13 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Washburn's - 1877

    Wanted, to hire a panorama (religious subject preferred), also lecturer, or would purchase a cheap one. Also wanted, musicians, agents and performers. Address ?. H. Campbell, manager, Washburn's Great Show. [Advertisment] New York Clipper, January 6, 1877, p. 328.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Leon W. Washburn's Show - 1882, 1892-94, 1896-97, 1902, 1907, 1918

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-83, 1892-1904; 1907-08

1882:

    The Three Martino Bros. are engaged with Washburn's New United Shows, also Prof. Fowler's trained horses. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.

1892:

    Wanted, for Leon W. Washburn’s Great Eastern Railroad Shows, Menagerie, Museum, Hippodrome, Wild West and Trained Animal Exposition, people in all branches of the business. Address 201 Centre Street, New York City. P.S. Cars, wagons, steam calliope and carousels for sale. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 773.

    The O’Brien Bros. have signed with Leon W. Washburn’s Show for the next season, making their second season with that company. Jim Kidd is breaking some bronchos for the Wild West at Frenchtown, N.J., where the show will open early in the Spring. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 808.

    Billy Nixon has signed with the Washburn Circus. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.

    Prof. Frank M. Myers has signed with L. W. Washburn’s United Shows. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    For the past ten days L. W. Washburn has been at New York and Frenchtown, getting everything in working order for his circus, which opens in April. The stock and animals are well. Mr. Washburn has added two new cars, which will make fourteen for the coming season. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    The following have been engaged for the Leon W. Washburn Railroad Shows: O’Brien Bros. . . . Thomas Roscoe, George Parento . . . Andy Gaffney . . . Mlle. Aimee, Jas. C. Mitchell, Griffin and Marks . . . T. S. Holmes . . . Thomas Scott . . . Thomas Lawrence, Stewart, Wild Horse Jack . . . and Rattleskin Jim. Mack Evans will have charge of advance No. _., . . . The show will open at Frenchtown, N.J. May _. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    Jas. C. Mitchell has signed with L. W. Washburn as sideshow manager and general orator. Mlle. Aimee, tattooed woman, has also signed with the same show. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    On the road, circuses: L. W. Washburn’s . . . Long Branch NY May 10, Asbury Park 11, Red Band 12. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 135.

    On the road, circuses: L. W. Washburn, Asbury Park NJ May 11, Red Bank 12, Rahway 13, Elizabeth 14 . . . Morristown 17. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: L. W. Washburn, Bridgeport, CT May 18, New Haven 19 . . . Pawtucket RI 21 . . . New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    Leon W. Washburn’s Circus showed at Hackensack, N.J., May __. There was a grand crowd, and a panic at nine o’clock, when two guy ropes snapped under pressure of the heavy wind and rain storm. The large canvas was raised until the centre pole left the ground. Lights were extinguished, and the people rushed out, women and children shrieking, and men vainly endeavoring to pacify them. Several persons were knocked down and bruised, but, a portion of the side canvas having been torn away, the crowd soon scattered. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.

    Providence, Rhode Island. Washburn’s circus exhibited at Pawtucket 21(?), to fair business, on account of a heavy rain. During the past week the billposters of this show and the paste brigade of Pawnee Bill’s Wild West, which will exhibit there 28(?), indulged in a fierce war for the possession of the billboards about the city, in which all the tricks of the trade were resorted to. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 181.

    On the road, circuses: Leon Washburn’s, Lowell MA June 8, Lawrence 9, Wakefield 10, Malden 11, Lynn 13, Marblehead 14, Salem 15. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Dover NH June 22, Great Falls 23, South Berwick ME 24 . . . Biddeford 27, Portland 28 . . . Brunswick 30. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 248.

    Notes from Washburn’s Circus. Business continues large, and our Eastern tour has been highly profitable. Eight large dapple horses were recently added. Pedro Leon, late of the Pubillones’ Cuban Circus, has joined with three head of ring stock. A new side show outfit is an addition. Maj. Kibble, late of Al. G. Field’s Minstrels, has joined the concert, and Theodore, magician and ventriloquist, the annex. . . . New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Lewiston ME June 29, Brunswick 30, Bath July 1, Rockland 2, Gardner 4, Skowhegan 5, Belfast 6, Pittsfield 7. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Belfast ME July 6, Pittsfield 7, Dover 8, Dexter 9, Bucksport 11, Ellsworth 12, Old Town 13, Lincoln 14, Calais 15, Eastport 16. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    The quaint old New England village of Bucksport, Me., had a most memorable day on Sunday, July 10. Leon W. Washburn’s Circus arrived that morning, and one of the animal men, in the absence of the regular keeper, undertook to remove the elephant Charley (a recent purchase from the Adam Forepaugh Shows) from his car. The elephant stampeded, and for several hours kept the citizens in mortal terror of their lives. Tiring of this sport, Charley started for the country, and would up in a pine woods, with thick and swampy undergrowth. After numerous volunteers had failed, the steward, Tom W. Lawrence, for many years with Barnum & Bailey, and who accompanied that show to London, went after him, and after six hours battle, brought him safe and sound, but somewhat tired. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    Wanted, for L. W. Washburn’s Circus, side show attractions. Also man for openings. Route: Presque Isle, Me., July 20, Edmundston, N.B., 21, Woodstock, N.B. 22, Frederickton, N.B. 23, St. John, 25, 26. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 321.

    Notes from Washburn’s Shows. We are floating on the full tide of success. The specter appears at regular intervals. Business continues to increase. We have been compelled to add another middle piece and eight more lengths of seats. Mr. Washburn reluctantly releases Jas.(?) Mitchell as sideshow manager and orator. He returns to his old post at Doris’ Museum. Mlle. Aimee, his wife, remains one of the principal features of the annex. She has passed the record of all previous seasons in the sale of books and photographs. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.

    Wanted, contracting agent, also sideshow attractions. C. C. Wilson, wire. Amherst, N.S., July 28, Springfield 29 . . . Bridewater Aug 2. L. W. Washburn. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 336.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Halifax NS Aug 10, New Glasgow 11, Malgrana 12, North Sidney 13 . . . Pieton 16. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 361.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Charlottetown P.E.I. Aug 17, 18 . . . Summeralde 20, Moncton N.B. 22, Chatham 23 . . . De Loupe 26, Quebec 27. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    Washburn’s Circus is now touring Quebec, having been for several weeks in the Maritine Provinces. They had considerable red tape to pass through the Canadian customs authorities, and to pay a large sum for duty on every article with the organization. They have found business fair only, times being hard and the people quite poor. In fact, the tour has not been so satisfactory as could have been wished. The custom of bonding(?) a show and bringing it out having been abandoned, duty must be paid at an appraiser’s value, and is charged for the same as new, even if quite old. The show will tour Canada some time yet, and then jump South. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 404.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s . . . Montreal Can. Sep. 2, 3 . . . Cornwall 6 . . . Kingston 9 . . . New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 409.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Lindsay Ont. Sep 14, Bracebridge 15, Midland 16 . . . Collingwood 19 . . . New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.

    Circus people wanted, for L. W. Washburn’s Shows. Address per route: Bracebridge, Ont. Sept. 15, North Bay 16, Sudbury 19, Port Arthur 21, Winnepeg, 23. L. W. Washburn. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 451.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Port Arthur Ont. Sep 21, Brempton 22, Owen Sound 23, Orangeville 24, Berlin 26 . . . Walkerton 28, Wingham 29 . . . Goderich Oct 1. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

    Wanted, for sideshow, man to do Punch and magic, and other sideshow attractions; also man for openings. Address L. W. Washburn, New Market Ont. Sep. 21, Brampton 22, Owen Sound, 23, Orangeville 24, Berlin 26. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 469.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Sarnia Ont. Oct 5, Petrolla 6, Strathroy 7; Wintermute . . . Cornell 6, Long Point 7, Woodford 8. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 489.

    L. W. Washburn’s Circus closed its season Oct. 8(?), at Chatham, Ont., where it will go into winter quarters. Mr. Washburn is to take charge of Stetson’s "U.T.C." Co., and Dave B. Levis goes to Chicago to prepare for the tour of his "Uncle Josh Spruceby" Co. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 505.

    Arthur Adair and wife have closed with L. W. Washburn’s Show, and are now at their home, Chicago, for the winter. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.

    Wanted, for Leon W. Washburn’s Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Hippodrome and Wild West, travel by railroad, people in all branches, riders with or without their stock. Would like to hear from Jeal Sisters. Address Leon W. Washburn, 201 Centre Street, New York City. Winter quarters, Chatham, Ont., Canada. New York Clipper, December 10, 1892, p. 648.

    The following people have signed to go with the Leon W. Washburn Shows next season: James R. Whalen, Larry Moon, Frank Thorp, Charles Lowery and Thomas Lawrence. New York Clipper, December 24, 1892, p. 670.

    The following people have signed with Leon W. Washburn’s European Shows for the season of 1893: . . . Wm. O. Dell, Alma O. Dell, Charles(?) Lowery, Turnour and Roberta, Wilson Adams and wife, Rod Harris and wife, Billy Kibbel . . . Wm. Myers, Wild Horse Jack . . . New York Clipper, December 31, 1892, p. 686.

1893:

    Things are beginning to assume a lively appearance at the winter quarters, Chatham, Can., of the Leon W. Washburn Great Eastern Circus and Menagerie. The new wagons, cages and cars are being made at Chatham. There will be twenty new cages with lion den, and also a new band wagon. A new steam calliope and steam(?) horse will be added to the show. A fine assortment of animals has arrived from Hamburg, Ger., including a small elephant only twenty-six inches high. The train will consist of five stocks, one elephant, ten flats, three fine sleepers and two advance cars. The stock will be better than ever, with one hundred gray draft horses, thirty ring, and ten ponies broken to do an act. This is the show that has "Jupiter," the largest elephant on the road. Thos. W. Lawrence is buy breaking his new acts for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 702.

    Wilson Adams, the well known acrobat and tumbler, recovering from inflammatory rheumatism, expects to join L. W. Washburn for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 821.

    The roster of Leon W. Washburn’s European Shows: L. W. Washburn, proprietor . . . Harry Overton, newspaper representative; Mrs. L. W. Washburn, charge of reserved seats; Wm. O’Dell, equestrian director; Prof. R.(B.?) Bergman, leader of band; Jos. Leary, leader of orchestra; W. E. Tuttle, F. Cooper . . . D. E. Burke, Lew Corbin . . . J. France, John F. Edwards, Chas. Lowery, Millie O’Dell, Millie Alma, Wm. O’Dell, Chas. Johnson, Devene Bros., Harry La Dell, Wm and Emma Rydon, Martines . . . Mme. Almonte . . . Steve Meaney, Pauline Du Bois, John Cantwell . . . Washburn Children, Wild Horse Jack and his six cowboys, Mlle. Ida, Larry Moore, Mrs. L. Moore, Dave Carlton Ross and Grace, L. Maynard . . . Pauline Du Bois, Miss Moore, Grace Washburn, Maj. Kibble . . . Thos. Delvante, Mme. Delvante, Carios Rea . . . A. J. Smith, Louis Washburn, Ida Delvante, John P. Leary, Geo. Coupe, ?. A. Teal, Bert Diller, Hugh Reilly . . . T. Putnam, T. L. Vance, Red Crowley, J. Crowley . . . Thos. Robinson . . . Master Willie Lowell, John Lee, Isaac Miller, J. Hare, J. Hutchison, B. Green, H. Watson, Jas. Whalen, Jack Cullan, Tony Moore, Harry Fellman and others. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s . . . Sudbury Can. June 2, Chapleau 3, Port Arthur 5, Fort William 6 . . . Winnipeg 8, 9. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    General agent De Forrest, of the Washburn Show, is in San Francisco arranging for the California tour of that enterprise. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Chico Cal. July 5, Marysville 6, Sacramento 7, Oakland 8, San Francisco 9-11. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    Seattle, Washington. Leon W. Washburn’s will be here 11, 12. Sanger & Lents’ Circus 13, 14. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    Leon W. Washburn’s Circus has returned to the States after a tour of Canada from coast to coast. Business, we learn, on the northwest coast was very large at one dollar admission, while at Victoria and other Vancouver Island stands many were turned away at every performance. They are now in California. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    The Washburn Circus report good business on the Pacific Coast where they have no opposition. De Forest Davis writes: "Although we are doing well we are anxious to get back East." New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 378.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn's, San Francisco CA Aug 16-19, Stockton 21 . . . Auburn 23 . . . New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.

    San Francisco, California. Aug. __. Leon W. Washburn's Circus attached. The Washburn Circus was attached last week by the customs authorities, charged with smuggling ___ horses into the States. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    Stockton, California. Leon Washburn's Circus showed here 21. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn's . . . North Platte Neb. Sep 7, Kearney 8, Grand Island 9, Fremont 11, Lincoln 12, Omaha 13, 14 . . . New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 428.

    Notes from Leon W. Washburn's European Shows. The young lioness, "Queen," gave birth to four fine cubs Sept. 1, much to the delight of Mr. Washburn. Boss animal man Tom Lawrence is handling the new animals to the "Queen's" taste. The baby elephant, "Cupid," is still the centre of attraction for both young and old, and it may well be, as it is only thirty-eight inches in height and as playful as a kitten. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 447.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn's, Marshaltown IA Sep 20, Belle Plain 21, Cedar Rapids 22, De Witt 23, Clinton 25, Sterling 26 . . . New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 461.

    The complete roster of No. 1 advertising car of the Leon W. Washburn's Circus and Menagerie is as follows: Harry R. Overton, manager; John Sullivan, boss bill poster . . . Joe Tillis, George Hurst and Pete Sylvester, town birgade; Wm. Arnold, Fred Brown, Dave Horn, Frank Conklin and Pat Maeger, country route and excursion men . . . James Sheppard, Joseph Kaiser, lithograph boards . . . and Kid Baldwin, porter. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn's, Dixon IA Sep 27. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.

    Wm. Sloman has been re-engaged as contracting agent for the Leon W. Washburn Circus for the season of 1894. New York Clipper, December 9, 1893, p. 642.

1894:

    Wanted, for Leon W. Washburn's Circus, Museum, Menagerie, Hippodrome and Wild West, people in all branches. Want man or woman to make high dive. Aslo man who can break horses or dogs. Address Leon W. Washburn, 11 West Eighth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio. P.S. For sale, cars, tents, illusions, sideshow paintings. Also a full grown lioness, with four cubs, born last Sept. 1, all in fine condition. New York Clipper, January 13, 1894, p. 728.

    Wanted, for Leon W. Washburn's Circus and Menagerie. Bar team who can do brother act and tumble, musicians, boss animal and chandelier man. Address L. W. Washburn, Empire Printing Co., Chicago, Ill. For sale, passenger coach, three hundred dollars, will make good sleeper. Can be seen a New Castle, Pa. Also stock car, two hundred. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 840.

    Notes from the Leon W. Washburn Shows. The preparations for the Leon W. Washburn Shows are nearly completed at Belle Plain, Ia., where the show has been in winter quarters. A large force of workmen have been at work since Dec. 1, and the calliope and dens have been sent to Cincinnati to be reguilded and repainted. The four baby lions born last Fall have wintered well, as have the stock and the menagerie. Little Ding Dong and Jupiter, respectively the smallest and largest elephants on exhibition, will no doubt prove the great features they were last year. Twenty cars will be required to transport the organization this season. Among the important engagements are . . . Ed. C. Long, Ed. E. McNeil . . . Ida Williams and Midget Sister, Louie and Gracie Washburn, W. J. Banks . . . J. C. Mitchell and wife, Wm. Whalen, Frank Thorpe, Wild Horse Jack and wife, Three De Long Bros. . . . and others. The show opens April 28(?). New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    Wanted, for Leon W. Washburn's Circus. Man who can do Punch and magic. Also other features for side show. Address L. W. Washburn care Empire Printing Co., Chicago. All working people address James Whalen, Belle Paline, Iowa. Billposters and lithographers, Harry Overton, New Hartford, Conn. For sale or rent, one passenger coach, __ stock car. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 31.

    Among the bill posting fraternity who have signed for the season are the following: A. Howe goes with L. W. Washburn. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 71.

    Charles Lowery, hurdle rider, has signed with Leon W. Washburn’s Show for this season, making second season with the show. Prof. W. Young and wife, doing Punch, magic, mind reading and trained birds, will be seen in the Annex, under the management of ___ Smith. Ida Smith, tattooed lady and Walter P. Holz, one man band, are also engaged for this show. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.1894: Wanted, musicians to complete bands for L. W. Washburn's Circus, baritone, slide trombone and trap drummer. Address L. W. Washburn, Belle Plaine, Ia. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 108.

    Will M. Barry is with Leon W. Washburn's advance car No. 1. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.

    Russell and Emmett have signed with L. W. Washburn's circus, to do their knockabout act in the ring and a Dutch turn in the concert. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 119.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn's . . . Middletown OH May 22, Hamilton 23, Dayton 24, Marion 25. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

    Will J. Banks, general agent of the Leon W. Washburn Shows, writes: "The agents are doing excellent work through Illinois. Harry R. Overton has charge of advertising car No. 1, with ten men; Wm. S??? is our hustling contractor; ?. R.(?) Barnes(?), press agent, and A. J. Davis(?) brings up the rear with bill car No. 2. Our paper is all special, and the dead walls look like a rainbow after we get our work in. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.

1896: Leon W. Washburn has purchased of James A. Bailey the hippopotamus which formerly belonged to the Forepaugh Show. It will be added to the menagerie of the Washburn Shows. New York Clipper, April 4, 1896, p. 73.

1897:

    Notes from the winter quarters of Leon W. Washburn's Shows, Paterson, New Jersey. The new horseless band wagon is completed. Charles Lowry is breaking a new animal act, introducing the baby elephant, eight ponies, two lions and Major, the leaping hyena. Wm. O. Dell is breaking a thirty horse act and two four horse tandem teams for the hippodrome. Mr. Washburn has contracted for sixty-eight sets of white enameled leathered harness. We will have thirty-one cars. New York Clipper, January 16, 1897, p. 733.

    Notes from Leon W. Washburn's Allied Shows, Three Ring Circus, Mammoth Musuem, Royal Menagerie and Roman Hippodrome. Wm. Kibble, general manager, will arrive at Patertson with two elephants, one walrus, six kangaroos, one mandrill, a pair of tigers and ten ostriches, to be added to the menagerie. Mr. Washburn is having a new advertising car built by the Pullman Compnay, to be called the "Vitascope." This car will have a motor on it, and at each town or city where the show is to exhibit it will advertise twenty to thirty life size pictures of all the features together with the hippodrome races in real action. This car will be in charge of Harry Murry, with eight assistants, twenty-one days ahead. We aim to give the public every figure, action, color and effect true to nature, life like, life size, as if looking upon real life and the actual scenes. Adverting car No. 1 will be in charge of Harry Overton, with eighteen billposters, two lithographers and two programmers. Car No. 2 will be in charge of Grant Shirtliff, with twelve billposters, one lithographer and one programmer. . . . The bugle brigade will be in charge of W. Dunnington. Chas. Molton will be general agent and railroad contractor; W. R. Musgat, town contractor, with H. G. Barnum, assistant; L. H. Heckman, excursion agent. The show will go out with four advance cars and thirty-two cars with the show. The parade will consist of five band wagons, ten chariots, thirty cages of wild animals, twelve open dens, seven elephants, ten camels, sixty head of Shetland ponies, six reindeers and a hippopotamus. The reindeers are broke to harness and will be used on one of the band wagons in the street parade. . . . New York Clipper, February 13, 1896, p. 799.

    Notes from Leon W. Washburn's Great Shows. There will be a new departure in the menagerie tent this season, in the form of a stage, 34x50ft., to give a moral entertainment, for which Wm. Kibble has engaged six specialty people, to entertain the people in the menagerie until the circus department opens its doors. In the list are Western and Dawson, with guitar, zither, concertina, etc.; the Robinsons, duets, illustrated by electric steropticon; the Holbrooks, duets on cornets, saxaphone, violins and their musical boxing act. Charles Holton, general agent, has perfected an electrical apparatus called "The lightoscope," by means of which figures and scenes can be projected upon a black curtian, life size in natural colors, with all the movements of living reality. This machine produces pictures in the daylight as well as in the night. Mr. Washburn returned from Kentucky with sixty head of horses, which now makes one hundred and thirty-five head of horses with the show. Mrs. Washburn has twenty women working on the new wardrobe. A chariot, consisting of catherdral chimes, played by Amy Bell Fuller, will be a feature of the street parade. There will be a show by trained wild horses in one ring, covered by a gigantic iron cage. Lions, tigers, leopards, ponies, bears, dogs, horses, goats, sheep and even trained geese will appear. Jack Long, manager of the culinary department, has ordered three 40ft. cook tents, and will carry four cooks and twenty waiters. He is also having one large cook house wagon built, equipped with a range, so that meals can be cooked enroute. . . . The show will make all of the Western country this season, and ship from San Francisco in November for Australia. New York Clipper, February 20, 1897, p. 819.

1902: Leon W. Washburn, who is financially interested in the Uncle Tom's Cabin company seen here last night, was in the city yesterday and announced that next season he will take out a congress of all nations, an amusement institution similar to Buffalo Bill's Wild West. After the coming season, Col. Cody, it is understood will retire and Washburn wants to be his legitimate successor. Washburn was in the circus business a few years ago and lost all his money. He had about the worst arenic outfit that ever came to Goshen. He now proposes to employ 1,000 men. Washburn thinks the best way a bankrupt can get on his feet is to take a Tom show. Goshen Daily Democrat (Goshen, IN), March 4, 1902, p. 1.

1907: G. H. Irving writes interestingly from his home at Bedford, Mass., and imparts the information that he will have the annex with the L. W. Washburn Railroad Shows this summer, making his thirtieth season under the white tents. He will have quite a menagerie including a school of trained Teddy bears, something new by the way. Billboard, March 2, 1907, p. 26.

1918:

    Winter Quarters. Washburn's Mighty Midway Shows, Leon W. Washburn, manager; Chester, Pa. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 67.

    Chester, Pa., Jan. 12. The Leon Washburn Mighty Midway Shows will go out the coming season, under the management of J. W. Brownlee. Mr. Washburn did not sell his animals, and will make the animal show larger. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 34.

    Circus people now in the carnival business: Leon Washburn, who now owns Washburn's Mighty Midway. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 27.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Washburn & Hunting's - 1884

    Among the people engaged for Washburn & Hunting's Circus and Menagerie are Lizzie Keys, Irene Leslie, Hunting and wife, Romer and Leroux, Robert Whittaker, Louis Sebastian, Frank Shreves, and Wm. Johnson. Wm. W. Scott is boss canvasman and Wm. Saunders equestrian director. Two brass bands, a boss hostler, chandelier men, animal men and billposters are wanted. Street and sideshow privileges to let. New York Clipper, February 9, 1884, pp. 798, 807.

    Fred La Schaller and wife have engaged with Washburn & Hunting's Show, and La Schaller has the candy privileges. New York Clipper, March 1, 1884, p. 846.

    Washburn & Hunting’s Circus, Museum and Menagerie. Officers: L. W. Washburn and Robert Hunting, proprietors; Dewight Clapp, general agent; George Stone, press agent; Harry Thomas, contracting agent; Denis Buckley, lithographer, two assistant lithographers and 12 billposters; William Sanders, equestrian director; Denis Cowen, boss hostler, and 18 men; Chas. Disco, boss canvasman, and 16 men; All. Crossley, boss animal man, and 4 men; George Roach, boss property man and 3 assistants; chandeliers, Jones and Bisby; Fred More, leader of band of 9 pieces; Harry Smith, boss canvasman, and 3 assistants; Godfrey Filiatreault, leader of white band; Harry Clark, leader of colored band. Company - Roemer and Leroux, Lizzie Keyes, Robert Whittaker, the Huntings, Miss Irene, George Kelly, Willie Harbeck, Lewanda, Carrie Stone, Lillie Montague, Mrs. Emma Steele, Len Bishop, the Jackson Bros., the Leontas, Frank Bushby. Sideshow - George Peck, manager; Harry Root, assistant manager. People - Miss Barnes, mammoth giant lady; Rose Westerly, midget; Miss Lillie Leslie, Circassian; Miss Mansfield, electric lady; Prof Glenfield, magician and ventriloquist; Charles Dunbar, man with iron jaw; Billy Edwards, Punch-and-Judy and door talker. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, p. 105.

    A corrected list of the people in advance of Washburn & Hunting's Show: Dwight Clapp, general agent; C. W. Porter, assistant and press agent; Mack Evans, chief billposter with twelve assistants; Dennis Buckley, lithographer; Titas Behringer, programmer; J. G. Clark, master of advance stock. Brigade No. 2: Chas. Chappel, chief billposter with four assistants; Henry D. Frank, master of stock. Jessie Clark and R. D. Frank joined at Brookville, Pa., May 21. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 182.

    A portion of John Wilson's "Great World" Circus Co., embarked for India May 21 from London, Eng. The artists included James Madigan, wife and daughter; Mr. and Mrs. Eggie Madigan, the three brothers Moxon, Wilson Forest, Mlle. Esther, Ernest Glover and wife, Mons. and Mme. Delapont and daughter, etc. New York Clipper, June 14, 1884, p. 206.

    L. W. Washburn has purchased Robert Hunting's interest in the Washburn & Hunting Circus and the show is now styled Washburn & Hunting's Circus, Museum and Menagerie, with Mr. Washburn as only proprietor. There are now three uniformed bands with the show. New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 222.

    Dwight Clapp, contracting agent; Charles Chapell, advance agent; and T. Belringer, programmer, have resigned from Washburn & Hunting's Show and joined Martell & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, July 12, 1884, p. 270.

    John Rategan, general contracting agent; Harry Watts, press agent; Harry Smith, lithographer; and Fred waldman, Geo. White, Sam Lovely and Bob Compstock, billposters, have joined the advance brigade of the Washburn & Hunting Circus. Dwight Clapp and Charles W. Porter, late agents, were discharged from my employ for cause, and did not resign as stated by them in last week's Clipper. Wanted, a few more billposters. Washburn & Hunting's Circus, Museum and Menagerie. New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 287.

    Richfield Springs, N.Y., July 24. A hurricane passed over Richfield Springs this afternoon, just in the middle of the performance of Washburn & Hunting's circus. The tent was lifted and in a second lay flat on the ground. Most of those present were compelled to crawl out on their hands and knees, only to meet a terrific hailstorm. Trenton Times (Trenton, NJ), July 24, 1884, n.p.n.

    Washburn & Hunting's Show closed its season Sept. 20 and went into Winter quarters at Carmel, N.Y. New York Clipper, September 27, 1884, p. 434.

Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Washburn & Arlington - 1890-91

1890:

    Mr. and Mrs. S. F. Cody, rifle and pistol shots have signed with Washburn & Arlington’s Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    Wanted, for Washburn & Arlington’s Circus, Hippodrome, Museum, Menagerie and Wild West, for the season of 1890, travel by rail, route from Maine to California, give tourists a chance to see the country, people in every branch of the circus profession, a good troupe of Arabs, Indians, Cowboys, __ long haired men, _ brass bands, German, Italian and Colored; women to do balloon ascension and parachute jump; must furnish how apparatus; steam calliope player, sideshow attractions, 40 billposters, lithographers and programmers. Management run all privileges. address Washburn & Arlington, 201 Centre Street, New York. Agents and billposters address O. J. Boyd, general agent. Wanted to purchase, _ sleepers, _ stock cars, sideshow canvas and paintings, seats and baggage wagons, 4 camels, 3 elephants, pair performing lions. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 738.

    O. J. Boyd, general agent of the Washburn & Arlington New Shows, was a Clipper caller Jan. 21. He reports rapid progress in the getting ready for the new enterprise for the coming season. The show will be in first class shape and everything done to make it a success. The management have engaged some clever and well known people, and their show will contain many novelties seldom seen under canvas. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 765.

    Joseph Semon has secured the programme privilege with the new Washburn & Arlington Show. He also goes two weeks ahead, in charge of the first brigade. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    The following have signed to go with the Washburn & Arlington Show this season: . . . Claude Williams, press agent . . . S. F. Cody’s troupe of cowboys and sharpshooters, Wichita Jack . . . Yellow Stone Bill, Oklahoma Bill . . . Harry De Forest . . . The show opens May 1(?) at Bristol, Pa. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.

    Notes about Washburn & Arlington’s New United Shows. The season opens at Bristol, Pa., May 1(?), and the show will travel by rail by its own special train. Everything will be brand new. . . . will also use a black illusion tent. The train will consist of twelve cars and two advertising cars, and there will be seventy head of stock, five camels, two bands and a calliope. Among the people engaged are O. J. Boyd, general agent . . . eight Arabs, ten Indians, ten cowboys, ten Mexicans, Miramba Band, Guatamalan dwarf . . . Hartley(?) Baldwin . . . Leon Family . . . Bryan Murphy . . . Sampson and wife . . . H. Ordway . . . and others. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Urbana, Ohio. Rube Schafer . . . joins Washburn & Arlington’s Circus. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 131.

    Washburn & Arlington’s United Shows . . . At every point since their opening day, May _, at Bristol, Pa., the business has been way ahead of expectations, despite the many rainy days encountered. It has been found necessary to add two new __ft. middle pieces. The performances improve daily, and are now running as smoothly as clockwork. The street parade is under the personal supervision of L. W. Washburn. The forty wild bronchos horses, brought from the plains by Jim Kid and Charlie Howard, are all working in good shape. The aerial acts performed by Charles and Elmer Vernon are unusually clever, and Mendona(?) and Maynard are doing some fine double trapeze work. . . . and the Arabs, Indians, Mexicans and cowboys, together with the annex features, help to make up an excellent programme. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    The advance brigade No. 2 of Washburn & Arlington’s United Shows members: . . . Frank Ward and W. S. Irving, billposters . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Mrs. Mary(?) E. Cody, expert rifle shot with Washburn & Arlington’s Circus, was tried at Stamford, Ct., May 1?, for the shooting of eleven year old Mary ___ on afternoon of __, when Mrs. Cody attempted to shoot a half dollar, backward, with the aid of a looking glass, her hair became disarranged, and when she essayed to fix it the rifle was discharged and the bullet struck the little girl, who was sitting on the other side of the tent. The bullet entered the girl’s left side, very close to the heart . . . The court discharged Mrs. Cody, on the ground that the shooting was accidental. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 155.

    Notes from the Washburn & Arlington Shows. We continue to do a ??? business, despite the inclement weather encountered almost daily since our opening. . . . Mme. Macart and Frank Macart joined the show last week. . . . New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

    Notes from the Washburn & Arlington Shows. Continued large business is the order of the day. At Holyoke, May __, the show met with its first real disaster, and, though the excitement was great, the damage proved comparatively small. The wind blew as hard as to cause the stakes to pull out of the ground, and, without a moment’s warning, the whole of one side of the large canvas fell, causing intense __ among the audience, but fortunately only one girls received any injury, and that was so slight that the management settled with her parents within the hour. In the evening the canvas was packed full, and it was found necessary to stop selling tickets long before the performance commenced. The entire show is now carried out smoothly and perfectly satisfactorily. Several new people have been engaged for the big show and the concert. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    The Washington & Arlington Show continues to do a good business, despite the rainy weather they have encountered for several days past. Everybody connected with the show seems contented and happy, because of the general good business, and the regular walking of the ghost every Saturday. Washburn & Arlington have purchased four large, black mules, and an old time Western Concord coach for the parade. The press agent will utilize the coach in his daily calls on the newspapers. Phil Gibbons(?), Rod. Harris and Jas. Kincade, recently joined the show. The managers have purchased Ned(?) Smith’s performing dogs. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    The Vernon Bros., aerialists, and Geo. E. Hackett, purchasing agent with the Washburn & Arlington Show, have joined [forces] and are now organizing a strong specialty show for next season. The Vernon Bros. are making a hit in their aerial acts and are well known in the profession. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 246.

    Good business prevails with the Washburn & Arlington Shows and a feeling of easiness is said to be enjoyed by all. Charles Vernon of the Vernon bros. has been on the sick list for several past days and the aerial act performed by the brothers has necessarily been omitted. George Arlington’s son, Eddie, is now with the show, and will remain his father’s guest until September, when he returns to New York to school. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.

    Ad, citing the "Lynn Bee": Congress of Nations. Washburn & Arlington’s Show Attracts a Large Crowd. Washburn & Arlington’s Show, known as the Congress of Nations, visited Lynn Wednesday, and gave two performances on the Brookline Street lot. This great tent show has been out but a few months, and ther is every reason to believe that it is long lived and the Messers. Washburn & Arlington will not regret that they ever took this step as public entertainers. The tent will seat about 4,500 people, and at the evening performance every seat was taken. The show opens with the grand march, in which all nations are represented, America leading. . . . Lowelli, the contortonist, gave a fine exhibition, and De Forrest’s performing dogs made everybody laugh. The aerial act of the Vernon Bros. on the trapeze and their wonderful leaps in mid air in which one brother turns a double somersault and is caught by the other while he is hanging by the feet, is the most wonderful act of the kind ever seen in Lynn. The Vernons and Maynard also do a good act on the horizontal bar. The Wild West portion of this show is good, and a fair idea of how they do things on the plains may be obtained from it. Cowboys, Moors, Indians, horse thieves, etc. are introduced, and the little broncho horses and the old stage coach that used to be run between Deadwood and Cheynne, add much in making it realistic. A good sideshow goes with this circus, and a visit to the stock tents found a large number of horses and mules that were as good looking as any one would wish to see. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 286.

    The make up of the business staff of the Washburn & Arlington Shows is Washburn & Arlington, proprietors . . . Chas. Vernon, equestrian director . . . Jack Kent, master of transportation . . . M. Reed, purchasing agent; F. Farally, leader Italian band; D. Chavers, leader colored band; Irene Washburn, steam calliope player . . . Lewis Carr, sideshow orator . . . O. J. Boyd, general director in advance; P. H. Rhoads, contracting agent . . . Business continues up to high water mark. Charles Vernon has recovered his health and is again doing a splendid aerial act with his brother Benjamin. New features are continually being added. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    A slight fire occured in the side walls of the canvas of Washburn & Arlington’s Circus night of July 10(?), at Dover, N. H. The women screamed and a panic and stampede were only averted by the coolness of the employes. The fire caught from the cooking tent. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Wichita Jack, who had charge of Washburn & Arlington’s Wild West, resigned his position last week to fulfil an engagement at the Point of Pines, near Boston. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    J. R. Tucker has closed with the Irwin Bros. Circus and joined Washburn & Arlington’s Shows as contracting agent. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.

    Bowman & Young’s Museum and Aquarium has just closed a ten weeks’ successful season at the Western Fairs, and has joined Washburn & Arlington’s Circus for the winter through the South. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 533.

    Atlanta, Georgia. . . . Washburn & Arlington’s Circus came to grief here. An attachment was taken out which put the show in the hands of the baliff. Don Chavers, manager of the band, is wanted here. It seems he was given money to pay the band, and it is charged by the men that he neglected to do so. Edward Johnson, R. D. Morse(?) and John Campbell, of the band, are left here without money to get away. New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 547.

    Washburn & Arlington’s Circus has closed its season at Atlanta, Ga., where fine winter quarters have been secured. The recent report that the show [was] stranded was without the slightest foundation, as a most prosperous season is reported by the management, who assert that they are fully able to pay any and all debts contracted. Their original intention was to terminate the tour of show at Chillicothe, O., but on account of a tunnel(?) disaster on the A. & C. R. R., which would cause them to lose at least three stands en route to Chillicothe, it was concluded to close at Atlanta. All the people were paid in full and went on their way rejoicing. The management have rented the Exposition grounds for winter quarters, where everything will be put in tip top shape for next season. The wagons will be regilded and the show will be considerably enlarged and improved. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 567.

1891:

    Wanted, for Washburn & Arlington’s United Shows, good boss canvasman and boss hostler. Will pay $60 per month and expenses. Show will start about April 1 for Atlanta, Ga. Address 201 Center St., New York. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 734.

    Circus cars for sale. One stock, 2 passenger cars, 2 flats, one box sleeper. Address L. W. Washburn, 201 Centre St., New York City. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 782.

    Bowman & Young’s New York Museum Aquarium, since the closing of the Washburn & Arlington Circus, have been touring the South to good business. Mrs. B.(?) C. Bowman recently lost by death one of her best and largest snakes, which she had handled steadily for seven years. A fine lot of monkeys and birds have just been added to the museum. The company will join Washburn & Arlington’s Circus for the season of 1891. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.

    George Arlington, of Washburn & Arlington’s New United Shows, will start for Atlanta, Ga., in a few days to prepare for the opening of the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.

    The following is a list of the people who have already signed with Washburn & Arlington’s Shows for the coming season: . . . Annie Ashton . . . Anzola, Zamura, the Merediths, Rexford Bros., Rod Harris, Colorado Charley, DeVere and wife, Rio Grande Bill, Chas. E. White, Jack Kent, Andy Abendorth, G.(C.?) W. McDonald . . . P. B. Rhoades, J. H. Hammigan . . . Frank Leopold . . . Chas. E. Young, J. B. Gagnier and G. L. Wood. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.

    J. J. Zamora writes that neither himself nor any member of the Zamora Mexican Family have been engaged for Washburn & Arlington’s Circus, all reports to the contrary notwithstanding. . . . New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.

    The Zamora engaged for Washburn & Arlington’s Circus is Prof. Zamora, the triple jointed dwarf. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.

    John Shugart, stage manager for years at the Chesnut Street Opera House, Lancaster, O., joins the advertising staff of Washburn & Arlington’s Circus for the season. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    Roster of Washburn & Arlington’s New United Shows, Wild East, Wild West, Circus, Menagerie, Hippodrome and Congress of Nations: L. W. Washburn and Geo. Arlington, proprietors; L. W. Washburn, general manager; Geo. Arlington, general advance director and railroad contractor; Oscar Rahn, contractor; P. B.(?) Rhodes, agent, car No. 1 with fifteen men; J. W. Lee, head billposter; Wm. Irwin, agent, car No. 2, with eight men; R. James, head billposter; S. S. Walters, treasurer; Daniel B. Levis(Lewis?), uptown ticket office, with six assistants on reserved seat and concert tickets; Ben Bowman, manager of annex; Wm. Young, manager illusion black tent; Carl Zimmer, head porter, with three men . . . Jack Bristol, boss hostler, with sixteen men; Abe Fox in charge of hippodrome stock . . . Howard McCann, boss property man, with eight men; Pete Shelby, chandeliers, with two men; Chas Miller, seat man; Jack Kent, master of transportation, with ten train men; Joe Johnson, watchman . . . Red Fox’s band of ten Indians, six bucks, two squaws and two papooses; Tommy White, Willie Arthur . . . Kate Masters, John Howe, Mmes. Hayes and Collins, Tom Stevens and Frank Gonzalez . . . Colorado Charley, Nickel Jim, Mexican Rufus, Carlo Rodquez . . . Anzola, Lancaster, . . . Mlle Aida . . . and Grace Shannon. Prof McDonald and twelve men (band), . . . Mme. Irene Washburn, Ike Hall’s Drum Corps, Ben Bowman, Billy Young . . . and others in the sideshow. An Arabian encampment and Indian village are features of the show. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.

    On the road: Washburn & Arlington’s . . . Winchester Pa. April 23, Frederick, Md. 24, Hagerstown, 25, Carlisle, Pa., 27, Harrisburg, 28(?). New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 119.

    Wanted, for Washburn & Arlington’s Shows, a first class chandelier man, will give forty dollars per month and expenses. Also want good canvasmen and good 6(?) horse drivers. Apply as per route. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 124.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s, Lebanon, Pa. May 1. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 139.

    Wanted, to purchase two racing chariots and harness for same. We have cars for sale. Cleo. Mendoza, we accept your terms, join at once. Washburn & Arlington, as per route. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 146.

    Notes from Washburn & Arlington’s Circus. The Leonhardt Family (4) have joined. G. G. Walters, treasurer, received an ovation at his home, Bethlehem, Pa. He runs the Opera House there. Dave B. Levis has been fighting the grip. A. E. Harvey has taken J. C. Cox’s place at the uptown ticket office. Mme. Irene Washburn’s calliope solos are a feature. Business has been good. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 150.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington . . . Stafford Springs Ct. May 19 . . . New London, 21. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.

    Arlington & Washburn are wending their way East, and upon several occasions they have had the temerity to jump right into some of the Barnum stands, even after the big show was billed. They seemed to say: "Who’s afraid." New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s, Norwich Ct. May 20, New London 21. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s, Worcester, Mass May 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    From Washburn and Arlington’s Circus: Our business through the East is a repetition of last year’s success. The weather has been uniformly good. The O’Brien Brothers joined in Providence, and Cleo Mendoza joined in Pittsfield. Collins and Mason, Earle and wife and Mollie Baldwin are the new concert people. Barney Baldwin, broken necked man, is now one of the sideshow stars. Little Gracie, the ladies’ pet, in her pony ménage act; the Wild East, Wild West and Hippodrome races are very strong features. We were unable to show in the afternoon in Pittsfield on account of the observance of Memorial Day. The band, under the leadership of Professor G. W. McDonald, has been increased to fifteen pieces, and the price still remains twenty-five cents. New York Dramatic News, June 6, 1891, p. 10.

    Barney Baldwin, Mason and Collins, H. C. Wall, Cleo Mendoza, Mollie Baldwin, La Petite Louise and the O’Brien Bros. are recent additions to the Washburn & Arlington Shows. . . . Business continues very satisfactory. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington, Rutland VT June 3, Brandon 4, Burlington 5 . . . Port Henry NY 9, Plattsburg 10, Malone 11 . . . New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    George Seibert and J. J. Dolan joined the Washburn & Arlington Circus at Worcester, Mass., recently. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 230.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s, Plattsburg, N. Y. June 10, Malone 12, Gouverneur 13 . . . New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.

    James Washburn, manager of the Washburn & Arlington Circus, had an altercation at Syracuse, N.Y., June 17, with John Regreid, a blacksmith connected with the show. The difficulty arose over an accident that occurred in loading one of the cars. The results were not serious. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    Wichita Jack and his wife have left the Washburn & Arlington Show, and are busily employed at Point of Pines, getting their horses in shape for Chas. H. Thayer’s Apache Show . . . New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn’s, Providence, R.I. July 9. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.

    Wanted, for Washburn & Arlington’s Circus, candy butchers, good seat workers, and also one good man for outside stand. Address C. E.(?) Kintz, McKeesport, Pa. July 20, Beaver 21, Beaver Falls 22, Youngstown, O. 23, Meadville, Pa. 24. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 324.

    The work of organizing Washburn & Arlington’s Minstrels is progressing favorably. Mr. Arlington informs us that the ___ is all booked for a long season. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 331.

    On the road, circuses: Washington & Arlington’s, Beaver Falls, Pa. July 22 . . . East Brady 27 . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.

    Notice to opera house managers, who have "Lost in Egypt" booked. Please cancel all dates. The company will not go on the road the coming season. L. W. Washburn, manager. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 342.

    George Arlington, of Washburn & Arlington, will start his Minstrel Co. about Aug. __. Mr. Washburn will not be interested in the enterprise. . . . Besides having two minstrel troupes on the road, Mr. Arlington will also have an opera company. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s . . . Bellaire, O. Jul 31 . . . Fairmount W. Va. Aug 3, Morgantwon 4, Clarksburg 5. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 347.

    Notes from the Washburn & Arlington Show. B. L. Bowman, manager of our sideshow, has just received another shipment of large snakes. Among them was a large anaconda. On their arrival at the canvas she gave birth to nine young ones, the only anacondas ever born in captivity. Mr. Bowman now has the largest den of snakes with any show, thirty-four in number. The largest is 10(?)ft. long. Business has been very good through Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    Notes from Washburn & Arlington’s Circus. . . . John Lancaster is still doing "Pete Jenkins," and his kicking mule is the town talk. . . . Jas. Belmont recently cleared three camels and then horses with a clear double. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington . . . Martinsburg, W. Va. Aug 14, Charlestown 15, Annapolis, Md. 17, Havre de Grace 18, Wilmington, Del. 19, Dover 20, Smyrna 21, Milford 22. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    C. E. Kinty and Barnet Baldwin have left the Washburn & Arlington Circus, and are running a fair ground company with splendid results. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington’s, Chester, Pa. Aug 27, Frankfort 28, Camden, N.J. 29, Asbury Park 31, Long Branch Sept 1 . . . Perth Amboy 3, Port Richmond, N.Y. 4, Stapleton 5. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 417.

    On the road, circuses: Washburn & Arlington, Sag Harbor NY Sep 16 . . . Long Island City 19, Elizabeth NJ 21, Somerville 22 . . . Bordentown 24, Burlington 25. New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

    [Ad] Merited thanks. Messrs. Washburn & Arlington. Having been with your New United Shows during this season just closed, take this way of expressing our entire satisfaction in every manner and acknowledging the receipt of our salaries in full to the close of the show at Frenchtown of which we had the usual two week’s advice. Hoping to again join you, remain with high esteem. Jesse W. Foster, George Wambold and son, Jim Kid and wife, Joseph La Fleur, Thos. Boreo, Joe Belmont, Chas. Valentine, Robert Zoyarrow and wife, S. S. Walters . . . Wild Horse Jack, O’Brien Brothers . . . John Lancaster, B. L. Bowman and wife, Prof. W. Young, Jacob Christman and band, F. A. Watson, John Reading, Jim McCall . . . Miss Flora Lawrence, Thomas Lawrence, Wm. Scott, F.(?) E. Thorp, Mike Scanlon, Ed. Douglas . . . Thomas Evans. New York Clipper, October 17, 1891, p. 548.

    Wanted, a partner in the circus and menagerie business, one who has not less than ten to fifteen thousand dollars. Mr. Geo. Arlington having retired from the firm known as Washburn & Arlington’s United Shows. I have the following property all in good shape. Twelve cars, thirty-five head of stock, none better; 3 camels, steam calliope, ticket, band, 8(?) baggage wagons, 9(?) racing chariots, new canvas, used only three weeks; big top, 110, with two 50(?)ft. middle pieces; 2(?) horse tents and sideshow, cook, dining tents, seats, light, harness, and everything complete for a big 50 cent show. Partner wanted, for purpose of adding a good menagerie. Only those who have the money and mean business, address L. W.Washburn, 201 Centre Street, New York City. New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 596.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Washington Circus - 1826-27

• Jeremiah Fogg, Isaac Quick and Abraham H. Mead were owners of the Washington Circus. Their first season was in 1826. In 1827 the show opened in Augusta, Georgia. Information on the 1927 show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1982, pp. 20-21.

• Washington Circus is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1826-32, 1853.

Washington Circus - 1853   Mann, Moore & Thompson

    New York City. Washington Circus. Mann, Moore & Thompson, proprietors. Colonel Alvah Mann, manager. The new Spectacle of The Carnival of Venice will be performed every afternoon and evening this week, in which, besides the whole of the large company now engaged, a large number of auxiliary artists will appear, besides the splendid stud of horses and collection of leopards, elephants, ostriches, monkeys, ponies, and other rare beasts and birds. Madame Tournaire will go through her beautiful performance at each entertainment. Doors open at 2 in the afternoon and 7 in the evening. Performances commence at 3 and 7 1/2 p.m. Admission to all parts of the house 25 cts. Equestrian and other performances. New York Clipper, September 17, 1853, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Washington Bros. - 1887

    Wanted, for Washington Bros.' Circus, Menagerie and Cosmopolitan Shows. Performers in all branches of the circus business, also curiosities and side show attractions, boss canvasman, ten billposters and full brass band to double in orchestra. Will take the road about May 21, 1887. Shall bill heavily, and use special paper. Privileges for sale. Address C. C. Hunter, agent, Culbertson, Neb. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 62.

    Orion Springer will do the clown this season with the Washington Bros.' Circus, to open at Culbertson, Neb., May 20. New York Clipper, May 7, 1887, p. 119.

    Call, all performers, musicians, riders, teamsters, etc., engaged for the Washington Brothers Circus for the season of 1887, will please report at Culbertson, Neb., Thursday, May __, for rehearsal. Wanted, one more hurdle rider with horse, horizontal bar team, brother act, tumblers, and one more canvas cheap for cash. C. C. Hunter, manager, Culbertson, Neb. New York Clipper, May 7, 1887, pp. 127, 128.

    Washington Bros.' Show (the remnant of the Hunter outfit) stranded last week at Salina, Kas. Thirty-eight people claim to have been "left." Creditors sold the tent, seats, etc. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, p. 275.

• Information on the Washington Bros. show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 37-39.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mighty Watson - 1914, 1916

1914:

    Mighty Watson Show: John T. Watson, proprietor & manager; A. J. Haggerty, treasurer; P. M. Miskell, secretary; C. C. Melvin, auditor; H. H. Black, general agent; F. G. Copeland, R. R. contractor; Carl K. Dresser, special agent; Sam Printz, contracting press agent; W. E. Strong, advance press agent; Gustine Cable, press agent back with show; Harry Miller, excursion agent; C. B. (Kid) Stoddard, manager sideshow; T. J. Melvin, equestrian director; Montgomery Parks, supt. privileges; Dick Crossmire, musical director; Chas. Evans, supt. reserved seat tickets; D. E. Davis, boss hostler; Chas. O. Gash, supt. commissary dept.; Tim Kelly, supt. lights; Frank Patter, supt. props.; G. Ralph Coffin, supt. ring stock & stock; T. N. Barnseall, 24-hour agent; G. Ralph Coffin, supt. animals; Ed Gallagher, manager advance car No. 1; Frank O. Day, manager advance car No. 2; H. M. Wiek, legal adjuster; J. O. Chase, announcer. Show opens at Russell City, Pa., April 10. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1916:

    Mighty Watson Shows. John T. Watson, proprietor; Jacob G. Heckel, manager; A. J. Haggerty, treasurer; Carl K. Dresser, asst. treasurer; Chas. C. Melvin, auditor; H. H. Black, general agent; Sam Printz, special agent; Dana Gilmon, contracting press agent; John A. Fitzgibbon, excursion agent; C. B. (Kid) Stoddard, manager sideshow; Thos. J. Melvin, equestrian director; T. N. Barnsdell [Barnsdall?], general superintendent; Mont. Parks, supt. privileges; Dick Crossmire, musical director; Frank Copeland, supt. reserved seat tickets; Frank Potter, supt. canvas; Dennie Davis, boss hostler; Fred L. Miller, supt. commissary dept.; Chas. W. Evans, supt. lights; Frank J. Kennedy, supt. ring stock; Ralph (Coxey) Coffin, supt. stock; Harry Miller, supt. working crew; Nat Bubb, supt. elephants; Jack R. Walker, supt. animals; Edward A. Booth, manager advance car No. 1; Harry M. Wick, legal adjuster; J. O. Chase, announcer. Show opens at Bradford, Pennsylvania, in April. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 115.

Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Weaver's Union Circus - 1861

• 1861: online at:
Clipper, January 19,   Clipper, February 9,   Clipper, February 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 9,   Clipper, March 16 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

F. M. Weaver's - 1894

    Friend(?) M. Weaver's New All Feature Shows will open under his new tent at Cleveland, O., May _. The show will tour Ohio, Indiana and Kentucky, and carry twenty-five people. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    The O'Brien Bros.' Show will not go out this season. M. O'Brien has signed with F. M. Weaver's All New Featured Show, which opens at Cleveland, O., May __. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Weaver's Consolidated Shows - 1896

    Notes from the Weaver Consolidated Shows. We gave our initial performance at Utica, New York, May 20. The show carries two tents and sideshow, and will travel by boat. An Equine Paradox Wild West exhibition of cowboys and Indians, trapeze work and trained dogs form a part of the performance. Roster: Dan Weaver, proprietor; McBride and Langer, Stimpson and ___, Nelson and Marguerite, Alex (contortionist), Arizona Jack, the Irwins . . . and band directed by Chas. Barker. Annex: Wm. Crawford, manager; McGee, strong man; Ona, snake charmer; Mlle La Mar and den of trained alligators. New York Clipper, June 6, 1896, p. 212.

    Harry Markley, with other members of the Ben(?) Weaver Consolidated Shows, recently disbanded, has brought action for the recovery of salary, the case being set for a hearing at Utica, New York. New York Clipper, August 8, 1896, p. 357.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Col. Webb's Show - 1885-88   (J. H. Webb - 1885; J. A. Webb & Co. - 1887)

• Col. Webb's Overland Show; Great American Mammoth Lyceum, Circus & Congress of Col. Webb's Pavilion Show; Col. Webb's Great Overland Show, Museum & Trained Animal Exhibition; Col. Webb's Railroad Show; Great Two Ring Railroad Show, Museum & Electric Light Carnival (1888)

1885:

    Wanted, for Col. Webb's Great Overland Show, male and female performers in all branches of the circus business, except riders. Performing horses, trained dogs, lady for outside ascension, musicians and concert people that double in brass, agent, billposters, canvas and property men. Show will take the road May 5 on wheels. Sideshow, reserved seats and candy privileges to rent. Address Col. A. J. Webb, Glens Falls, N.Y. New York Clipper, February 21, 1885, p. 785.

    Wanted for Col. Webb's Great Overland Show, a man to do dancing cross and globes. Also wanted, trained dogs and ponies. Sideshow privilege is to rent. Address Col. Webb, Glens Falls, N.Y. New York Clipper, March 21, 1885, p. 14.

    The following have been engaged for Col. Webb's Overland Show: Mons. Loranto, E. A. Lockwood and Hattie Lockwood, Master Charles Lovell, Billy Clifton and Jessie Clifton, Madam Josephine and trained dogs, Blanche Dare, Andy Morris (clown), Toner and Frobel, E. A. Holman, Charley White, Casto Brothers, C. E. Webb, J. H. Montiford, Fred Jewett, G. E. Barett, Prof. Stockwell and trained ponies, Prof. Werline and a silver cornet band. Smith Wooster is the contracting agent and James Duncan, boss billposter with four assistants. A. B. Heughs and John Ahern have the outside and inside privileges. The show will open in Glens Falls, N.Y., May 4, and will travel by wagon. New York Clipper, April 18, 1885, p. 71.

    The advance brigade of Col. Webb's Great Overland Shows started from Glenns Falls, N.Y., April 24, comprising the following people: Smith Wooster, general contracting agent; W. H. Hawley, press agent . . . John Mack will have charge of the sideshow. New York Clipper, May 2, 1885, p. 110.

    Col. Webb's Dime Canvas Show has come to grief at Brandon, Vt. New York Clipper, May 30, 1885, p. 170.

    By the stranding of Col. J. H. Webb's Overland Show last week Mr. and Mrs. Lockwood, of that troupe, were left penniless at the Cedar Point Hotel, Prt. Henry, N.Y. They tried to place an attachment on the show for $100, but failed because they could not furnish security. Considerable adverse comment is made as to the Webb fiasco. New York Clipper, June 6, 1885, p. 183.

    In Maine, C. W. Brown is agent. New York Clipper, July 31, 1885, p. 312.

1886:

    The make-up of Col. Webb's Overland Show: Col. Webb, proprietor and manager . . . Parker Twin Brothers, Dora Hart Minez, Miss Emery, Charles Putnam, Willie, Frankie and Gussie Nickols, Prof. Allen's cornet band. New York Clipper, June 19, 1886, p. 215.

    Wanted for Col. Webb & Frank Dunn's Consolidated Ten-cent Shows. Circus performers of all kinds (except riders) and orchestra of six pieces to double. Frank Dunn, manager, South Boston, Mass. New York Clipper, June 26, 1886, p. 239.

    Capt. Webb's Overland Show is working through Maine. C. W. Brown is its agent. New York Clipper, July 31, 1886, p. 312.

1887:

    Wanted for the tenting season of 1887, for Col. Webb's Great Overland Show, Museum and Trained Animal Exhibition. Performers in every branch of the circus business except riders, both male and female; acrobats, gymnasts, leapers, jugglers, contortionists, singing clowns, musical team, song-and-dance ladies, Dutch and Irish comedians, trapeze performers, lady for outside ascension, musicians to double in brass and string, an agent, and boss canvasman. Also trained dogs, ponies, mules, goats, monkeys and any feature for a canvas show. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. Address Col. Webb, Manchester, N.H. New York Clipper, February 5, 1887, p. 751.

    George W. LaRosa in on this show. La Barr Bros. (Dan & Georgie) have signed. Nelson Bignen has signed. New York Clipper, March 26, p. 20; April 2, p. 36; April 9, 1887, p. 52.

1888:

    Opened the season at Lewiston, Maine, May 28 with a 60 ft. round top. Prevost Bros. joined at Lewiston, Maine, June 4; Hugh F. McElroy, bandmaster, come to the show from Delavan's Circus. New York Clipper, June 2, 1888, p. 186.

    Wanted, for Col. Webb's Circus, lady or gent for outside ascension, Must do act in ring. Singing clown, trained dogs. Candy privileges to let. Telegraph to Lewiston, Me. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Webbs' - 1892

    Wanted, for Webb’s Great United Shows. Three brother act, who do horizontal bars, double trapeze team, jugglers, contortionist, singing clown, musicians that double, an agent, boss canvas man, lady or gent to make outside ascension. Trained dogs and ponies. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. Will pay cash for 80(?) or 90ft. round top canvas. Address A. J. Webb, ___ Middlesex Street, Lowell, Mass. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 12.

    These people have signed with A. J. Webb’s Great United Shows: A. J. Webb, proprietor and manager; Mrs. A. J. Webb, treasurer; George H. Quinn, agent; Joseph F. Hart . . . Lemay and Martin . . . Frank and Emma Ford . . . and the Three Ryan Bros. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Joe B. Webb - 1936

Article on the 1936 Joe B. Webb Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1966 (scroll down or use find).

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Waldon Webb's All American Circus - 1984

1984: The show played Las Vegas in May. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Webb Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, Claude W. Webb, proprietor, 1928.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Rufus Welch's Circuses

• Information on Rufus Welch's circuses and career is online at Bandwagon, March 1953.

Welch's & Bartlett - 1839 (Rufus Welch and Jonas Bartlett)

• Rufus Welch and Jonas Bartlett bought the defunct Bacon and Derious Circus. Bandwagon, March, 1953, p. 3.

Welch & Mann; Welch, Mann & Delavan; Welch, Delavan & Nathans - 1843, 1846, 1848-49

1843: General Welch's Circus Company, numbering over fifty performers and horses, will this morning all go on board the Francis Amy, owned by Messrs. Welch and Mann, and commanded by Captain Giverson. She lies at the foot of Pike street, and is bound hence for Cadiz, Spain. Mr. Welch goes out in her himself, accompanied by Nathans and his pupils, Mrs. Howard, and Mr. Howard, Rogers, and various other performers of his old company. He leaves Mr. Mann behind him, his partner in the business, to take his place. Mr. Welch goes out on his foreign tour, with the full determinaton, as he seriously assures us, to visit China before his return. It is undoubtedly one of the most curious and remarkable enterprises ever undertaken - and no man is better qualified to undertake it than Mr. Welch. He has already traveled pretty much all over North and South America and Africa (in the latter country catching giraffes, elephants, lions and such fish), and he is now going to look over Europe and Asia. He is competent to undertake anything, and has done almost everything except dodge an earthquake and that his partner Mr. Mann did at St. Thomas, at the time of the great Guadaloupe earthquake. Mr. Welch is the beau ideal of a hero of romance, and will undoubtedly go down as such to posterity. No man has ever left the country with more friends and well wishers behind him. - N. Y. Herald. Alton Telegraph (IL), June 10, 1843, n.p.n.

1846:

• There were two shows out in 1846, Welch & Mann and Welch, Mann & Delevan.

    A violent storm visited the city of Washington on Thursday evening, by which trees, signposts, scaffolding, &c., were blown down. The splendid circus pavilion tent of Messrs. Welch, Mann and Delevan, which was pitched near the monastery at Georgetown, was also blowndown, while crowded with spectators. Happily no lives were lost. Republican Compiler (Gettysburg, PA), May 4, 1846, n.p.n.

    Welsh, Mann and Delevan's Great National Circus, late of the Park Theatre, N. York, and the National Amphitheatre, Philadelphia, comprising upwards of 120 men and horses. James W. Bancker, agent. Will exhibit in Gettysburg, on Monday next, the 25th of May inst. For one day only.
    The great equestrian cavalcade will be preceded by the celebrated brass band composed of 13 musicians in one elegant and costly chariot, drawn by ten cream colored horses. The truly imposing entrance of this noble and magnificent processional cavalcade must at once strike every beholder with the highest admiration, the surpassing beauty of the thorough bred horses, the gorgeously appointed car, and the admirably decorated wagons, the designs and gilding of which are by the most distinguished artists, compel a comparaison that at once places this establishment at the head and front of every public circus. A large fortune has been expended in the accessories and equipments proper to the scenes and acts presented, but the superior artists picked and chosen from a host of stars, in order to render this the first, best and most superior equestrian establishment, in this or any other country in the world. The great water pavilion tent, superbly finished, will be 20,000 square feet in its dimensions and will with ease contain 3000 persons, who may view every performance clearly and distinctly.
    Amongst the performers will be found J. J. Nathans, the great unsurpassed 2, 4, and 6 horse rider, occasionally introducing his immense balancing of the infant, Frank Pastor, on his head, while the steeds are at lightning speed. This gentleman is also equestrian director. Riding master, Horace F. Nichols, whose abilities in this line stand the very highest. The two clowns are the celebrated John May and John Whitaker, remarkable for their wit and humor, never transgressing the proper bounds of decorum. Signor Germani, the great Italian juggler, on his firm and rapid steed, will execute the most wonderful tricks. This gentleman only arrived in this country last winter. His two learned dogs will also be introduced by himself, and exhibit many extraordinary tricks.
    C. G. Rogers, one of the most finished scene riders of history, will appear and introduce many foreign and local scenes, many of which he is the orignator of. W. Nichols, an accomplished and chaste principal act rider of the French and American schools. W. Kinkade, the bold and daring young equestrian hero, will introduce something new on his jet black filley, Lucy Neal. Mr. E. Wood, the great personificator of the Red Man of the forest. Mrs. Woods, the beautiful, chaste and very graceful female eqestrian. The youthful George Dunbar, will signalize himself in his great and singular performances of Chinese equilibrium and personal posture. The comic concert will introduce the most talented Ethiopians of the day. Neal Jameison, whose inspiring touch on the banjo is most exquisite, will be aided in the extraordinary ballet department, by the truly gifted dancer, Frank Brower.
    Every attention will be paid to the observance and preservation of the good order which is always indespensable to well regulated exhibitions. Admittance only 25 cents. Doors open at 2, performance to commence at 2 1/2 o'clock p.m. This unrivalled troupe will also exhibit at York the 23d, and at Chambersburg the 25th of May. Star and Republican Banner (Gettysburg, PA), May 22, 1846.

• 1846, information is online at Clipper, August 4 (scroll down)

• Welch, Mann & Delavan, the famous circus men, in their business connection of many years, have received and disbursed several millions of dollars - the partners being separated hundreds of miles - yet no scrap of writing has ever been required from either to the others in relation to their transactions. Each kept a separate account of receipts and expenditures, and when they met an account was stated, and the profits, if any, divided, without cavil or explanation. Mr. Mann has now withdrawn from the association. Racine Advocate (WI), March 10, 1847, p. 1.

1847:

    Welch & Delavan's Great National Circus. The only perfect managed establishment in the United States, comprising upwards of two hundred and fifty men and horses! Admittance only 25 cents. Will be exhibited at Fort Wayne, on Satruday, the 18th day of September.
    This grand equestrian cavalcade will be preceded by the most celebrated brass band, in an elegant and costly chariot drawn by twelve beautiful cream-colored horses, the truly imposing entrance of this noble and magnificent processional cavalcade. The surpassing beauty of the thorough-bred horses, the gorgeously decorated carriages, near thirty in number; the designs and gildings of which are by the most distinguished artists, compels a comparison that places this establishment at the head of every public exhibition. In fact a larger fortune has been expended in the scenes and acts prsented by the superior artists picked and chosen from a hundred stars, in order to render this the first and most superior equestrian company in this or any other country in the world.
    Among the exclusive and numerous company, is the celebrated and far famed Mr. Levi J. North, the great equestrian heor, who has far surpassed the most celebrated rivals in this or any other country, and has borne the palm of superiority before the Royal families of England and France, and has returned covered with medals of the highest honor and applause. Mr. J. J. Nathans, the most celebrated two to four and six horse rider, will appear in many of his admirable and astonishing acts of balancing his pupils, forming many most beautiful scenes. The great unrivalled clown, John May, the brightest star in this country, and decidedly the best in his profession. Mrs. Woods, the graceful alemande rider, and leader of the equestrian cavalcade. Mr. E. Woods, the grand representative of the Red Man of the forest.
    John Glenroy, the great bare backed horse rider, is a youth of wonderful skill and immense equilibrium, performing unheard of feats without saddle or bridle; he makes tremendous leaps through balloons and over silken raised barriers; as numerous as can be contained in the circumstance of the ring. His style of the first class of his peculiar school; his somersets, or throwing himself head over heels (while his courter is at the greatest of speed) and alighting firmly upon his horse's back, is a proof of the eminence that may be attained by unceasing practice and undaunted resolution. This young man, who is a pupil of Mr. Cadwallader, may be considered as one of th noblest features of the company.
    Frank Pastor will appear in a touching infantile and admirable act on a single horse. F. Brower, N. Jameson and J. Stickney, the great representatives of the Ethiopian character. J. Banker and G. Dunbar, and a host of other talented performers. The highly celebrated dancing and trick horse Tammany, taught and performed by Mr. Levi North, who astonishes every beholder in his unparalleled atc. The two eccentric ponies, Black Moggy and Jenny Lind, will appear in their diverting double acts, and go through many very pleasing performances.
    Equestrian director, Mr. J. J. Nathans. Riding master, Mr. N. Johnson. The great pavillion is entirely new, and appropriately decorated and furnished with carpeted seats for the accommodation of three thousand spectators. The arrangement of the interior is such as to preclude the possibility of an attempt to disorder or undecorum. Performance to commence at 2 1/2 o'clock p.m., on Saturday, and at 7 1/2 in the evening. C. Griswold, agent. The above will be exhibited at Wabash on the 15th, and Lagro on the 16th, at Huntington on Friday the 17th day of September. Fort Wayne Sentinel (IN), September 4, 1847, n.p.n.

1848:

    [Advertisement] Welch's National Circus! Consisting of a splendidly talented troupe of equestrians, from the Chestnut ST. Amphitheatre, Phil., will exhibit at Gettysburg, on Thursday, July 27th, 1848. The high estimation which this celebrated establishment has acquired and holds, must prove sufficiently the truth of the description of talent attributed to each artist, and of every effect advertised in the bills and pamphlets. One of the msot extraordinary and wonderful improvements in travelling exhibitions, is the introduction of the Sylvic Gass, for lighting this immense establishment, which is introduced into the centre of the beautiful pavilion, in a large coronet of Silva brillancy. The Orchestre, the finest in the U. States, will be under the direction of the celebrated Mr. Richard Willis, surnamed the King of Bugle Player.
    The performers are of the most superior class in talent. The position of the proprietor enables him to secure all the great talent in America, and of the European continent. The noble stud consists of horses and ponies of the most beautiful shape, full blood and fanciful marks, of any equine selection in the known world. Journeys the most expensive have been undertaken to cull the pride of Arabia, the choice of England and France, and the selections of Scotland.
    Various pictorial illustrations are given in the bills and pamphlets of some of the most striking feats of the artistes, in order to bring more forcibly to the mind of the general reader, the wonderful effects about to be witnesses. Hours of exhibition - In the afternoon, doors open at 2 and performance commence at 2 1/2 o'clock. In the evening, the doors open at 7 1/2 and performance commence at 8 o'clock. Admittance 25 cents. For particulars see large bills and pamphlets. Gettysburg, July 17, 1848. Republican Compiler (Gettysburg, PA), July 17, 1848, n.p.n.

1849:

    At Rochester, N. Y., on Monday evening, the canvass of Welch, Delevan & Nathan's Circus was prostrated by the wind, just after a large concourse of people had assembled to witness the performances. A scene followed which is impossible to describe. Men, women and children were thrown together in heaps, and trampled upon by those who were uppermost - the canvass stripped in pieces by the wind, and served to entangle the multitude beneath, who were trying to extriate themselves. . . . Adams Sentinel and General Advertiser (Gettysburg, PA), May 14, 1849, n.p.n.

    Circus Broken Up By Cholera. We saw a letter today from one of the performers in Welch and Delavan's circus, which states that the company had broken up at Springfield, O., by the cholera. Every member had been attacked and two had died. Huron Reflector (Norwalk, OH), July 24, 1849, n.p.n.

    We learn from the Dayton Transcript that the cholera is dealing hard with Welch, Delevan & Nathan's circus company. They went to Eaton to perform on Saturday, but only opened in the evening, where one of their number died. At a small town where they stopped to water their horses the next day, another sickened an died in two hours, and at Dayton on Monday, they left another, who has since died. It's a bad season for circus companies as well as all other kinds of business. The authorities of Buffalo will not license circus performances, and Spaulding's was compelled to exhibit at Cold Spring, some miles distant. Sandusky Clarion (OH), July 27, 1849, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Welch's National Circus - 1852   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1845-1853 (Rufus Welch)

    [Advertisement] Welch's National Circus, Raymond & Co.'s and Driesbach & Co.'s Menageries United, for 1852. G. Berry, manager. Will exhibit at Petersburg, Oct. 19th, Gettysburg Oct. 20th, and York Oct 21st.
    The public are respectfully informed that two vast menageries, united for the present season, form by far the largest collection of living animals ever exhibited in this or any other country. Over 150 animals and birds can be seen under their spacious pavilion, 286 feet in length for one price of admission. Hours of exhibition - from 1 to 4 p.m., and 7 to 10 in the evening. Admission 25 cents. No half price. The cortege will arrive in the town on the morning of the 30th [sic] instant, about 10 o'clock, and the carriages, cages, van, &c., containing the animals, drawn by 120 splendid horses! Headed by Neuper's Philadelphia Brass Band! will pass through the principal streets, affording an opportunity of beholding one of the most gorgeous and imposing processions of the kind ever seen.
    A double performance in 3 immense performing dens. Herr Driesbach in two and Signore Hilderalgo in the other. In the course of each exhibition, Herr Driesbach, the far famed lion king, will enter the dens of his wild tenants of the forest, lions, leopards, tigers, cougars, &c. and give a display, the same as when ordered by the special command of Queen Victoria, Louis Philip (late King of the French), Emperor Nicholas of St. Petersburg House of Austria. Signore Hilderalgo will also perform his highly trained animals, separate and entirely different from Herr Driesbach's, showing the different powers of mind over the animal creation.
    Welch's National Circus. From Niblo's, New York, and National Amphitheatre, Philadelphia. J. G. Cadwalader, equestrian director; S. Langworthy, master of the circle; R. Williams, 1st buffo clown; E. Davis, 2d Shakespear clown. Among the most prominent of the artistes may be found the following names, viz.: J. G. Cadwalader, the unsurpassed four and six horse rider. Thomas McFarlin, the greatest somerset vaulter in the known world. L. J. Lipman, dramatic, scenic and principal rider. Davis Richards, the world's only bareback rider, whose daring feats over bars, gates, &c., on his Wild Prairie Steed, strikes the beholder with wonder and astonishment. E. M. Dickson, the celebrated comedian and comic singer, acknowledged by all to be the greatest singer of the age. J. Sweet, whose style and skill in personating the character of the Aborigine, or Red Man of the Forest, stands unsurpassed. Master Williams, the juvenile gymanstic and Antipodean performer, whos truly pleasing performances must be seen to be admired. Last, though not least, the two unrivalled clowns, Williams and Davis, whose puns, jokes, bon mots & witticisms never fail to keep the audience in a perfect roar of laughter. N. B. Positively but one price of admission to menagerie and circus combined. Star and Banner (Gettysburg, PA), October 1, 1852, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Welch & Lent's - 1855-56

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Rufus Welch and L. B. Lent, owners. The show was titled "R. Welch’s National Circus and L. B. Lent’s New York Circus."

1855:

    [Advertisement] Grand consolidation of the two largest and most popular equestrian establishment in the world, viz.: the well known companies Welch's National Circus & Hippodrome of Philadelphia, and Lent's New York Circus, forming two distinct exhibitions, blended together, and given under one immense pavilion for a single price of admission - reports of inferior companies to the contrary, notwithstanding. These consolidated companies will exhibit at Dover, on Saturday, April 21st. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock, p.m. Performance will commence half an hour after opening. Admission 25 cents. No half price.
    This extensive and splendidly appointed cortege of this colossal establishment, comprising 200 men and horses, and requiring 30 carriages and baggage vans for the conveyance of the performers, the properties, and paraphernalia used in each representation, will make a public parade upon entering town on the day of exhibition, preceeded by the Ne Plus Ultra Band Car, drawn by ten beautiful cream-colored horses, and containing S. V. W. Post's celebrated Philadelphia Cornet Band.
    The immense resources obtained by combining the two extensive and well known troupes, will allow of a degree of brilliancy being produced in their entertainments, unparalleled in this country, and unsurpassed in any other. A great variety of performances, new in this country and peculiar to this establishment, will be found comprised in the bills, and it is confidently believed that the novel exciting and brilliant representation of the double troupe, will form a feature in the amusements of America, which will be remembered with gratification for years to come.
    The bright array of talent attached to the consolidated establishment includes a great number of the most distinguished names in the equestrian profession, most of whom are as well known in Europe as upon this side of the Atlantic.
    Among the most prominent artistes attached to this establishment will be found the names of the Four Great Clowns, Worrel, the wit, Brower, the whimsical, Wittaker, the stump orator; Mad. Louise Brower and Mad'lle Marie, the two leading equestrians of the age; the Franklin Family, headed by the world-renowned H. W. Franklin, the most versatile performer in the world; W. H. Stout, the great two and four horse rider; Luke Rivers, the lightning rider; Herr Lee, the cannon-ball ___; Master Willie Franklin, the backward and somerset rider; Mr. B. Stevens, the great scenic equestrian; Mad'lles Leslie, Angelin, Bertine, Sopnie, Irene and ___; Messrs. W. T. Wurl, S. Oldham, B. Wynhold; Masters Winnamore, Mahoney, W. Johnson, R. Johnson, H. Johnson, P. R. Whittaker, and a full corps of auxilliaries.
    A new and extremely attractive feature in the representations of this company, will be found to consist in the Grand Magic Pantomime entitled the Miser of Bagdad. A piece replete with wonderful transformations, magic tricks and illusions, laughable incidents, and surprising effects, and which will be produced with all the brilliant costume, properties and appointments used during its triumphant career of over one hundred consective nights in the city of Philadelphia, where it was unanimously pronounced the most laughable and perfect pantomimic spectacle ever brought out in America. This pantomime is entirely different from, and is on a greater scale of magnitude than any ever previously attempted in any travelling exhibition. The Miser of Bagdad will conclude each evening's entertainment.
    For further particulars, see large and small bills, at the hotels. Will also exhibit at Delaware City, the 18th; Cantwell's Bridge, the 19th; and Smyrna, the 20th of April. Delaware State Reporter (Dover, DE), April 10, 1855, n.p.n.

• 1856: Welch's Circus and Theatre, in Philadelphia, Pa., in 1856. L. B. Lent is now residing in this city in retirement, and from his scrapbook is one excerpt. J. B. Addie died in Philadelphia in 1869(?); J. G. Cadwalader is in retirement in that city; W. Worrell is living; Louise Brower (widow of Frank Brower) is in retirement in Philadelphia; Miss Julia Daly is in retirement in England; Wayne Olwine died in Philadelphia, Pa., Dec. 13, 1862; Sam Sharpley died in Providence, R.I., Jan. 1, 1876(?), James Hernandez died in Singapore, East Indies, July 10, 1861; Frank Brower died in Philadelphia, Pa., June 4, 1874; Stuart Robson is now acting in the Park Theatre, this city; George Dunbar is before the public; H. Calladine died in 1861; J. W. Ward and John Glenroy are still before the public.
    Welch's New National Circus and Theatre. Walnut and Eighth streets. L. B. Lent, manager. J. B. Addis, stage manager. J. G. Cadwaladar, equestrian director. Messrs. W. Worrell and J. B.(?) Johnson, clowns to the ring. . . . Benefit of Madame Louise Brower, equestrienne, on which occasion a great array of talent will appear. Miss Julia Daly, American comedienne; Mr. Wayne Olwine, American actor; Mr. Sam Sharpley, banjo melodist; the Great Hernandez. The full strength of the ring and stage companies will all appear in diversified entertainments, Thursday evening, March 27, 1856. Performances will commence with a brilliant array of scenes in the circus. Frank Brower as clown. His first appearance in the "motley garb" in this city for six years. . . . Mme. Louise Brower in one of her scenes of equitation. No end of new feats by all the great riders and gymnasts. First appearance on the stage in six years of Mme. Louise Brower in a fancy horn pipe. Sam Sharpley in new banjo melodies. To be followed by the petite comedy entitled Perfection, or the Maid of Monster. Charles Paragon, Mr. Wayne Olwine. Sir Lawrence Paragon, Mr. Johnson. Sam, Valet du Sham, Mr. Robson. Kate O'Brien will introduce a song entitled "Do You Really Think Her Old?" Miss Julia Daly will sing her version of the comic entitled Bobbing Around . . . New York Clipper, January 27, 1877, p. 349.

• 1856: information online at Clipper, May 3,   Clipper, June 14,   Clipper, August 2 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Weldon & Co.'s; Weldon & Hummel - 1884-85   Weldon & Co.'s listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885

1884:

    Frank Delaney joined Weldon & Co.'s Show in Cincinnati. New York Clipper, November 22, 1884, p. 565.

    Weldon & Co.'s Circus is in Georgia this week. It is thus organized: R. W. Weldon & Co., proprietors; John F. Hummel, treasurer; Al G. Field, equestrian manager; Tod(?) Hammond, leader of band; Rob Taylor, leader of sideshow band; J. W. Hamilton, owner of all privileges. Performers include: Claude Orton, Kincade and Seagrist, McNey, Three Wertz Bros., Irene Smith, Annie Watson, Frank Hobson, Chas. Sweeney, Wm. Bailey, Geo. Ryland, Frank Delany, Wm. Gay, Harry Rodgers, Al G. Field . . . The show opened Nov. 1(?) at Rockwood(?), Tenn., and has been moderately successful. The season will close Feb. 25 in New Orleans, La. James Hamilton of this circus bought the Miles Orton advertising car which was sold in Memphis, Tenn., Nov. 24. It is now ahead of the Weldon show. New York Clipper, December 20, 1884, p. 637.

1885:

    R. W. Weldon reports that business in Southwestern Georgia was not good, but that Florida patronage has been better. At Jasper, Fla., Christmas Day they gave three shows. . . . John Hummel, treasurer of the show, has had to retire on account of sickness. Chas. Hummel, his brother, now fills his position. The show opens in New Orleans, La., Feb. 5, for an indefinite season. New York Clipper, January 3, 1885, p. 661.

    The Weldon & Co. Circus and Menagerie has been doing well the past week in Florida. Claude Orton has left the show. The managers have abandoned their intention of taking the show there on account of being unable to secure desirable grounds to exhibit on. New York Clipper, January 17, 1885, p. 697.

    Jacksonville, Florida. Weldon's Circus showed Jan. 13. They close the season at Birmingham, Ala., Jan. 24, and ship direct to Cincinnati. New York Clipper, January 24, 1885, p. 709.

    Notice. J. B. Doris, Geo. Hall, James Hamilton (Weldon & Co.), your licenses for this state are hereby revoked. Comptroller's Office, Tallahasee, Florida, Jan. __, 1885(?). New York Clipper, January 31, 1885, p. 737.

    Wanted, circus talent in all its branches. Sensational acts and features, curiosities for sideshow, musicians, agents, billposters, etc., for the R. W. Weldon & Co.'s New Railroad Shows, on its own trains. Address John F. Hummel, Hummel House, Cincinnati, O. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 4, 1885, p. 45.

    During the exhibition of Weldon & Company's circus and menagerie at Galena, Ill., Saturday, confidence men swindled Langdon Bethel, a farmer of Council Hill, out of $500 at three card monte. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), June 1, 1885, p. 1.

    An attempt was made to burn the big top of R. W. Weldon & Co.'s Circus at Clinton, Ill., evening of May 21, when the show was about half over. Harry Osborn, sideshow talker, discovered the flames, and by hard work on the part of the employes the sidewall and top were saved. It was subsequently learned that coal oil had been poured on the canvas and ignited. The show is doing only a fair business. Chas. W. Cardello of Cardello and Van Auken, while doing a double with the leapers of R. W. Weldon's Circus last week at Clinton, Ill., fell and broke his arm. New York Clipper, June 6, 1885, p. 184.

    W. R. Weldon & Co.'s circus showed at Jesup last week Tuesday. The Critic says it was the first circus of merit that ever visited Jesup. The rainy weather prevented a large attendance. Iowa State Reporter (Waterloo, IA), June 18, 1885, n.p.n.

    Daring leapers, acrobats, riders, gymnasts, sharp shooters and lady ceiling walkers, iron-jawed females, Ryland's California canines and other wonders will be exhibited at Weldon & Co.'s railroad circus in this city July 22, also a free street parade at noon. Marshfield Times (Marshfield, WI), July 10, 1885, p. 1.

    R. W. Weldon & Co.'s New Railroad Circus & Menagerie, Marshfield, Wis., July 22nd. Exhibiting Prince Hadad and boneless wonder, Orlean Zouaves, Grand Spanish racing tournament, relic museum, bicycle experts. Grand street parade at noon. [Advertisement] Marshfield Times (Marshfield, WI), July 17, 1885, n.p.n.

    The Weldon & Co.'s circus is in the hands of Sheriff McDonald at Sioux City, on account of a suit instituted by Miles Orton. Evening Sentinel (Le Mars, IA), August 29, 1998, p. 1.

    The remains of R. H. Weldon & Co.'s circus passed east over the I. C. R'y Monday, on the way to Freeport, Ill., where it started from. The circus went to the wall and only eight car loads of stuff was saved. The stars are all of them walking homeward. Waterloo Courier (Waterloo, IA), September 2, 1885, n.p.n.

    The Weldon-Hummel Show is now laying at Sioux City, Ia., Miles Orton having got out an attachment against the menagerie. The difficulty does not seem to be want of funds, but a disputed point as to ownership. When the trouble is settled, they expect to go South. New York Clipper, September 26, 1885, p. 439.

Cincinnati. Norah (Mrs. Richard) Weldon, wife of the proprietor of Weldon's Circus, died 22d at the Globe Hotel, in this city. New York Mirror, May 30, 1885, p. 4.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Weller Bros. Circus - 1999

Owned by Bill and Bryan Weller, this was a new tented show in 1999. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 17.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1999-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wells & Co. - 1887

Wells & Co.'s Circus. This enterprise began a week's stand at the lot on Central street near the Lyon street school house last night. The tent, which holds about 1000 persons, was filled. It was, owing to various delays, past 9 o'clock before the show began. The company is a very good one. It includes Larue and Wilton, late of the Howard company, among the best horizontal bar performers in the country; Blatt, who catches a 35 pound cannon ball fired from a cannon; Madame Blatt, who with her husband does a water tank act of great merit; Master Toole, a young contortionist; George Hall, grotesque clown; Wm. Zeltner, pantomimist; Harry Armstrong, ring master; Jennie Arrion, trapeze; and Master Meehan's dog and monkey circus. All these people give a good show for small money. Lowell Daily Courier (Lowell, MA), June 7, 1887, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

J. B. Wells - 1886

    The advertising car of J. B. Wells' circus passed through the city Monday. This company starts out from Peru, May 1st. Connersville Times (Connersville, IN), April 7, 1886, p. 2.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wells & Blackburn - 1893

    From Wells & Blackburn’s Circus. This show started out as a wagon show, but did not last longer than a week as such. It was reorganized as a railroad show at Danville, Ill., July 21(?). We arrived at Danville without any person knowing there was a show in town. We started the parade with Prof. Maxwell’s(?) Military Band in our own bandwagon, drawn by Prof. Wm. Mayo’s horses, and a mounted parade and lead horses, ponies and mules, and with what would seem impossible on so short a notice, turned people away. Our canvas is a 70ft. round top with a __ft. middle piece. The show goes to Covington(?), Ind. for two days and then plays the large cities for week stands. The roster: Prof. Mayo, Bert Mayo, Mr. Asbey, Mrs. Asbey, N. Commstock, Mrs. N. Commstock, Grace Leith . . . Patterson Bros., Lyn Smith, Prof. C. P. Maxwell, W. S. Thompson . . . F. B. Corrington . . . H. J. Maxwell, and A. Tuttle(?). Prof. Mayo’s educated horses and Mr. Asby’s living statuary are the features. This show is on the ___ old time one ring circus. Jim Smith is boss canvas man, with ten assistants . . . Twenty-two head of horses, ponies and mules. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Welsh & Sands - 1880-81 (Sells brothers, owners)

1880:

    Welsh & Sand's advertising car arrived this morning, and a force of men are busy today hanging banners on the outer walls for the coming circus event on the 14th of April. The car is a very handsome one, and in charge of Chas. H. Castle, advance agent, and Frank H. Rose, press agent. Besides a large assortment of new spring circus literature, it carries twelve men, and a steam boiler for making paste. Mr. Rose claims that theirs is the only show on the road this season with the electric light. The Globe (Atchison, KS), March 31, 1880, n.p.n.

    Professor Benjamin C. B. Ruley and Harry R. Strum leave tonight for Topeka, where they join the band portion of Welsh & Sands circus. The Globe (Atchison, KS), April 8, 1880, n.p.n.

    Welsh & Sands' New Orleans and San Francisco Circus and Royal English Menagerie have been wintering in Topeka, Kansas, and are to open their season in Leavenworth, April 13; thence to Atchison 14, St. Joseph, Missouri, 15, Lathrop 16, Hamilton 17, Chillicothe 19, Macon 20, Palroya 21, Clarksville 22, Canton 23, Kalokia 24, Corydon 26, Centreville, Iowa, 27, Lancaster 28, Memphis, Missouri, 29, Keokuk, Iowa, 30. The advance brigade: C. Castle, general agent; F. H. Rose, press agent; Geo. McIntosh, contracting agent; F. Rockfelter, lithographer; Geo. B. Pratt, chief of paste brigade, and eight assistants. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.

    The Welsh & Sands circus did not pay expenses in St. Joe. The Inter-Ocean show started in to kill it, and succeeded. All the principal features left it at St. Joe and returned to Topeka to join the Sells. Bros. The Globe (Atchison, KS), April 17, 1880, n.p.n.

    Greenville, O., May 15. A sensation was caused in the Welch & Sands Circus about half-past ten o'clock tonight, by the marriage of Thomas J. Searls, of Wilmington, Delaware, to Miss Hattie L. Burg, daughter of Dr. Burg, of Marion, Ohio. They were united in marriage in the circus ring in the presence of about six hundred people. Sears is a musician and a clog danger in said show. . . . Marion Daily Star (Marion, OH), May 17, 1880, p. 1.

    Henry Benjamin, who left Atchison this Spring to lead the Welsh & Sands circus orchestra, writes from the mining districts of Pennsylvania that the roughs regularly tear down the canvas during the concert, and whip the canvas men. The musicians have so far been able to escape injury. The Globe (Atchison, KS), July 6, 1880, n.p.n.

    Welsh & Sands Circus, under the management of Lewis Sells, exhibited in Bradford, Pa., Aug. 7, before a large audience. Our correspondent says: "The canvas was in a somewhat dilapidated condition, and the costumes appeared old and well worn. Many expressions of disapproval were heard from the audience, numbers of whom left ere the performances were concluded." New York Clipper, August 21, 1880, p. 171.

    Sells Bros. and Welch & Sands Consolidated Circuses showed in Louisville, Ky., Sept. 3, 4. New York Clipper, September 11, 1880, p. 195.

    Welsh & Sands' Circus (Sells Bros.) is in Winter quarters in Houston, Texas. Prof. Sam Rhinehart and dogs have returned to his home in Cleveland, O., where he is now training three other canines. New York Clipper, December 18, 1880, p. 307.

1881:

    Performers engaged for the New Great Pacific Menagerie and Circus, in combination with Welsh & Sands' Great New Orleans and San Francisco Circus and Royal English Menagerie are to report at Houston, Texas, not later than March 31, prepartory to their contemplated tour through America and Europe. Manager Lewis Sells. New York Clipper, March 12, 1881, pp. 403, 408.

    [Advertisement] The New Great Pacific, the Largest Railroad Menagerie and Circus Ever Organized! In combination with Welsh & Sands' Great New Orleans-San Francisco Railroad Circus and Royal English Menagerie. Will exhibt at Galveston, Saturday, March 26, 1881 under its electric-lighted tents. 7 complete menageries in one vast circle. A grand separate circus of 100 chiefs. The only living white Nile hippopotamus. The only drove of 14 performing Kentuck thoroughbreds. The smallest elephant ever seen. A two-ton pair of Arctic mammoths. The only wonderous man & woman water wizards. A rainbow-rivaling aviary. A $100,000 Orient caravan of elephants, dromedaries and camels.
    Prof. Sam Reinhardt's troupe of performing dogs & monkeys. A den of hideous equator Saurians. The great and only Robert Stickney. Three martial musical brigades. The new leviathan locomotive steam band, and a hundred-voiced colored jubilee chorus. Bareback equestrians, gymnasts, leapers, contortionists, clowns, Japanese performers, acrobats and equilibrists. A free daily ascension. A quarter of a million street procession every morning. . . . Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), March 19, 1881, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Welsh Brothers - 1890, 1892-94, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1901, 1911 (various titles)

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1892-1904, 1909-1915

1890:

    Wanted, for Welsh Bros.’ Moral Wagon Show, good juggler or slack wire artist capable of doing two specialties; also useful gymnastic people of all kinds. Address . . . Columbia Pa. May 16, 17, Elizabethtown 19. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 158.

    Notes from Welsh Bros. & Dock’s(?) Show. Business with this show has been first class ever since we opened at Lancaster, Pa., May 1. Although the weather has been bad and the roads terribly muddy, our stock is in the pink of condition. We have added three new baggage and one new pole wagon since we started out, and on July 2(?) we will add a new striped __ft. round top. . . . Joe Kearney is making a hit as singing and talking clown. We have not missed a day, and, consequently, the boys are happy. We are now heading for the East . . . New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.

    Roster of Welsh Bros.’ Trans-Atlantic: Welsh Bros., proprietors and managers; Sam Dock, treasurer . . . Sanford . . . Prof. J. W. Lee; Clint M. Newton; Ethel Jones and a large collection of stuffed animals, birds, etc. The show opened at Lancaster, Pa., Oct. __. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 539.

    For sale, first class merry go round, in good condition and working order, large figures, runs by steam . . . also have for sale the following show property, viz.: large cali(?) with two perfect bands, one body, 7 legs, etc., pig with 2 heads, one body, 8 legs, etc., lamb with 3 heads, _ necks, _ legs, etc. Alligator, pelican, etc., painting of same . . . complete set of fine Punch and Judy figures, etc. . . . must be sold at once, on account of ill health. Address Welsh Bros. Trans-Atlantic Musee(?), Lebanon, Pa. New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 556.

1892:

    From Welsh’s Golden Allied Pavilion Shows. Prof. Chas. Lorenzo and his troupe of trained ponies and dogs; Jos. F. Roy, equilibrist and wire walker; Prof. J. D. Clymer’s band of eight pieces, and Clint M. Newton, as director of amusements and manager of the annex, have been engaged. Workmen are busy at the Winter Quarters, putting the finishing touches to the wagons and outfit, and when we open in May we will have one of the cleanest and brightest wagon shows on the road. M. H. Welsh will be general agent of the show. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Wanted, variety performers and circus people able to do several turns. Want to hear from small troupe of Japs and two commedians with specialties and afterpieces. Season opens May 11. Wagon show, long season. Address John Welsh, manager, New Golden Pavilion Shows, Lancaster, Pa. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 62.

    Charlie Boyd and his wife and Sam Dock have signed with Welsh’s Golden Shows. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Roster of Welsh’s New Golden Allied Pavilion Shows, Wonderland Museum and Enormous Trained Animal Exposition: John Welsh, general manager; M. H. Welsh, general agent; Chas. H. Hicks, treasurer and secretary; Clint M. Newton, director of amusements; Tom Wilson, director of canvas; Prof. J. D. Clymer, musical director; H. H. Hambright, boss hostler; J. J. Perry, master of transportation . . . Sam Dock, Frank Lemay, A. G. Moore . . . Charlie Boyd, Bros. De Van, Mlle. Rosa, Katie Howe, Nettie Ashton and Prof. Chas. Lorenzo’s Equine and Canine Paradox. Side show people: C. M. Newton, lecturer and manager; Carlotta, Jos. Duprez, Mlle. Nina, Prof. Wilson . . . Lorenzos, and Gallery of Illusions. Concert people: Duncan Bros., A. G. Moore, Chas. Boyd, Billy Tooley, Katie Howe and Miss Ashton. The season opened at Lancaster, Pa., April 30 to good business and has continued so up to date. The show travels by wagon and carries an entire new outfit of tents, wagons and general paraphernalia. The show will tour Pennsylvania, Maryland and West Virginia. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    Happening with Welsh’s Golden Shows. Business since the opening date (April 30) has been very good, and the prospects are bright. We recently added a new band wagon and six head of iron gray horses, and we have new one of the finest legitimate wagon shows in America, bar none. The annex, under the direction of Christ. Newton, is doing a phenomenal business daily. Carlotta, serpent enchantress, joined June 13, and is a strong card in the annex. We are having a succession of good roads and fine weather. Salaries are paid Sunday morning. All the people are enjoying health, and, in consequence, everybody is in the best of spirits. We are now heading for Maryland and West Virginia, where we remain the balance of the season. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Doings with Welsh’s Golden Shows. We are now in our fifteenth week of golden prosperity. We have not lost a single performance in the main department, nor have we missed a salary day. At Uniontown, Pa., July 22(?), we had a bad blow down about 6 p.m., but, by energetic hustling, we had everything in readiness, and gave a complete evening performance and concert. Our band and orchestra, under the direction of Prof. Harvey J. Noll is winning praise. The sideshow, under the management of C.(?) M. Newton, is doing business up to the times. Everybody is enjoying good health, and, in fact, the entire show is, strictly speaking, "in it." Martin and Moran, double perch and horizontal bar, joined 25(?). Manager John Welsh has joined the advance for a few weeks. We are having good weather, fine roads, consequently everybody is happy. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh’s, Trexlertown, PA Aug 17, Emans 18, Coopersburg 19, Quakertown 20, Perkasie 22, Sellersville 23. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    . . . Prof. J. J. Campbell are recent additions to Welsh’s Circus. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 389.

    At liberty Oct. 8. Lemay and Kaminski, human pythons. Contortion displays. At present with Welsh’s New Golden Circus, Address care Welsh’s circus route or care of Clipper. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 399.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh’s, Morgantown PA Sep 7 . . . New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 427.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh’s, West Grove, PA Sep 14 . . . Kirkwood 17, Quarryville 19. New York Clipper, September 17, 1892, p. 443.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh’s, Millersville PA Sep 21 . . . Silver Springs 23, Maytown 24 . . . New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

    Sam Dock, aerial performer, and superintendent of Welsh’s Golden Shows, was married to Sadie Edwin, also a performer with the above shows, at Philadelphia, Dec. 24 last. The happy couple held a reception at manager John Welsh’s residence at Lancaster, Pa., Dec. 26, which was attended by a great many professionals. New York Clipper, January 14, 1893, p. 718.

1893:

    Clint M. Newton has signed with Welch’s [sic] Golden Shows as director of amusements and principal talker, making his fourth season with that show. New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 755.

    Welsh’s Golden Show notes. The following people have thus far signed for the coming tenting season: . . . Sadie Edwin, John and Pearl Thomas . . . Sam Dock, C. M. Newton, Prof. Leon Mack . . . Manager Welsh returned from New York Jan. 28 with an invoice of animals for our new menagerie. Workmen are very busy at the winter quarters, finishing the new wagons and cages. The show will be twice as large as last season. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 784.

    [Ad] Jos. F. Roy, slack wire walker, who does a head balance on the wire; also, a trapeze performer and a high rope walker, can be engaged. Jos. F. Roy, __ Oxford Street, Lewiston, Me. New York Clipper, February 25, 1893, p. 828.

    The following are recent engagements for Welsh’s Golden Shows: Harry Foster, German clown; Vin Kaminski, contortionist; Prince Tanawka, Jap Juggler; and Prof. Alson Wheeler’s troupe of educated horses, dogs and sheep. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.

    Sam Dock and Alson Wheeler have severed their connection with the Welsh Show, and in company with Wm. C. ___, of Ephrata, Pa., will put out a wagon show. New York Clipper, May 13, 1893, p. 148.

    The Welsh Bros. have sold their Golden Shows to Thos. Humphreville, who will conduct the same in the future. John Welsh has associated himself with Hezekiah Sands, an old showman, and they will take out a show, opening at York, Pa., June 17. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.

    Thos. Humphreville, Geo. Whitby and Harry Mohn have purchased the rights and complete outfit of Welsh Bros.’ Golden Shows. They have enlarged and strengthened the show to twice its former size. The following is the title and roster of the show as now organized: Whitby’s New Gold Edged Shows, World’s Fair Museum, Aquarium and New Enormous Trained Animal Exposition. Humphreville, Mohn & Whitby, sole managers; Harry Mohn, business manager and equestrian director; Thos. Humphreville, treasurer; Geo. Whitby, superintendent . . . H. E. Green, chief steward with six assistants . . . George Whitby, Wm. Roberts, Leotard Bros., Wm. Martine . . . John J. Mack, Lucy Whitby, Williams Sisters, Mrs. Harry Mohn and Prof. Harry Mohn’s Equine and Canine Paradox. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.

    Wanted, for Welsh & Sands’ Big City Show, Museum, Carnival of Novelties and Colossal Trained Animal Combine. John Welsh, manager. Hezekiah Sands, treasurer. Want performers of all kinds, musicians for band and orchestra, gymnasts that can do specialties, side show people. Travel by rail, make three day and week stands. All people eat and sleep at hotels. Show opens June 1? at York, Pa. Address John Welsh, manager, Lancaster, Pa. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 228.

    Complete roster of Welch & Sands’ Big City Show, Royal British Museum, Colossal Carnival of Novelties and Trained Animal Combine. Welsh and Sands, sole owners: John Welsh, manager; Hezekiah Sands, treasurer; Col. M. H. Welsh, business manager and general agent; Nelson(?) Sinclair, director of amusements; Clint M. Newton, orator and press agent . . . the following musicians: S. S. Rice, Jos. P. Glenn, L. ?. Lidler, Edward Bennett, R. H. Walton, Yankee Adams and George Welsh. Performers in big show: Walters and Fish, Nelson Sinclair, Wm. D. Nelson . . . Master Leotard, Harry Foster, Jos. Kearney, Lottie Edwards . . . Sideshow people: Dr. Newton, director and lecturer . . . Herr Melton, magician and ventriloquist . . . Dr. Lynn, mystery; Prof. Foster’s Punch and Judy, and the hunchback pony of Samatra. Concert: Yankee Adams, Kearney and Foster, Miss Edwards . . . Their season opened June 17(?) at York, Pa., playing, we are informed, to packed houses, both afternoon and evening. The show travels by rail, and makes three days and week stands. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    Notes from Welsh & Sands’ Big City Show. Business since the opening, June 17, has been simply phenomenal, and we have no cause for complaint. Dan Sullivan and Prof. J. L. Denton’s troupe of ponies joined the show July ?. Walters and Fish, in their return aerial act, are making a tremendous hit at each performance. . . . the annex, under the management of Prof. C. M. Newton, is doing a land office business daily. The professors oratorial abilities have a tendency to draw the multitudes. Everybody with the show is enjoying good health, and, to use the stereotyped phrase, the man in white perambulates every Sunday, with a regularity that is astonishing, and, in consequence, everybody with the show is happy. We are playing the larger towns and cities of Pennsylvania at present, and will continue through the middle states indefinitely. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh & Sands . . . Mechanicsburg Pa. July 31, Aug 1. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Welsh Bros.' Big City Show Notes. We are in our twelfth week, and up to date we have enjoyed a prosperous tour, despite the panicky times. Our tenting season closes Oct. 11(?), when we immediately open our hall show. Frank McCormick closed Aug. 26 to join the La Tosca Burlesque Co. Max Hugo, William Martine, Henry Bros. and Prof. Charles Lorenzo are recent additions. New York Clipper, September 9, 1893, p. 428.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh Bros., Centre Hall PA Sep 20, 21, Bellefont 22, 23. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 461.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh Bros., Tyrone PA sep 27, Huntington 28, 29 . . . New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 479.

    On the road, circuses: Welsh Bros., . . . Newport Pa. Oct 7, Steelton 9, 10, Mt. Joy 11. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 495.

    Welsh Bros.' All(?) United Golden Shows closed their fifth tenting season at Mt. Joy, Pa., Oct. 11, and the show returned to winter quarters at Lancaster, Pa., Oct. 12. The season opened April 22, and, up to closing date, business was exceptionally good. The show will travel by wagon next season and greatly enlarged. The following is the complete roster of the company: Welsh Bros., sole owners and managers; Col. M. H. Welsh, general manager; John Welsh, general agent; Clint M.(?) Newton, director of amusements and manager side show . . . Henry Bros., G. M. Moreland, Wm. ?. Nelson . . . Inez Williams, Clara Williams and Prof. Chas Lorenzo . . . musicians: S. S. Rice . . . Geo. Welsh and Alfred Reynolds. Col M. H. Welsh will open with his conclave of English-American glass blowers and wonderland musee Nov. 6(?), playing the principal cities of the United States, traveling in his own special car. New York Clipper, October 21, 1893, p. 526.

1894:

    The following musicians have signed with the W. Johnson band and orchestra, which will be one of the features of the Welsh Bros.' Golden Shows: . . . S. M.(?) Blair and Frank Watson. New York Clipper, January 6, 1894, p. 704.

    Happenings about Welsh Bros.' headquarters. The show is nearly completed . . . and we are proud to say that this season we will have a real circus. The company and heads of different departments are all engaged. Following is the roster: Welsh Bros., sole owners and managers; John Welsh, acting(?) manager; Col. M. H. Welsh, general agent; Geo. Welsh, treasurer . . . Clinton ?. Newton, descriptive __ and press agent; Prof. W. B.(R.?) Johnson, bandmaster with eight musicians . . . Wm. Scott, master of transportation. Performers: . . . Frank and ___ McCormick, Wm. D.(?) Nelson . . . Jas. Moran. . . Jos. Kearney, John Mack . . . and Prof. Harry Mohn. The sideshow contingent: C. M. Newton, lecturer and director; Prof. McCormick, magic and punch . . . We have a ___ pony, large display of small animals and Prof. Wm. J. Bart's(?) ??? glass blowers. The season opens April 21, at Lancaster, Pa. On account of the excessive licenses demanded by county treasurer in Pennsylvania, manager Welsh has decided to play very few stands in that state. The show will exhibit, principally, in the middle and Eastern states, and will be transported by rail. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 831.

    The Carr Bros., with their wrestling bears have signed with Welsh Bros.' Golden Shows for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 38.

    Call. Welsh Bros.' Golden Shows. All performers and musicians report for rehearsal April 19, on show lot at Lancaster, Pa. All people engaged will eat and sleep on cars designed for that purpose. . . . New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 45.

    Gus Perrine, banjoist, vocalist and comedian, joins Welsh Bros.' All United Golden Show this season. He is singing with good effect "The Old Stage Door" and "It Didn't Turn Out as She Thought It Would." New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    Notes from Welsh Bros.' Shows. The organization opened their sixth annual tour at Lancaster, Pa., April 21. Business for that day was large. Quite a number of people were turned away at the night performance, and the long and varied programme presented met with great favor. The verdict of the people was decidedly favorable. Following is the roster: Welsh Bros., sole owners; Col. M. H. Welsh, manager; John Welsh, general agent; Prof. Harry Mohn, director of amusements; Clinton M. Newton, press agent and director of annex; Jas. Moran, superintendent of confectionary stands; Prof. W. H. Johnson, bandmaster with eight musicians; Happy Jack Lacey, superintendent of stables. Performers: George R. and Lilian ___, Frank and Ida McCormick, Wm. D. Nelson, Vincent Kaminski, Jos. Kearney, Gus Perrine, Jas. Moran, Jos. P.(?) Roy, Sig. Roland and wrestling bears, and Prof. Harry Mohn's canine paradox. The show carries an annex with a good list of top liners, and the paraphernalia throughout is entirely new and is complete in every detail. The show travels exclusively by rail, and the privileges are controlled by the management. The item in last week's issue of the old reliable showman's journal, stating the J. G. Bryant had secured all privileges with this show is erroneous. We have no knowledge of Mr. Bryant's affairs. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 119.

1896:

    Welsh Bros. notes. We are very busy around Winter quarters, getting in shape for next season, which opens April 18. We have added two more cars, making a five car show. The following people have been signed: Prof. Harry Mohn's Dog and Pony Circus, Levine and ???, William D. Nelson, Madden and Lowery, Howard and Martin, and Hiram Fish. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.

    Notes from the Welsh Bros. Additions for next season are Prof. Ackerman's Challenge Band of twelve mouthpieces; Mlle. Gerits, lady equilibrist, dancing barrel and magic table; Prof. J. E. Rice, trained dogs, ponies and trick mules . . . and James Moran, equestrian director. . . . Our season begins at Lancaster, Pennsylvania in April. New York Clipper, February 22, 1896, p. 809.

    News from winter quarters of Welsh's Big United Shows, Newport, Kentucky. The following have signed: D. Claffin, W. Claffin, W. Booth, H. Booth, A. Redmond, F. Spearman, Mollie Alberto, Julia Reno, D. Reno, A. Reno, Clara Hatchett, with more to follow. We open about the first of May. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.

1899:

    Welsh Bros. Circus, which will exhibit at Connellsville June 30, the Daily Spy of Columbia, Pa., says: "Welsh Bros.' show made a hit from beginning to end. The oriental gymnastic and acrobatic specialties by the Akimoto Japanese Troupe is one of the features. West and Zanta introduce the sensational double trapeze act. The head balancing act done by Alfred Heintz was applauded. Harry Mohn's comedy dogs and acting poines gave an exhibition of trained animal intelligence. Other specialties were Mlle Cerito, Charles and Mable Smith, Harry F. West, Charles O'Brien, the Great Higgins, sisters Nelsonia, Josf Donnetti and Simpson and Alburtia. The Courier (Connellsville, PA), June 23, 1899, p. 5.

1900:

    The Welsh Brothers, proprietors of the big Welsh Brothers Circus, have started a second enterprise, to be known as the Welsh Wagon Show. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    The roster of Welsh Bros.' Show advance is as follows: Geo. B. Beckley, boss bill poster and four assistants; Ben Augle and H. Hope, excursion men; Harry Horner, head lithographer, with two assistants. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

    Too much praise can not be given to Mr. Geo. Beckley and the men of the Welsh Bros. advance, for the work they did at Hallstead (Pa.). Welsh Bros. showed at Hallstead, June 23. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.

1901:

    Welsh Brothers' circus will open their season in Lancaster on April 15. The proprietors have sixty-eight draught horses which are almost all grays, and there are twenty-five head of ponies and donkeys. Prior to this year two men did the bill posting. There season there will be a car with ten men in it, in charge of Victor Woodward. The main tent will be 110 foot top and the side show and menagerie tents sixty foot tops. The tents will accommodate 4,000 people and a feature of the show will be the handsome vehicles. The street parade will be a big affair and the show will be transported on cars. Lebanon Daily News (Lebanon, PA), March 16, 1901, n.p.n.

    Coming by special train, Welsh Brothers Newest Great R.R. Shows. Royal Imperial Japanese Circus, Golathic Museum and Combined Trained Animal Exposition. Huge water-proof tents, seats for four thousand persons. Capt. Charles Lewis in his daring 100 ft. high dive, free on the show grounds. Admission 25c, at the afternoon performance children under 10 admitted for 10 cents. At night the price will be 25c for everybody. Free street parade 11 a.m. [Advertisement] Bucks County Gazette (Bristol, PA), June 6, 1901, n.p.n.

    The famous Welsh Brothers' Newest Great Railroad Shows are enlarged for the coming season. The tour will begin early in April at Lancaster, Pa. Among the big features will be Prof. Charles E. Rice's dog and pony show. Takezawa's Royal Imperial Japanese Troupe, Madame Yucca, the Del Salvos, aerialists; the Brooks-Danver Troupe of statuary artists, the Brothers Dantivelli, aerial act; Peasley and Schnorr, gymnasts; Max Hugo, comique juggler; Lee and Lenore, grotesque dancers; Miss Madison, serpent enchantress; Brooks Sisters, contortionists, and a band and orchestra under the direction of Herbert H. Whittier. National Police Gazette, April 13, 1901, p. 2.

1911: The side show roster of Welsh Bros.' Shows includes Ben Casper, manager; F. Morris, Geo. Levi and Max Finkelstein in ticket boxes; Mlle. Cleo Melrode and her den of serpents; Princess Wee Wee, midget; Hopp, the frog man; Big Sal, fat woman; Sunny Jim, the laughing boy; Hadj Tharis Troupe of Oriental Dancers. The side show will use a seventy foot round top with thirty foot middle piece, and will be handled by Prof. Black, with five assistants. The band will be under the direction of Prof. Klenjcketty. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.

• 1918, Circus people now in the carnival business: Mike Welsh, of the old Welsh Bros.' Circus, with the O'Brien Carnival Company. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 27.

• Note: See “They Bought a Circus,” James W. Shettel, White Tops, Vol 19, Nos. 1-2 (Jan-Feb), 1946, pp. 3-4.

• Michael H. Welsh, native of Lancaster, Pennsylvania, who with his two brothers, founded the Welsh Bros. circus, died at Chester, Pennsylvania, 1945, age 79. The Welsh brothers established their circus in 1890 in Lancaster. More information on the Welsh brothers and their show is in White Tops, March-April, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 4-5, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Circo Welton - 1914

    Mexico City, March 9, 1914. A few lines to let you know we are here in Mexico, playing at Welton's Circo. This is our fourth week here. There is no fighting in Mexico City, but there may be at any moment. There is plenty of it twenty miles from here, and at night you can see the camp fires of the rebels. We had a bad trip here. The ship was struck by a tidal wave and turned over on one side. I shared a stateroom with Mrs. Dan O'Brien (Dan O'Brien, the hippo clown). Mr. Gerner's horses and Walter Stanton's roosters were in the hold. The Circo Welton is a nice theater, with a large stage and a ring in the center. There are twenty-two pieces in the band. We have the Agoust Family, Flying Cromwells, Wilson Family, wire artists; a pair of tango dancers; Mr. Seel, pantomime; the Deviles(?), high wire; the Apollos, Dan O'Brien, clown and Walter Stanton and Victoria Orville, in Chantecier, the hit of the show. - Victoria Orville. Billboard, April 4, 1914, p. 24.

    Victoria Orville, with the Welton Circus, writes from Merida, Mexico, April 11: We are now in Merida, a two day's journey from Vera Cruz by boat. We open tonight and I hear there is a big advance sale. Billboard, May 2, 1914, p. 63.

    As a circus feature, the high-jumping act of Fred Gerner and his steed, Staircase, has long been a feature before the American public. Until last month Gerner was one of the features with the Jones Bros. & Wilson Show, having joined them during the Spring after a successful escape from Mexico City, where he played a winter engagement at the Circo Welton, making his getaway just in time to prevent the antipathy against Americans from injuring himself and fellow performers Walter Stanton, Victoria Orville, Marguerite Hoyer and partner, the Two Cromwells, the Three Apollos, the Four Wilson Troupe and the Four Agoust Family. Billboard, July 18, 1914, p. 1.

    The animals and equipment of the Circo Welton, which was being taken to Puerto, Mexico, the two sailing vessels were thrown ashore in a storm, Sept. 24, and were a total loss. Mr. Welton managed to reach a lighthouse, twenty miles from Puerto, Mexico, from where he sent word that he is suffering from painfully swollen lower limbs. Two days later Mr. Welton managed to reach Puerto, Mexico, where there is very little prospect for the circus to be re-organized, as all the performers have left. The cash box was lost with the vessel. New York Clipper, October 24, 1914, p. 16.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Princess Wenona's - 1918-19

1918:

    Wanted for Princess Wenona's Western Show for season 1918, lasting 30 weeks, opening in the South. Trick riders, ropers, bucking horse riders, high school riders, Indians and feature Western acts; also canvasmen, light men and property men. Winter quarters, Somerton, Pa. Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 29.

    There is much activity around the winter quarters of Princess Wenona's Western Show at Somerton, Pa. E. W. Lenders is the manager. Princess Wenona, with her company of Indians, cowboys, trick riders, ropers, buckers, trained horses and the "mind-reading" mule, will be featured with Polack Bros.' 20 Big Shows, opening at Salisbury, N.C., March 30. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 64.

    Notes from the winter quarters of Princess Wenona's Western Show. The show closed a successful three months' engagement at Marlin Park August 29. Through lack of transportation, the show was moved to winter quarters by motor trucks, and Princess Wenona, P. Coy and Bill Martin rode the stock necessary for the fair engagements from Pottsville, Pa., to the Philadelphia County Fair grounds, a distance of 140 miles, counting detours, and sometimes over the rough mountain trails, a feat of endurance for the little Indian woman on her little pony. The trip took two days and a half. Princess Wenona arrived on the fair grounds early Monday morning and did her horseback shooting act the same afternoon. Due to railroad conditions, Princes Wenona was forced to cancel her Southern circuit of fairs. The show is now partly motorized and manager E. W. Lenders recently ordered sufficient trucks and trailers to go out next season independent of the railroads. Billboard, October 12, 1918, p. 53.

1919:

    Princess Wenona's Western Show wants trick riders, fancy ropers and all kinds of Western performers. E. W. Lenders, manager, August 11 to 16, Brantford, Canada; August 18 to 23, Erie, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 91.

    The Princess Wenona's Western Show will close with Polack Bros. and join the Con T. Kennedy Shows. The Wenona Show is steadily growing, having started last year with five horses, it now carries eighteen. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 46.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wertz Wagon Show - 1889

    Wanted, for a neat Wagon Show, circus performers (except riders), musicians, two cornets, clarionette, alto, tenor, trombone, tuba, or a band of six or seven mouth pieces, to double. Open next week. Long engagement, sure pay. Address J. D. Wertz, Summit Street, Toledo, Ohio. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 251.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

West Bros. - 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918

    West Bros.' Wagon Show wants performers doing two or more acts for big show and concert. Billing agent who is close contractor. Eight piece band, producing clown doing ground or ladder act. Four 6 or 8 pony drill and troupe dogs, pony boys. Freaks, second sight, Punch and magic for side show. Working men and bosses, all departments. Privileges, slum, white stones, ball games, juice and anything legitimate for sale. Will buy 30 or 40 middle for 60ft. R. T. Side show banners, small top, 20 up to 20 by 40, 50 or 60. Rehearsals April 20. Address West Bros.' Barberton, Ohio. Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 67.

    Thomas West announces that nearly all the people have been engaged for West Bros.' Overland Shows, of which he is the treasurer. Dan France will have charge of the advance. Prof. M. A. Whitney will furnish the band, and G. Abbott will manage the sideshow. Fred and Charles West are the owners, and L. A. Stanton manager. Some of the performers engaged are William E. George and Company (three people), Harry DeCleo, Bert Renzo, Peerless Hilbert and F. Nazor and Family. Whitey Lewis and Frank (Curly) St. Clair will have charge of the canvas and properties. The show will carry forty head of horses and about the same number of people. The opening date is April 27 at Barberton, O. Billboard, April 13, 1918, p. 28.

    Route, West Bros.: Malvern, O., 15; Minerva 16. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 71.

    West Bros.' Overland Shows got under way per schedule, opening at Akron, O., with the Superior Shows. The week proved a disappointment. The show opened one-night stands at Barberton May 6. The show has sixteen turns, including Tommy West's horses and mules, Prof. Burns and his troupe of dogs, Aerial Georges, Bert Renzo, Ruthabel Nazor and Chief Brown Eagle. Prof. M. A. Whitney's Band furnishes the music. The eight-pony drill was recently purchased from J. H. Eschman. Frank Nazor is producing clown. The sideshow features Madam Zenora, the mystic, and Bowzer, the big snake. Little Henry, bucking mule, is the feature of the concert. "Whitey" is boss canvasman, and Dan Rice wagon master. Curly St. Clair is property man, Dan France, general agent. Billboard, May 25, 1918, p. 27.

    The West Bros. Pony and Dog Circus came to town this forenoon from Sugar Grove where the aggregation showed last night, having arrived too late from Haydenville to give an afternoon performance or street parade. The aggregation is composed of 24 people, 30 head of horses and ponies, and highly trained dogs and ponies. The greater part of the show travels overland, while a number of the people travel by train. Lancaster Daily Eagle (Lancaster, OH), June 28, 1918, n.p.n.

    West Bros.' One-Ring Circus, an overland show, played Carrollton, O., May 17, to a packed house. The outfit has played many stands at 50 cents top admission. West Bros. is the first circus this year to play the Hocking Valley coal country in its entirety. A number of Northern fairs are being booked for the fall season, and when October comes the show will be enlarged and placed on railroad equipment for a long season South and Southwest. Dan France is general agent. - Tommy Little. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 86.

    West Bros.' Circus continues through the coal fields of Southern Ohio. Preparations are being made to enlarge the show for a long seasons South, following fourteen weeks of Ohio and Michigan fairs. - T. Little. Billboard, July 13, 1918, p. 52.

    West Bros.' Circus brought its season to a close at Hamilton, O., at the close of the Hamilton (O.) Fair October 4. The paraphernalia will be placed in winter quarters at Dayton, O. The management has arranged for the trick stock carried by the organization to play in theaters over Sun Time during the winter. R. A. Brown, of the Brown Family Band, which spent the greater part of the season with the West Circus, stated that the latter organization was arranging for a tour of the Southern States that would run until about Christmas. Billboard, October 12, 1918, p. 52.

• 1919: For sale, West Bros. Wagon Circus, ready for opening. Big show: 60ft. round top, 30 middle, side wall, poles, stakes and rigging. Marquee, 10x15, red and white, new; 10 lengths 7 high blues, 5 lenghts 8 high reserves; masting for same; four mantle Windhurst lighs, 7 one-mantle Lantern lights; 12 head ring stock, work in big show; pitching pony and bucking mule, work in concert; 4 head work work standard vaudeville act; sideshow and cook house, complete; 8 new band uniforms and caps; 8 parade coats and caps; one no. 1 bill trunk, 5 living tips, 4 banners, 8x10; 1 banner 8x15. Reason for selling, am compelled to take over my aged father's business. West Bros. Show, Tommy West, manager, Barberton, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 5, 1919, p. 73.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

West & Wells

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, E. H. Jones, proprietor, 1907.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

West's Society Circus - 1918

    Since last fall West's Society Circus has been playing vaudeville dates continuously thru the Eastern States, and will continue indoors until about April 1. Baggage cars have been somewhat of a problem, but the show has not missed a performance so far. For years past this show has been identified with the larger carnival organizations, past two years with Parker's Greatest, but this year Mr. West has decided to go out independently and play one-night stands via the old reliable overland route. The motive power will consist of six teams and one tractor. The tractor will pull two wagons and will get the wagons off bad lots. West's horses and mules will form the backbone of the show, surrounded by a pony drill, a troupe of dogs and enough kinkers to round out a presentable performance, and an eight-piece band. The show will be housed under a sixty, with two thirties, sideshow under a sixty by thirty, the horses under a twenty by fifty. The opening will be April 27 in the neighborhood of Akron, O. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Albert Wetter's - 1893-94, 1898

1893:

    Albert M. Wetter returned from Philadelphia last night, where he had personal interviews with James Anderson, and the head men of the Forepaugh and Walter Main shows. He will go to Columbus to-morrow to take charge of the Gibson & Wetter circus, which will take the road May 1st He has contracted for a trick elephant, pair of ponies, pair of dogs and a monkey, all of them trained together, and now in Berlin. Their value is between five and six thousand dollars. Massillon (OH) Independent, March 23, 1893.

    A Strictly Moral Show. The Independent speaks by the card when it announces that the official style of the Massillon circus will be: "Albert M. Wetter’s New Model Moral Shows, Free Grand Horse Fair, Royal Roman Hippodrome, Museum and Menagerie." Massillon (OH) Independent, April 14, 1893.

    Wetter’s Circus and Menagerie. His ring horses are pure white Arabian. Proprietor Wetter Feels Joyous Over His Success. The Model Moral circus continues to flourish like unto a green bay tree. At New Philadelphia yesterday morning a violent wind blew down the big canvas tent, and necessitated the abandonment of the afternoon performance. But in the evening the tent was packed to suffocation, and Proprietor Wetter left the town with $1,700 on the right side of the ledger. He intends purchasing a new auditorium tent and will use the old one as a shelter for his animals. Several changes have been made by Mr. Wetter in his executive staff. Advance Agent Dr. Knott and Manager Jimmie Anderson have both been released, a man named Graham taking the doctor’s place, and Ellsworth Grapewine that of Anderson. One or two other minor changes have been made, and the boss canvasman, who committed a brutal assault on another employe on the opening night in Massillon, has been discharged. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), April 13, 1893.

    Albert M. Wetter returned yesterday from Chicago, where he purchased for his circus eight beautiful performing horses and a car load of work horses. Massillion (OH) Independent, April 27, 1893.

    Proprietor Albert M. Wetter, of the New Model Moral Shows, has been most fortunate in engaging for the coming season the wonderful contortionist William Delhauer, known as the "Human Frog." Delhauer, whose home is in Canton, has a reputation as a contortionist or boneless man that is second to none, and the acquisition will prove a big drawing card. Delhauer has traveled with several of the best companies on the road and has been a great favorite at Tony Pastor’s New York theater during several engagements. Massillon (OH) Independent, May 11, 1893.

    The Albert M. Wetter circus, on its midnight drive from Urichsville to Leesville, last Thursday night, got lost and reached Leesville Friday, 4 o’clock p.m., too late for an afternoon performance. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), June 1, 1893.

    Wanted, for Albert M. Wetter’s Wagon Show, boss horse man experienced in piloting a wagon show, also boss canvas man and chandelier man. Wire to Stubenville June 2, 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 211.

    Wanted, at once, for A. M. Wetter’s New Shows. . . . also female double trapeze team that do another good act. Also first class acts suitable for circus. Write or wire, . . . Wellsville, O., June 9 . . . New Lisbon, O. June 12 . . . Salem, O., June 14, Alliance, O., June 15, Atwater, O., June 16, Ravenia, O., June 17. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 223.

    Wanted, with A. M. Wetter’s Model Moral Shows, 10 canvas men. Can use performers at all times. Good female act. The largest wagon show on earth. Two rings, tournament and hippodrome. Performers travel by rail. Wellsville June 8, East Liverpool, O., June 9-10, New Lisbon, O. June 12, Latonia, O. June 13, Salem, O. June 14. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 224.

    Roster of the Albert M. Wetter’s Show. Albert M. Wetter, sole proprietor and manager . . . a Japanese troupe (five in number), . . . D. A. McDonald’s band of sixteen pieces, D. A. McDonald, leader . . . New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.

    Notes from the Wetter Show. Business has been very satisfactory. The show, after this season, will travel by railroad, using cars specially constructed for it. . . . Mr. Wetter is making himself very popular by inviting the inmates of all charitable instutions to visit the show free of charge. . . . New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.

    On the road, circuses: Wetter’s . . . Mansfield OH July 21 . . . Mt. Gilead 24, Marion 25 . . . New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.

    Notes from Wetter’s Show. Business during the past week has been phenomenal, people being turned away at both afternoon and night houses. . . . We are making some additions to our list of performers and strengthening our parade by the ___ of Roman chariots and new ten horse tandem team. . . . Mrs. Ed Guthrie joined recently. Several new people have contracted to join July 31. Our ___ and efficient clown, Claude Laverne, closes __. He has been rendered a lucrative position on a railroad. . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    Regular Weekly Letter from the Albert M. Wetter Show. Ada, O., July 28 - The profession has long regarded Crestline as one of the poorest stands in the country, and we were therefore pleasantly surprised, last Thursday, to find two packed houses, and both very appreciative. At Galion we also did a splendid business. This is the home of Prof. Snodgrass, and he was warmly welcomed. We spent Sunday at Mt. Gilead - a pretty little temperance town. The boys got along by visiting two artesian wells and drinking of their flowing waters. Billee Lee, an old time clown, and one of the best, is giving the public the benefit of his new songs and jokes. We are doing a good business and our route for next week is as follows: Wapakoneta, Monday, July 31; Sidney, Tuesday, August 1; Piqua, Wednesday, August 2; Troy, Thursday, August 3; St. Paris, Friday, August 4; Urbana, Saturday, August 5. Massillon (OH) Independent, August 3, 1893.

    On the road, circuses: Wetter's . . . Franklin OH Aug 17, Middletown 18, Lebanon 19. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 379.

    Springfield, Ohio. Albert M. Wetter's Circus showed 7, 8 to fair business. New York Clipper, August 19, 1893, p. 381.

    The Hermons, the Meyer Family and the Griffin Bros. have been added to the Wetter Show. The troupe spent a pleasant Sunday, Aug. 13 at Dayton, O., where they were the guests of A. H. Gardner, the assistant manager of the show. Dayton is Mr. Gardner's home. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.

    Notes from Wetter's Shows. The last two weeks have been among the best, crowded night houses being the rule at every stand, while the matinees have averaged large. At Lebanon, the former home of our manager, A. H. Graham, the canvas was packed at both performances, while all the performers and band put forth their best efforts to please the people. Charley Hill(?) was the recipient of a watch, chain and charm as a birthday present. Billy Lee was presented with a silk umbrella at Lebanon. While at Lockland a gentleman living near the lot lost his life while diggin in a well, leaving his family in destitute circumstances. Mr. Wetter turned the proceeds of the evening concert over to the widow. A contract for seven new cages, one large band chariot and some small wagons has been given out. A number of additions have been made to our band until it now numbers sixteen pieces. Prof. Woehler has secured a winter engagement for the band. The new faces in the dressing room are: Dan Malcolm and wife, Ed. Harmon and wife, Johnny Griffin, Sig. Minola . . . A. J. Plunkett, our treasurer, took advantage of low prices here and invested some of his surplus in a diamond stud and a ruby ring. Sheridan Meiers, our knockabout clown, did likewise. Mr. Wetter has been absent for several days in consultation with an architect and master mechanic, making some alterations in drawings for our train for next sason. The sleeping and dining cars will present many new ideas. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 412.

    Albert M. Wetter's Show exhibited in Barnesville, O., Sept. 30, to reported good business. They close season Oct. 12, at Canton, O., and go into winter quarters at Masillion. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.

    Too Much For The Circus. It Rains and the Wind Is Never Weary. The Vine Still Clings to the Mouldering Wall But the Show Tents Could Not Stand the Pressure - Concluding Entertainments at Bucher’s(?) Opera House. From Saturday’s Daily. The wind and rain played havoc with the Albert M. Wetter show Friday night. The downpour absolutely prevented the giving of a performance, and money was refunded. That was bad enough, and worse happened when the wind swept down the river flats. The cook tent, was caught up and tossed down the bank like a bit of paper. Then the eddying currents of air took hold of the menagerie canvass, ripped it like so much muslin, and flung it down flat. The elements completed the work by treating the hippodrome pavilion in the same manner. The damage will foot up $500. The grounds are wet and boggy, and to give the school children’s matinee as intended was literally impossible. In order, however, that no little hearts might have cause to ache, Mr. Wetter promptly secured the opera house, and in addition to the indoor circus matinee for the children, gave another entertainment Saturday night. In spite of the short notice, it is to be hoped that Mr. Wetter’s energy in overcoming difficulties will be recognized by an audience that will fill the hall to overflowing. The ardor of the school children was undismayed by the beastly weather, and they began to gather at 12 o’clock for the matinee at 2. One of the most interesting of the youthful delegations was that which included THE INDEPENDENT’s little army of newsboys and carriers. Being built of the stuff that heroes and martyrs are made of, they assembled in the newsboys’ cellar promptly at 1 o’clock, and were each made happy by the presentation of a badge bearing the words: It Sets the Pace. THE EVENING INDEPENDENT newsboys and carriers. Proprietor Wetter headed his band in person, and bringing it down to The INDEPENDENT office, led the little procession, in which strode sixty-six future Presidents, every one of whom was provided with a sack of peanuts before setting forth. At the present momment the opera house is packed, and Young America is delerious in presence of the clowns and acrobats. . . . Every inch of floor space is packed, the air was steamy and the odors are not those of Araby the bless’d. Small boys in the gallery have strings, to which they have attached balls of paper, and these they dangle under the noses of the children below. Howls of delight follow every act and incident, and grown folks who drop in become so fascinated with the audience that they cannot tear themselves away. Massillon (OH) Independent, October 19, 1893.

    He Saw the Elephant and Then He Promptly Named Her "The Independent. "Albert M. Wetter, proprietor, etc, returned Saturday from the World’s Fair and the circus men’s congress. Every mother’s son of them was on a hot chase for attractions for next season and Mr. Wetter, who was on the ground floor, captured three of the best of the White City features, which shall be nameless until next spring. In addition to this, Mr. Wetter laid in the nucleus of a menagerie, purchased of Burr Robbins and from the Midway Plaisance ostrich farm. The list of purchases includes two female elephants, to one of which THE INDEPENDENT will stand godfather; two single hump camels, . . . a pair of Bengal tiger, one of the three South American tapirs in this country, an ant bear, a cage of monkeys, a cage of rare birds, a black leopard, a panther, an American lion and a baboon. The collection will be shipped to Massillon early next spring. Massillon (OH) Independent, November 2, 1893.

    Notes from the Wetter Show. On Oct. 14 the band played "Auld Lang Syne" and "Home Sweet Home," the curtain rolled down, and the season of '93 became a thing of the past. the closing performances were to have taken place at Massillon, Mr. Wetter's home, on Oct. 12 and 13. Two performances were given on the 12th to packed canvas. It commenced raining 13 at the afternoon opening and continued throughout the day and night. At seven o'clock the rain was coming down in torrents, and a high wind at the same time induced Mr. Wetter to abandon the night show, and it was a lucky decision on his part, as we had a "blow down" about nine(?) o'clock. A free exhibition had been announced for afternoon 14 for the benefit of the public school children, the the tickets had already been distributed. Rather than disappoint the children the Opera House was secured and a performance given to the most densely packed audience ever assembled in Massillon, the performers and band giving their services on this occasion. During the season the show traveled 2,27_ miles, missed one stand, not a blow down until we reached home, not a horse lost and not a sick horse during the season. The seventy-___ head of stock closed in excellent condition. . . . The season has been successful beyond the expectations of Mr. Wetter, and he and his assistants will devote their entire time to devising novel features for the coming season. The show will go out more than double its present size with everything first class. All wagons will be painted white and gilt. The managerie will consist of twelve small cages and two open dens, one elephant and three camels. The big top used this season will be used for menagerie and trained stock, the present menagerie top will next season be used for dressing room. A new man canvas is now completed and stored in Thompson and Vanderveer loft, Cincannati. Equestrain acts, both male and female, and a high grade hippodrome will be added. The parade will be made very attractive, all trappings being new, and two first class bands. Band No. 1 will be conducted by Prof. Leo ___ and will be featured. They will be known as Wetter's White Hussar Band. The Japanese troupe, twelve in number, will be a distinct feature, and coming direct from Japan, their wardrobe and acts will be all new. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 563.

    "The Independent’s Elephant. Albert M. Wetter, the plucky Massillon showman, attended the showman’s congress at Chicago, last week, and while in the Windy city purchased two large elephants, one of which he has named - "Independent," after that staunch old newspaper published at Massillon, THE INDEPENDENT — Salem News. Massillon (OH) Independent, November 9, 1893.

    Where the Circus Hibernates. The winter quarters of the Albert M. Wetter show are being gayly lettered today, so that he who runs may read. The quarters are remarkably complete, and occupy considerable ground space not visible from the street. The stock is all in good shape, and will be sustained on cut feed until spring, when Mr. Wetter will harden them up with grain. Another expert animal trainer was signed last week. Workmen are now decorating the office room, which will soon be cosy and commodious. Massillon (OH) Independent, November 16, 1893.

    Albert M. Wetter of Massillon has been invited to meet with fifty representative circus managers at Cincinnati during the week of Januery 14. This will be the first convention of circus men ever held. Salem (OH) Daily News, November 21, 1893.

    Notes from Albert M. Wetter's Great American, German and Japanese Allied Shows. The show has been safely stowed away in its new and comodious winter quarters, leased for a term of four years, in the heart of the city of Masillon, Ohio. The winter quarters consists of an elegant stone barn, with stabling room for one hundred and forty head of horses, shed room for fifty wagosn, room for one hundred tons of hay, and a ring barn with a thirty-two foot ring. Mr. Wetter has been out to the World's Fair and has bought quite an extensive menagerie, as well as engaged some of the leading features of the World's Fair. Next season the show will be a one hundred and twenty horse show. The big top will be one hundred, with two forties. The menagerie will be an eighty, with two fourties. The menagerie will be an eighty, with two forties. It will be one of the great and best wagon shows ever put on the road. Four wagons, eleven head of stock and fifteen men ahead of the show. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 622.

    Albert M. Wetter has returned from Columbus bringing with him a troupe of seven dogs that do everything but talk. William J. Rose, private secretary to Albert M. Wetter . . . Massillon (OH) Independent, December 28, 1893.

    Now open, the business office of the Albert M. Wetter Great American, German and Japanese Allied Shows, and ready for business for the season of '94. Wanted boss hostler to take charge of one hundred and twenty head of horses. No. 31 S. Erie Street, Massillon, O. Also two pole wagons for sale. New York Clipper, December 2, 1893, p. 632.

1894:

    Notes from Albert M. Wetter's Great American German and Japanese Allied Shows. Everything is progressing favorably at winter quarters. The wagons are being beautifully striped and decorated with gold. There will be twenty-four wagons in line in parade next season. New wagons are being built at Toledo, Cincinnati and Dalton, O., while forty sets of harness have been ordered at Columbus. Mr. Wetter has bought the Stone troupe of trained dogs, six spotted horses, six Shetland ponies, twelve head of mules and ten head of work horses. The show will start Mary 15, 16. New York Clipper, January 20, 1894, p. 735.

    Wanted, for the Great Wetter Show, the Biggest and Best Wagon Show on Earth, people in all branches of show business, male and female riders, with stock. Albert M. Wetter, 31 Erie Street, Massillon, O. Twenty canvas men, address Wm. J. Rose, Massillon. . . . Property men snare drums, blacksmith and chandelier men, boss and assistant hostler. Albert M. Wetter. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 811.

    Notes from the Wetter Shows. "Things around our winter quarters are moving with a snap and vim that tell in the most effective way that this will be, beyond a doubt, the foremost amusement enterprise of its class in the world. The menagerie will be a strong feature. Twenty cages, two elephants and four camels, besides a novelty, will certainly verify this statement, and our spread of canvase, under the watchful eye of Geo. Wormold, the superintendent . . . Mark Monroe will superintend the menagerie department, his name guaranteeing a 'grocery store' that will do credit to the nation. The show will be transported by ___ head of horses and mules. Four wagons and a buggy are required to herald the coming the the 'biggest and best' wagon show the world ever knew, and twenty-six knights of the ___ will properly attend to any opposition." New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    Curt Bailey has signed as press agent with the Albert M. Wetter Circus for the season of 1894. Newspaper work will be made a feature of the coming season's advertising, and Curt promises to turn the rural press into illustrated circus heralds along the route of the show. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    Notes from Wetter's winter quarters. "Three new cages and an open den left the shops last week and four more will be completed by the last of the month. Our new tableaux wagon, '76, is doubtless the finest wagon ever built for this purpose. On either side are massive wood carvings, representing the coat of arms of the United States, while the four corners present painting of Washington, Jefferson, Lincoln and Grant. The end is covered with a huge picture of the Battle of Bunker Hill. On top is a tableaux of Washington crossing the Delaware, eight drummers, two ___ and Washington, holding the Stars and Stripes, tilling the boat, which appears to be battling with the borken ice. Chas W. Fish is one of the late additions to our more than a score of sawdust celebrities, who will give a performance second to none in the country when merit is considered. M. B. Raymond, who was last season with Ringling Bros., has signed with this show as business manager." New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Notes from Wetter's winter quarters. W. N. Merrick, who for more than a dozen years has been Sells Bros.' musical director, has signed to that capacity with this show. He will wield his baton over twenty carefully selected nusicians, for our bands will most certainly be a feature. Fisher Brothers will be the aerial feature, and there is not the least doubt will sustain their past reputation. The Savans(?) have added their names to the long list of celebrities. In fact there will not be a performer with this show this season who is not justly celebrated by his or her ability. Manager Wetter left for New York and other Eastern cities March 4(?). He will be absent about ten days. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.

    Albert M. Wetter, the young Massillon showman who visited New Philadelphia last summer, will carry 56 performers with his circus this year. He started last year with a wagon show, but no menagerie, and in spite of hard times had nerve enough to organize a 50 cent show for this season. He has 120 horses, . . . in winter quarters, and an elephant, camels, and ten cages of rare animals at Chicago, ready for shipment. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), March 15, 1894.

    Notes from Wetter's winter quarters. The large band wagon, Massillon, arrived from the factory March 19, and it is a marvel of beauty, its massive carved sides displaying figures that are most lifelike in appearance, and from the tips of the front gear to the swan's neck in the rear it is one solid mass of dazzling gold leaf. The wardrobe is making rapid progress towards completion. Every cage and tableaux car will be mounted with five silk plush banners of the most gaudy hue, each more or less covered with spangles. All led stock will be bedecked with the same material and led by a man wearing a gaudy Turkish uniform made of silk and velvet. Mr. Wetter is now in the west buying horses, and dapple grays will be given the preference. All canvas used with the show this season will be brand new. The big top will be 120ft. with two 50ft. middle pieces, and the menagerie an 80ft, with two 30ft., the side show 45x75(?), and four horse tents with a capacity of forty horses each. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.

    John G. Scheidler, magician, and Mollie(?) Roberts, mind reader and contortionist, have signed with Albert M. Wetter's Shows for this season. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    Notes from Wetter's winter quarters. The last baggage wagon left the paint show April 1. Everyone is a parade wagon, and is decorated in the most artistic manner. Manager Wetter has conceived the idea of using "C" steel double trees and lead bars throughout, and has been convinced by a practical ??? that they are a big improvement over the old wooden ones for safety and strength, and are much lighter. The stock is in the pink of condition and will be supplied with new harness and trappings throughout. The new ring barn is fast nearing completion and will be ready for use 10(?). It will be in keeping with the rest of the winter quarters and surroundings and so constructed that the horses can be led from it into the stables without being exposed to the open air. Sheridan Maiers has added two more pigs to his school, which makes a total of five, probably the largest troupe of its kind in this country. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    Notes from Wetter’s Winter Quarters. - The last baggage wagon left the paint show April 1 . . . a parade wagon, and is decorated in the most artistic manner. Manager Wetter has conceived the idea of using "U"(?) steel double trees and lead bars throughout, and has been convinced by a practical ___ that they are a big improvement over the old wooden ones for safety and strength, and are much lighter. The stock is in the pink of condition and will be supplied with new harness and trappings throughout. The new ring barn is fast nearing completion and will be ready for use __. It will be in keeping with the rest of the Winter quarters and surroundings and so constructed that the horses can be led from it into the stables without being exposed to the open air. Sheridan Maiers has added two more pigs to his school, which makes a total of five, probably the largest troupe of its kind in this country. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.

    Notes from Wetter’s Winter Quarters. G. P. Campbell, our general agent, has arrived at the Winter quarters, and reports himself as highly pleased with the manner in which his advance will be hooked up. He will have six wagons and two buggies with which to announce the coming of "the biggest, best and finest equipped wagon show on earth." We are of the opinion that we have made a new discovery in the wagon show business in the way of a pole wagon, viz.: our pole wagons are made of steel throughout and have a carrying capacity of 6(?) tons each, while the weight of each wagon is only 1,400(?). There is not a wagon show manager in the country who has not "lost sleep" over the thought, "I wonder if that pole wagon will get through." The steel wagon will undoubtedly do away with that anxiety, for it is out of the question to break one. We have tested them and they run easier than the ordinary wagon. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

    Musicians wanted for A. M. Wetter's Circus, trombone to double second violin, also B flat cornet. W. N. Merrick, Zanesville, Ohio. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 92.

    Albert Wetter’s circus was blown to pieces at Canal Fulton(?), Stark County in a storm. Big elephant walked off. Salem Daily News (Salem, OH), May 23, 1894.

    Owing to poor business that has prevailed since the show took the road Albert M. Wetter has decided to reorganize his circus upon a less expensive basis and the aggregation will hereafter be a popular price affair. Salem (OH) Daily News, June 2, 1894.

    Albert M. Wetter show failed to prosper. . . . M. B. Raymond, late business manager. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), July 19, 1894.

    . . . The spring season proved a disastrous one, and Wetter returned to Massillon in a cripple condition. Coxey bought part of his outfit - a tent, a band wagon and a number of chariots. [Coxey’s Army] Daily Kennebec Journal (Augusta, Maine), November 7, 1894.

1898:

    Albert M. Wetter and his "World’s Greatest Dog and Pony Show," passed through Massillon over the Pennsylvania railway this afternoon, enroute to Canton where the first exhibition will be given Thursday evening. A part of Mr. Wetter’s property is the three coaches in which the company and everything belonging to the show are conveyed. When they passed through Massillon they were attached to the passenger train due her at 1:01 o’clock. Johnson S. Clark, who is to be Mr. Wetter’s advance agent, joined the troupe at Wooster. Massillon (OH) Independent, September 8, 1898.

    Bought A Circus. Albert M. Wetter Again Embarks in the Business. Is Sole Owner and Manager. The World’s Greatest Dog and Pony Show Now Belongs in Massillon - The Property Transferred on Saturday and a Tour of Ohio will Begin Thursday. Albert M. Wetter, of this city, has again embarked in the circus business, and his mountain of canvas will be spread in Canton on Thursday of this week, when performances will be given for three days in connection with the Elks’ street fair. Since last Saturday Mr. Wetter has become sole owner of the "World’s Greatest Dog and Pony Show," which this season has been successfully touring the Western states. The show was organized and conducted by Messrs. Main, Davis and Ogden, of Kokomo, Ind., and is the largest of the kind on the road. Mr. Welter has been contemplating the purchase for some time, but until Saturday the transfer was not effected. Mr. Wetter’s experiences in the circus business several years ago will greatly benefit him in the management of the "World’s Greatest," and success undoubtedly awaits him. Mr. Welter’s new circus travels by rail in elaborately decorated cars, and the tents are about the size of those used by him in 1893. The company is composed of forty persons, and fifty dogs and twenty-five ponies participate in the performance. There is also a splendid band of twelve pieces under the direction of Prof. T. A. Ogden, and Mr. Wetter says the parade given is a thing of beauty and the best equipped in America. The animals were trained by Prof. G. F. Markel, acknowledged to be the most able dog and pony trainer in America, and their performances are certainly wonderful. At the conclusion of his engagement in Canton Mr. Wetter will tour the state and will fill an engagement in Massillon during the fair in this city. Johnson E. Clark, of Massillon, will be Mr. Wetter’s general agent in advance of the show. It is the intention to make the winter quarters here, providing the board of trade will furnish suitable quarters. Mr. Wetter will continue in the sand and stone business and will also establish a retail coal office. His interests in Massillon will be in charge of G. L. Schworm. Massillon (OH) Independent, September 8, 1898.

    The Season Closed. Wetter’s Dog and Pony Show to go into Winter Quarters. Albert M. Wetter, owner and manager of "The World’s Greatest Dog and Pony Show," closed his season here Saturday night and will go into winter quarters in this city. Mr. Wetter’s show occupied a space in the Midway and played to a successful business throughout the fair. Massillon (OH) Independent, September 9, 1898.

    Masillon Business Men’s Street Fair . . . [free] Wetter’s dog and pony show . . . Massillon (OH) Independent, September 12, 1898.

    Mr. Wetter Coming. His Dogs and Ponies to Perform In Massillon Next Week. Albert M. Wetter and his world’s greatest dog and pony show arrived in Canton in time Wednesday to give a performance that evening. The attendance was good considering that the show was not expected until Thursday, and the performance gave general satisfaction. Mr Wetter has arranged to bring his show to Massillon on Monday and Tuesday of next week and will play return dates during the street fair. Massillon (OH) Independent, September 12, 1898.

    [Massillon Business Men’s Free Street Fair, parade] The remainder of the parade consisted of the Midway attractiqns, the most prominent feature being that part of the procession made up by Albert M. Wetter’s ponies and dogs. The members of the American Vaudeville Company, the Japanese performers, the Egyptian fortune teller and others occupied seats in landaus. The Australian wild girl was in a closed carriage, all about which there appeared to hang an air of mystery. Massillon (OH) Independent, September 22, 1898.

    One of the trained ponies belonging to Albert M. Wetter died at the winter quarters Thursday morning. Death resulted from apoplexy. Massillon (OH) Independent, October 24, 1898.

1901: Massillon Pupils Cheered for Albert M. Wetter, Who Entertained Them Today. Massillon, O., May 10. — All public private and parochial schools of the city closed at 12 o’clock today that the 2,500 pupils might accept the invitation of Albert M. Wetter to become his guests and visit a circus this afternoon. The children did not march to the tents in a body, but under the canvass all gathered togethered and the air rang with cheers for Wetter. Mr. Wetter at different times in the past, has owned and conducted circuses. He considers a visit to a show of this kind an education. Mr. Wetter is now in the sand and stone business. Newark (OH) Daily Advocate, May 10, 1901.

1903:

    No Cause Is Assigned. Massillon, O., Oct. 5 - Albert M. Wetter, proprietor of the Massillon sand and Stone Co., president of the Massillon Steel Sand Co., and a director of the State bank of this city, committed suicide in his office at the bank today, by shooting himself through the heart. Intimate friends know no cause for the act. He was unmarried and lived with his parents. Lima (OH) Times Democrat, October 5, 1903.

    Cause Of This Suicide a Mystery. Prominent Massillon Man Kills Himself. Mr. Wetter Was Young, Rich, and Well Known. Tragedy Occurred in a Bank. Intimate Friends Know of No Reason for the Act. - Discovered by the Janitress. Massillon, O., Oct. 5. — Albert M. Wetter, proprietor of the Massillon Sand and Stone company, president of the Massillon Steel Sand company and a director of the State bank, of this city, committed suicide in his office at the bank this morning by shooting himself through the heart. The body was discovered by the janitress of the buildng a few minutes after the fatal shot was fired. The young man entered the office about 6 o’clock this morning, removed his coat, vest and shirt, held the muzzle of a 38-caliber revolver against his breast and sent a bullet through his heart, death resulting instantly. Intimate friends know of no cause for the act. He was unmarried and lived with is parents. The coroner will render a verdict of suicide. Wetter was young, rich and well known over the state. Newark (OH) Advocate, October 5, 1903.

• An article on the Albert M. Wetter circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 32-39.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Dave Wharton Circus - 1971   D. B. Wharton's Great All-Star Vaudeville Circus (1970)

    Aerialists Ron and Mitzi Gill were on the show in 1971. White Tops, Mar-Apr, 1971, p. 24. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

S. O. Wheeler's - 1863-68

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, February 14,   Clipper, February 28,   Clipper, April 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 11,   Clipper, April 18,   Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 23,   Clipper, May 30,   Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 27,   Clipper, July 18,   Clipper, July 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, August 15,   Clipper, September 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 19,   Clipper, October 24 (scroll down)

• 1864: Wheeler, Hatch & Hitchcock, online at:
Clipper, March 5,   Clipper, March 12,   Clipper, March 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, May 14,   Clipper, May 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, August 20,   Clipper, September 24 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 17,   Clipper, December 31 (scroll down)

• 1864: S. O. Wheeler's Circus, in Boston, Mass., 1864. Frank Whittaker is now in this city, but will shortly be on the road again; Eaton Stone is in retirment in his farm in New Jersey; Sam Stickney (the younger), Jacob Showles and the Denzer Bros. still follow the profession; Master Leon is with Chiarini's Circus in South America; Mrs. Stickeny is living; Miss Whittaker (Mary Ann Wells) died in Dover, N.H., April 10, 1874; S. O. Wheeler is living. Bill sent by Curtis Track of Boston, Mass.
    S. O. Wheeler's Great International Circus and Model Arena will open for the season on Dec. 26, 1864, at the new Amphitheatre. . . . Trick mules, Pete and Barney. F. Whittaker, master of arena. Mr. Eaton Stone, bareback rider; Mr. Sam Stickney, clown; Showles Family; Mr. Jacob Showles, India rubber man; Mr. Frank Whittaker; Mr. A. Newton, leap for life; Mr. Joe Pentland; the Denzer Brothers; Mast. Leon, gymnast; Mrs. Stickney, late Miss Ida Sherwood, equestrienne; Mrs. Showles, with her performing horse "American Eagle;" Miss Whittaker, rider; Mme. Stone, acts; Mlle. Josephine, danseuse; S. O. Wheeler, sole lessee and proprietor; Frank Whittake, equestrian manager; W. H. H. Reed, treasurer; F. H. Parish, leader of orchestra. New York Clipper, March 17, 1877, p. 405.

• 1864: Gilbault's Garden, July 4, 5, 6 and 7, 1864. Wheeler, Hatch & Hitchcock's Circus and Royal Hippodrome. This great moral exhibition consists of three distinct circuses, Wheeler's International Circus, Hatch & Hitchcock's Royal Hippodrome, Hatch & Dean's Olympic Circus (from England), making one vast show, two hundred men and horses. Also, the mammoth waterproof pavilion. This show will make a procession in town on the morning of each day that they exhibit, led by the Royal Bugle Band, followed by a train of carriages containing the performers and luggage vans, and horses and ponies belonging to the great show of 1864. Introduction of the self-propelling road carriage. Exhibiting the tremendous novelty, never seen before, an ordinary road carriage drives over the common highways without the aid of horses or other draught animals. The mechanical carriage will precede the Combined Companies' Procession in town on the day of exhibition, and be exhibited to the circus audience, with an explanation of the machinery, gratis.
    A new order of ring performances has been introduced in this exhibition. Among the talent of this equestrian troupe is the Sherwood Family, including the Pete Jenkins by Mr. Chas. Sherwood. This act is performed by Mr. Sherwood only. Madame Sherwood in her bareback act without saddle or bridle. Miss Ida Sherwood, the beautiful sensation rider. Master Charley Sherwood in his principal act. Mr. Jacob Showles, grotesque India Rubber Man, and Mrs. Showles, celebrated horse tamer, with the performing horse, American Eagle, broke and performed only by her. Mr. Sam Wellser, the American Momus of the ring, in connection with the Yorkshire Yorick, Bobby Williams, the English clown. Master Thompson, daring gymnast, and a host of others. Wheeler, Hatch & Hitchcock, proprietors. L. A. Hitchcock, treasurer; A. Hatch, manager; C. Sherwood, equestrian manager; Wm. Odell, master of circle; Sam Horn, agent. C. Haskins, J. Godfrey, assistant advertisers; J. Nice, ornamental painter . . . Also, the comic mules, Jeff Davis and Beauregard. . . .
    S. O. Wheeler is now keeping a hotel in South Berwick, Me., J. A. Hatch is keeping a club house at Westville, Ct., about two miles from New Haven. Lyman A. Hitchcock, during the past season, has been attending the races in the South, with a number of blooded horses. He also has an interest in two hotels in Boston, Mass. Charles Sherwood, the original Pete Jenkins, is still following the profession. We do not know what has become of his children, Ida and Charley. Jacob Showles and Sam Wellser are still performing. Bobby Williams, the English clown, is dead. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 68.

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, January 14,   Clipper, January 21,   Clipper, February 4 (scroll down)
Clipper, February 11,   Clipper, March 25,   Clipper, April 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 29,   Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, August 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 19 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at:
Clipper, March 31,   Clipper, May 12,   Clipper, May 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 20 (scroll down)

1867:

    [Advertisement] S. O. Wheeler's Great International Circus in conjunction with Mam'lle Tourniaire's Great French Circus. Comprising a troupe of most accomplished equestrian and gymnastic artists ever associated in a single exhibition. S. O. Wheeler, proprietor and manager. Augustine Courant, treasurer. C. F. Haskins and C. A. Hatch, agents. Two great circus companies in one exhibition. Presenting altogether the grandest outfit, the best riders and the most skillful athletes that ever traveled.
    Among the principal performers who compose this brilliant constellation of equestrian stars, will be found the names of Madame Louise Tourniaire, the premiere equestrienne of the world, and her troupe of French dancing horses. The wonder of the world, La Petite Maria Louise, only seven years old, pronounced by the public and the press to be the greatest prodigy of the age. She will appear at each exhibition in her unequalled equestrian act.
    Mr. Charles Lowry, from the principle European circuses, will exhibit those thrilling and graceful feats of bare bak horsemanship, which have rendered his name everywhere renowned. He will also perform his beautiful scenic act of equestrianism, portraying a variety of characters during the rapid rotations of his horse, throwing summersaults on his unsaddled back, &c. Mr. Charles Monroe, the most popular clown in this country, will appear at each performance. Messrs. Penney and Delavati, the celebrated gymnasts, in their surprising feats on the double trapeze and horizontal bar.
    Madame Tourniaire, the greatest female rider in the world, will appear in her world-renowned act, without saddle or bridle. Mr. James Hankins, late of the South American Circus, in a number of the most surprising feats of horsemanship. The beautiful and thorough-bred horse, Grey Eagle, will be introduced at each entertainment by Madame Louise. Six young and beautiful lady equestriennes will appear in the cavalcade, viz." M'lle Leotard, M'lle Wheeliro, M'lle Jennie, M'lle Hengler, M'lle Lottie, M'lle D'Orday.
    Pete Jenkins' visit to the Paris Exposition will be illustrated by Monsieur Brodd. Olympian exercises, vaulting and summersaulting feats, with an exhibition of the grand school of the Grecian Gymnasium in which the principal members of the troupe will strive for the palm of excellence in the athletic contest. In addition to the above, a variety of feats of horsemanship by some of the best riders in America. The performance will conclude with the comic mules, "Mob and Joe."
    Admission, 50 cents. Children under 10 year, 25 cents. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7, to commence at 2 and 7 1/2 o'clock. Will exhibit at Fort Wayne, Thursday, May 9. Fort Wayne Daily Gazette (IN), April 29, 1867, n.p.n.

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, April 27,   Clipper, May 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, June 8,   Clipper, July 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 28,   Clipper, October 12 (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, April 18,   Clipper, May 16,   Clipper, May 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 18 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Al F. Wheeler's - 1909   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1903-1910, 1915-1917, 1924-1932

    Al F. Wheeler's Shows: Al F. Wheeler, proprietor and manager; F. J. Frink, general agent; Adame Gillespie, assistant manager; J. E. Pettit, local contractor; E. H. Hayden, special agent; Fred E. Ranken, press agent; Will T. Miller, manager side show; Garrett E. Johnson, treasurer; Frank Belmont, equestrian director; O. A. Berry, manager commissary dept.; John Lewis, supt. of transportation; George Wood, supt. of canvas; Capt. H. Snider, supt. of animals; Ed H. Bell, supt. of privileges; D. Q. Miller, supt. of stock; Frank Smith, supt. of props. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

• An article on the 1930 Al. F. Wheeler circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 22-29.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wheeler Bros. - 1914, 1918   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914, 1916-1923

1914: Wheeler Bros.' Show - Al F. Wheeler, proprietor and manager; Al F. Wheeler Jr., assistant manager; Frank C. Cox, treasurer; Ray Fuller, secretary; F. J. Frink, general agent and railroad contractor; Dan Hoffman, local contractor; Geo. Caron and W. H. Selvage, special agents; Bert Andrus, contracting press agent; Geo. R. Taylor, press agent back with show; Harry Crombie, excursion agent; J. S. Robertson, sideshow manager; Dave Costello, equestrian director; Harry F. Adams, general superintendent; C. E. Wheeler, superintendent privileges; H. D. Kyes, musical director; Frank R. Turner, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Frank (Blackie) Howard, superintendent canvas; Lou M. Zaph, trainmaster; Henry (Apples) Welsh, boss hostler; Frank T. St. John, superintendent commissary department; E. C. Lawson, superintendent lights; Red Carroll, superintendent props; Walter E. Davis, superintendent ring stock; Henry Welsh, superintendent stock; Frank W. Green, 24-hour agent; Wm. Emery, superintendent elephants; Henry Lucier, boss carpenter; Capt. H. Snider, superintendent animals; Horace Domingue, blacksmith; Bert Andrus, manager adv. car No. 1; Geo. Caron, manager adv. car No. 2; Frank Belmont, checker-up; B. G. Amaden, legal adjuster; Jas. Dougherty, announcer. Show opens at Oxford, Pa. Billboard, March 28, 1914.

1918:

    The management of the Wheeler Bros.' New Model Shows has arranged to play a number of weeks indoors with a big indoor society circus and bazaar, thus filling the winter months. Bill Williams has charge of repairing, paing and building being done while the show is playing the indoor time. By the way, it is Captain Bill Williams now, he having been engaged to handle the big lion act during the 1918 tour. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 28.

    Wheeler Bros.' Big Indoor Society Circus opened January 14, at Washington, N.C., under the auspices of the Associated Charities of that city. Several weeks have been booked under auspices of lodges and Red Cross societies in the larger Southern cities, previous to the opening of the Wheeler Bros.' New Model Shows, which will start out early in March. Billboard, January 26, 1918, p. 43.

    Attention, circus manager. For lease, complete wagon show now on the road doing business. Will lay off only two weeks for painting. Horses, harness, wagons, tents, seats, lights. Trained animals acts to give nearly all of show. Two lions, large hyena. Will lease, including use of title if desired. Address Wheeler Bros.' Shows, Kinston, North Carolina. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 9, 1918, p. 67.

    Route, Wheeler Bros.': Macon, N.C., 8; Warren Plains 9; Norlina 10; Drewry 11; Townsville 13. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 63.

    Despite plenty of rain the Wheeler Bros.' New Model Shows have done satisfactory business since opening at Washington, N.C., March 30. At the beginning of the tour there was a big shortage of working men, but nearly all departments now have their full quota. E. B. Sawyer joined the show several days ago to take charge of the band. The menagerie was augmented at Hollister, N.C., by the arrival of three lion cubs. Two new pony colts have also "joined." Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 28.

    Wheeler Bros.' Shows. This is our sixteenth week. Several changes have been made the past two weeks due to members of the company being taken by draft. The Aerial Edwards and several musicians from the Howard Bros.' Shows joined at Henry, Va., July 9, replacing the Sawyers, who returned to their home in Missouri on account of E. B. being called to the colors. Ten head of heavy draft mules were added, made necessary on account of going into the mountain country. The show will not close until the snow flies. Billboard, July 27, 1918, p. 27.

    The Wheeler Bros.' Shows are doing satisfactory business through Virginia and North Carolina and will remain out until Christmas or later. Three new cages were added, making an eight cage menagerie with this show. Capt. Bill Williams has charge of the animals. Lew Baker joined recently, taking charge of the stock. Billboard, August 31, 1918, p. 72.

    Wheeler Bros.' Shows are doing satisfactory business and the present program is to remainout at least until Christmas and perhaps all winter. Lew Baker has charge of the draft stock, Fred Ruso the ring stock and ponies, Red Boovey has the canvas, and Capt. Bill Williams is lot superintendent and has charge of the menagerie. Billboard, September 14, 1918, p. 54.

    Wheeler Bros. New Model Shows closed a successful season at Bassett, Va., October 4, having been on the road for thirty weeks. It was the original plan to remain out until Christmas or later, but the influenze quarantine compelled the early termination of the tour. It is the intention of the "Gov" to open for an indefinite Southern tour provided the quarantine is lifted in the near future. It is currently reported around the show that Al F. will put out two wagon shows for the coming season provided war conditions get settled before the opening of the 1919 season, one under the old title of Al F. Wheeler's New Model Shows, traveling its old routes through New York and the New England States, and the other the Wheeler Bros. Shows, in territory that show has won a reputation during the past few years through Southern States. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

W. S. Wheeler's - 1891-92

1891: Notes from the Wheeler Show. The boys around this show all seem to be happy. Our season has been a good one all the way through, and everybody has put a few dollars away for the cold weather. The Farnums(?), three in number, joined at Griswold, Ia., Sept. 2?. . . . W. S. Wheeler and the Marshall Bros., with Dick Hunter(?) in advance, will put out our big hall show as soon as this circus closes. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.

1892: Things are fast assuming shape for the opening, May 21, of W. S. Wheeler’s Show. The wagons look bright and circus like. The advance started May 3, with F. W. George at the head. Sig. and Dot Harris and the Grothe Bros., are among the latest additions. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wheeler Bros. - 1914, 1921   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914, 1916-1923

1914: Wheeler Bros.' Show: Al F. Wheeler, proprietor & manager; Al F. Wheeler Jr., assistant manager; Frank C. Cox, treasurer; Ray Fuller, secretary; F. J. Frink, general agent & R. R. contractor; Dan Hoffman, local contractor; Geo. Caron & W. H. Selvage, special agents; Bert Andrus, contracting press agent; Geo. R. Taylor, press agent back with show; Harry Crombie, excursion agent; J. S. Robertson, manager sideshow; Dave Costello, equestrian director; Harry F. Adams, general supt.; C. E. Wheeler, supt. privileges; H. D.Kyes, musical director; Frank R. Tuner, supt. reserved seat tickets; Frank (Blackie) Howard, supt. canvas; Lon M. Zaph, trainmaster; Henry (Apples) Welsh, boss hostler; Frank T. St. John, supt. commissary dept.; E. C. Lawson, supt. lights; Red Carroll, supt. props., Walter E. Davis, supt. ring stock; Henry Welsh, supt. stock; Frank W. Green, 24-hour agent; Wm. Emery, supt. elephants; Henry Lucier, boss carpenter; Capt. H. Snider, supt. animals; Horace Domingue, blacksmith; Bert Adrus, manager advance car No. 1; Geo. Caron, manager advance car No. 2; Frank Belmont, checker-up; B. G. Amaden, legal adjuster; Jas. Dougherty, announcer. Show opens at Oxford, Pa. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

1921: Wheeler Bros. Shows, despite the cry of hard times, have played to excellent business ever since their opening stand, positive proof that the enviable reputation established by this show in past seasons is bearing fruit. All of the principal acts and different animal numbers are going over big, and clown alley, with such fun makers as Roy Leonhart, Shorty Hughes, Bob Cook, Jim Greer, and Jack Marcy, keeps the crowds in good humor from start to finish. "Punch" LaVere has charge of the Annex with a very imposing line-up of attractions, including Madame Herr, strong woman; Miss Marks and "talking" pony, Blanch Leonhart, snake enchantress; LaVerr's talking figures, punch and magic; Frank Koster, fighting lion act, and six cages of animals. Al Cooper is doing good business with his big pit shows, using five pits with an attractive young lady in each. The show is now in the coal fields of West Virginia, and while the nights are a little cool, it has encountered practically only circus weather since starting out. - Frank Belmont, Show Representative. Billboard, April 30, 1921, p. 51.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wheeler & Co. - 1893-94   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1893-94

1893:

    Sam Dock and Alson Wheeler have severed their connection with the Welsh Show, and in company with Wm. C. S?ader, of Ephrata, Pa., will put out a wagon show. Wanted, for Wheeler & Co.'s Shows, people in all branches of the circus biz, also good Dutch and Irish comedian for concert. Alson Wheeler, Ephrata, Pa. New York Clipper, May 13, 1893, pp. 148, 160.

    Alson Wheeler and Samuel Dock have purchased Wm. C. Snyder’s interest in Wheeler & Co.’s Circus. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 264.

    On the road, circuses: Wheeler & Co.’s, . . . Tylersville PA July 11, Lamar 12. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    Notes from Wheeler & Co.'s Shows. We are having fine circus weather and doing a good business through Pennsylvania. The first accident of the season occurred near Houtzdale July 21. In going down a steep hill the team drawing the ticket wagon became unmanageable and the wagon was thrown over a steep embankment. The driver, Phares Roland, had a very narrow escape from being crushed under the falling vehicle . . . New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.

    On the road, circuses: Wheeler & Co., West Fairfield PA Aug 30. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 413.

    Wheeler & Co.'s Show closed its season Sept. 23, at Fort London, Pa., where it goes into winter quarters. Most of the people have been re-engaged for next season. New York Clipper, October 7, 1893, p. 499.

    For sale, one half interest in Wheeler & Co.'s Shows. On account of poor health I would sell a one-half interest in my show to a person that could give his entire time and attention to the management of the same. Will sell very cheap to the right party. I have complete outfit, wagons, horses, ___, tents, and all peraphernalia. Address Alson Wheeler, __ River Street, Troy, N.Y., sole owner "Wheeler & Co.'s Great All Feature Shows." Wanted, for the season of 1894, people in all branches of circus biz. that can do two or more turns. Sideshow and candy stands to let. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 521.

    Notes from Wheeler & Co.'s Shows. At our winter quarters, Fort London, Pa., everything is progressing finely under the direction of our genial superintendent, Sam Dock. The show will be enlarged and improved for next season, and many new features will be added. Manager Wheeler is fast recovering from his recent illness, and is now ___ to be out again. He will add a new side show top, also a 40(?)ft. middle piece to our big top. New York Clipper, November 18, 1893, p. 595.

    Alson Wheeler has sold a half interest in Wheeler & Co.'s Shows to his brother, D. Wheeler, formerly of Boston, Mass. New York Clipper, December 23, 1893, p. 675.

1894:

    Prof. Hugh Gorman will lead the band with Wheeler Bros.' Shows the coming season . . . New York Clipper, January 6, 1894, p. 704.

    Ryan and Wilton have signed for the concert with Wheeler Bros.' Show. Prof. Walter Coleman is also re-engaged, with his troupe of trained goats. He will also act as equestrian director. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.

    Notes from Wheeler Bros.' Shows. At our winter quarters, Fort London, Pa., everything is on the move, getting ready for our opening, which will take place at St. Thomas, Pa., early in April. Dunlap & Boyle, of Du Bois, Pa., will manage our side show, and Prof. Dunlap's troupe of trained horses, eight in number, will be a feature of the big show. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.

    Notes from Wheeler Bros.' Shows. Our outfit is now complete and waiting for the word to move. The first advance brigade, under the direction of D. Wheeler, will start out April _. Our new band wagon, which arrived last week, is a beauty . . . The latest people signed are . . . Bigelow and McKinney . . . and Frank Leopold. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 54.

    Wanted for Wheeler Bros.’ Shows, contortionist . . . more all round circus people . . . All people engaged report April 12. Wheeler Bros., Fort London, Pa. Billy Milligan, singing, talking and knockabout clown, and Al. Wayne, contortionist, have signed with the Wheeler Bros.’ Circus, which opens the season at Fort London, Pa. New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 78; April 14, 1894, p. 85 or 87.

    On the road, circuses: Wheeler Bros., Millerstown PA April 25, Thompsontown 26, McAllistarville 27, Richfield 28 . . . Dundore May 1. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 114.

    Notes from Wheeler Bros.' Shows. We opened the season at St. Thomas, Pa., April 14, to immense business, which has kept up ever since. We have struck some very rough roads, yet our stock is in the pink of condition, under the supervision of J. D. Davis. Following is the roster: Alson Wheeler and D. Wheeler, sole owners; Alson Wheeler, manager; D. Wheeler, general agent; F. D. Dunlap, superintendent; Jas. Hopple, boss cnavas man, with seven assistants; J. D. Davis, in charge of stock with eight men; Albert Shire, master of transportation; Tom Allen, boss bill poster, with four assistants; Prof. Hugh Gorman, leader of band, with the following musicians: Thos. Crowley, T. E. Parker, Jas. Hyland, J. D. Sweet, F.(P.?) E. Rice and John Aris. Performers: Geo. Moreland, the Delnos, Archie and Blanche; Al. Wayne, Harry Bowman, Frank Leopold and the Belmont Bros. We have thirty-seven head of fine stock; big tent, 100ft. round top; side show 40x60; dress tent, 30ft., and two 30ft. horse tents. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 119.

    On the road, circuses: Wheeler Bros., Shamokin Dam PA May 2, New Berlin 3 . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 130.

    Notes from Wheeler Bros.' Circus. Hiram(?) Fish, trapeze and Spanish ring performer, formerly of the team of Walters and Fish, joined at ___, Pa., May 1 . . . We are doing an immense business, and everything is moving along finely under the watchful eye of our genial superintendent . . . G.(?) M. Moreland is making a big hit with his heavyweight balancing act, and the work of Al. Wayne, contortionist, never fails to catch the crowd. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 151.

    On the road, circuses: Wheeler's . . . Towanda PA May 17, 18 , , , Athens 21. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

    Al. Wayne, contortionist, closed with Wheeler Bros.' Circus on account of his mother's death in Philadelphia. Hiram Fish informs us that, owing to illness, he has closed his season with Wheeler Brothers Circus. New York Clipper, July 14, 1894, p. 293; August 4, 1894, p. 342.

    Alson G.(O?) Wheeler informs us that Frank C. Goodman, of Illion, N. Y., has purchased the entire outfit of the Wheeler Bros.' Shows, which is now exhibiting in Southern New York. Mr. Goodman's troupe of trained horses and dogs will be a feature. Hiram Fish left for his home July 23, on account of sickness. New York Clipper, August 18, 1894, p. 373.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Alson Wheeler's - 1897

    Alson Wheeler, formerly manager of the Wheeler Bros.' Circus, will take out a wagon show the coming season, opening at Greenfield Center, New York, May 1. Mr. Wheeler's troupe of trained dogs will be features. Al Wayne, contortion and comedian, has signed, his third season under this management. New York Clipper, March 20, 1897, p. 41.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wheeler & Almond; Wheeler & Sautelle   Wheeler & Almond listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1933

Information on the shows is in the brief biography of Jethro Almond, online at Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1959 (scroll down or use find).

• An article on the 1931-32 Wheeler & Sautelle show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 11-18.
• An article on the 1933 Wheeler & Almond show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 3, pp. 4-8.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whitbeck's - 1854   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1854

    Charles H. Castle was born September 6, 1816, at Waterbury, Ct., and came to New York State in 1818, making the trip on horseback in the arms of his mother. His parents settled in 1825 in Salt Point, now the First Ward of Syracuse, which he has ever since called his home. In 1854, he, in company with H. M. Whitbeck, started a show from Cincinnati designed to travel by steamboat, canal and railroad; but it did not meet with the success anticipated. Billboard, March 4, 1882, p. 830.

The Whitbeck & Co.'s Original One Horse Show was owned by Harry Whitbeck, Charles H. Castle and Washington Kidwell. Whitbeck's Circus had Mons. Francois Tournaire, equestrian director; Mad. Louise Tournaire, dancing and menage horses; Mlle Josephene and Rosalthe; Roch Harpier, French clown; Sam Welser, clown; Jean Johnson, equestrian. The show disbanded and the management was left bankrupt. Brief information on this show is in Bandwagon, January-February, Vol. 14, No. 1, 1970, p. 21-22.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whitby's - 1858-59, 1860-61, 1867

1858:

    [Advertisement] Tourniaire & Whitby's New York National Circus composed of French, English & American stars! French Tournaire Troupe consists of M'dm Louisa Tourniaire, Mons. Benot Tourniaire, M'lle Josephing Tourniaire, Mast. Theodore Tourniaire, and Master Ferdinand Tourniaire, and the world-renowned Whitby Family! composed of Mr. Harry Whitby, Md'lle Elvira Whitby, Master Willie Whitby, Donna Marg'ta Whitby. The celebrated clowns Tom Watson and George Sharp, and a host of American stars too numerous to mention.
    Free exhibiton. Tom Watson, the English clown, will make an excursion on the river, in a wash tub drawn by four trained geese. This laughable excursion will take place near the steamboat landing, about 12 o'clock and will be free to all. This is the funniest scene ever witnessed, and Tom wants every body to come and see him.
    Mdme. Tourniaire will appear in her unrivalled six horse act, in her menage act, and also in her bare-backed act, without saddle or bridle. Mdlle. Elvira will appear in her daring exploits on the slack wire. The trick horse Ducrow will be introduced by Mr. Harry Whitby. Tandem manege act by Donna Marguerita. Flower of Bretagne, principal act by Md'lle Louise Tourniaire. Double act of horsemanship by Masters Theodore and Ferdinand.
    The Peasant's Love, byt the juvenile prodigies of the Whitby Family. Trick horse, Washington, introduced by Mme. Tourniaire. Master Willie Whitby in his celebrated act on two horses. The Mounted Magician, by Mons. Benoit. And many other scenes and acts too numerous to mention. The two clowns, Tom Watson and George Sharpe, will enliven the entertainments with their comic songs, funny sayings, laughable antics, whimsicalities, &c., &c. The entertainments will conclude with a laughable afterpiece.
    Admission, Box 25 cts. No half price. Reserved seats 50 cents. Children under 12 years of age, half-price to reserved seats. Doors open at 2 and 7, to commence half an hour afterwards. Free exhibition. Immediately before the opening o fthe doors for the afternoon exhibition, on Friday, Mlle. Elvira and Little Willie Whitby, aged 9 and 11 years, will make a grand double ascension on a single wire, from the ground to the top of the pavilion flag staff, a distance of 300 feet. Will perform in Newport Thursday and Friday, June 24th and 25th. On Thursday, one performance only, commencing at 7 1/2 p.m. Friday afternoon and evening, doors open at 2 and 7 p.m., to commence at 2 1/2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Newport Daily News (RI), June 24, 1858, n.p.n.

    Tourniaire & Whitby's New York National Circus company have chartered the steamer American Eagle for the season, to convey them to places on the sea-board, whence they will discourse inland. The American Eagle arrived here yesterday morning at 8 o'clock, direct from Sag Harbor, L. I. Newport Daily News (RI), June 25, 1858, n.p.n.

• 1858: Tournaire & Whitby's New York National Circus, online at:
Clipper, May 22,   Clipper, June 19,   Clipper, July 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 14 (scroll down)

1859:

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists H. Whitby & Co.'s Metropolitan Railroad Circus, Harry Whitby, owner, 1859.

    [Advertisement] H. Whitby & Co.'s Metropolitan Railroad Circus! Will exhibit in Syracuse, Monday, July 4th, '59. Three grand performances in honor of our national independence. Doors open at 10 a.m., 2 and 7 p.m. Admission 25 cents. This is the largest company now traveling in America. Among the artists attached to this circus are Mad. Margaretta, the Whitby Family, Miss Elvira and Master Willie, acknowledged by all to be the prodigies of the age, making an ascension on a single wire from the ground to the top of the pavilion, from the outside. The Olympian Brothers, Theodore and Ferdinand Tournaire, in their celebrated two horse act. The renowned singing clown, Bob Smith, and George Sharp, the comic clown and clog dancer. Master Johnny Hernandez, the wonderful bare back rider; Ferdinand, in his great hurdle act; gymnastics by Messrs. Armstrong, Bryan and Kendrick. During the performance the celebrated trained horses, __, Pauline and Coquette, together with the trick ponies and educated mules, will be introduced, and go through their astonishing evolutions. Jas. Madison, agent. Central City Daily Courier (Syracuse, NY), June 30, 1859, n.p.n.

• 1859: online at:
Clipper, May 21,   Clipper, July 9,   Clipper, July 16 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 30,   Clipper, September 3,   Clipper, October 1 (scroll down)

• 1860: information is online at Clipper, October 6

1861:

    [Advertisement] Wait for the Double Show. Wambold & Whitby's Great World's Circus and Meangerie! On or about Sept. 11, 1861. Largest show ever organized. 25 cents to both shows under one canvas. No extra charge for reserved seats. At Bangor Sept. 11. Don't forget - double show, day and date. Geo. K. Goodwin, manager. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), August 17, 1861, n.p.n.

• Also see Wambold & Co.'s.

• 1867: Whitby & Co.'s, online at:
Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, March 23,   Clipper, April 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25,   Clipper, June 1,   Clipper, June 8 (scroll down)

• 1867, see Sheldenberger & Co.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whitby's - 1893; Reville - 1894

1893:

    Thos. Humphreville, Geo. Whitby and Harry Mohn have purchased the rights and complete outfit of Welsh Bros.’ Golden Shows. They have enlarged and strengthened the show to twice its former size. The following is the title and roster of the show as now organized: Whitby’s New Gold Edged Shows, World’s Fair Museum, Aquarium and New Enormous Trained Animal Exposition. Humphreville, Mohn & Whitby, sole managers; Harry Mohn, business manager and equestrian director; Thos. Humphreville, treasurer; Geo. Whitby, superintendent; Jas. Maloney(?), boss canvas man with twelve assistants; H. E. Green, chief steward with six assistants . . . George Whitby, Wm. Roberts, Leotard Bros., Wm. Martine . . . John J. Mack, Lucy Whitby, Williams Sisters, Mrs. Harry Mohn and Prof. Harry Mohn’s Equine and Canine Paradox. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.

    Wanted, people in all branches of circus business, performers, male and female, doing two or more turns, canvas man, grooms, chandelier men, property men, bill posters, etc. For sale, a 35x60ft. tent, in good condition. Address: Thos. Humphreville, manager, Whitby’s Gilt Edge Circus, Lewistown, Pa., until June 19. New York Clipper, June 17, 1893, p. 244.

    The Whitby’s Circus has gone to Lewiston, Pa., to reorganize. They have a 75ft. round top, with a 40ft. middle piece, and fifty-five head of horses. The roster: Thos. Humphreville, sole proprietor and manager; Geo. Whitby, superintendent; Harry Mohn, equine director; Frank a. Harriman, contracting agent; Martin Butler(?), boss billposter with six assistants; J. J. Campbell, leader of the band of ten pieces; Jim Malony, boss canvas man with eleven assistants . . . Fred Smith, boss property man with four assistants; Will Roberts and Martine, Sue Copeland, Maude Copeland, Stella Lewis, Harry Mohn, Geo. Whitby, Roberts, Wm. Martine, Frank Lee . . . Three Reville Bros. and Jas. Gordon. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    Wanted, for Whitby’s Gilt Edge Circus, performers in all branches of the biz., side show and concert people, those doing two or more turns. Thos. Humphreville. Per route: Palmyra, Pa. June 2?, Lebanon, Pa., June 30 . . . Pine Grove, Pa. July 3 . . . Tremont, Pa. July 7. New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 274.

    Whitby’s Gilt Edged Show is reported to be meeting with uniform success in Pennsylvania. Geo.(Gus?) Fairbanks has been appointed manager, and several additions have been made to the stock. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.

    On the road, circuses: Whitby’s, Pine Grove PA July 5, Tremont 6 . . . St. Clair 10 . . . New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

    Gus Hanks is with Whitby’s Gilt Edge Circus as singing and talking clown, also appearing in the concert. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.

    On the road, circuses: Whitby’s, Bloomington NY July 26 . . . Ellenville 28. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    Wanted, band, 6 musicians, performers in all branches circus biz. Those doing two or more turns. A boss hostler, 4 and 6 horse drivers, canvas men, property men, chandelier men, etc. Address Thos. Humphreville, care of Whitby’s Circus, Bloomingburg, N.Y. July 26 . . . New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 339.

1894:

    Notes from the Reville Show. Our show, now in winter quarters at Lancaster, Pa., has changed its title from the Whitby Circus to the Reville's Big New York One Ring Circus. We are getting ready for the coming season, putting things in shape. The Cornalla Bros. have arrived, and Pete(?) is breaking a fine dapple grey horse for his wife to do principal act, also our genial manager's one trotting horse for high class menage act for Estelle Pearl. A fine pony has been broken for Master Guy Rovinson's hurdle act. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    Notes from the Reville Show. We are very busy getting everything into shape for the inauguration of the tenting season of 1894. Our opening day here (Lancaster, Pa.) will be April 19. The following people have so far been engaged for the season: Three Cornalla Bros., Estelle Cornalla, Stella Pearl, Guy Rovinson, Sam and John Norton, Sam Dock and wife, Johnny Dales(?), Wm. Page, John Booker and Gus Fairbanks. If the weather is favorable on our opening we anticipate a big send off from our friends and neighbors. The show will cover the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York, Maryland and Delaware on our own cars, consisting of dining, sleeper, combination, stock and three flats. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

A. J. White's - 1890

    A. J. White & Co.’s New York Circus and Museum, winter quarters, Burlington, Iowa. Wanted, for season of 1890, people in every branch of the circus profession. Aerial acts, tumbles, leapers, wire acts, riders. All must do ? or more acts. Boss canvasman, concert people band leader, freaks of all kinds for museum. . . . A. J. White & Co., Burlington, Iowa. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 801.

    Mark L. Kilbourne has signed with White & Co.’s Circus, as clown. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    These people have been engaged for the New York Circus and Museum: Frank Miller, Mons. Lewis, Mme. Lottie Lewis . . . Master Harry Brandon; three La Clair Bros.; Mark L. Kilbourne; Willie Fowler; Col. ?. S. Robinson (giant) . . . Kalo Tula (Circassian); Prof. Morris; Zig Zag; Prof. Anderson; Mme. De Long . . . Prof. W. C. Ryan, leader of Winterset’s(?) Silver Cornet Band; and F. J. Royce(?), boss canvasman. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.

    Call. White & Co.’s New York Circus and Museum. The strongest wagon show West of the Mississippi. The season opens at Burlington, Iowa, May 1, 1890. Report not later than April 28. A. J. White & Co. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 96.

    Burlington, Iowa. White & Co.’s Circus opened the season here 1, to good business. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 131.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

White & Hanson - 1891

    Wanted, a few handy performers, doing two or more acts. White & Hanson’s Circus, Hinton(?), W. Va. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 342. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

White & Purvis' - 1885

    Virginia Notes. Wednesday afternoon the sheriff seized the congress of trained animals belonging to White & Purvis' circus, together with the mules, ponies and general paraphernalia, to satisfy the board bill of a Richmond hotel keeper. Daily Index Appeal (Petersburg, VA), May 22, 1885, p. 1.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

White & Stevens - 1896

    White & Stevens' European Public Show will take boat and barges at Chattanooga, Tennessee, for a Winter in the South. They close a wagon show at that point, and ship all stock and wagons to winter quarters. Jack White will see that everyting runs smoothly at the tents. The advance boat, Kingston, will be in charge of Herman Stevens. He will carry three country teams with him. New York Clipper, September 19, 1895, p. 457.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

John White's - 1896, 1898

1896:

    Notes from Prof. John White's Circus and Trained Animal Show. This is our third week around Baltimore. Our band is a feature, Lew Grant's cornet solos being a hit in the parade. White's mule, Judy, sets the audience wild. Frank Clayton, principal clown, scores nightly. The band dons their new uniforms next week. The Seavers Bros., bar team joined the company. New York Clipper, June 13, 1896, p. 232.

1898:

    Prof. John White's New All Feature Shows opens its third season at Baltimore, Maryland, with a 100ft. round top with two 40ft. middle pieces; 30ft. dressing tent; 70ft. horse tent; cook tent, dining tent, six wagons, twenty-five horses, two stock cars, three flat cars, and one sleeping coach. Prof. John White, proprietor and manager; Joe Daniels, advance agent; Harry Boyle, press agent; Jim Green and Frank Lewis, billposters; Will Marley, equestrian director. Big show: Gilbert Bros., double trapeze; Wm. Yaeger, slack wire; Mons Martella, contortion and stone breaking; Johnnie Howard, performing donkeys and knockabout clown; Mlle Louis, balancing trapeze; Charles Hatch, aeronaut and slide for life; Cal Cohen, singing and talking clown; Ella Brown, sailor perch; Daly Bros., double bars and brother act; Lillie Howard, flying rings; Lew M. Carroll, knockabout clown, and Prof. John White's trained dogs, goats, ponies, monkeys and donkeys. George Brown, boss props; Luke Fritxhenry and Jim More, cooks; Paddy Wallace, boss hostler; Samuel E. Graves, boss canvasman; Joe Hunter, asst. boss and twenty-five razor backs. Prof. Williams' silver cornet band of eight pieces. New York Clipper, July 2, 1898, p. 291.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Tony White's - 1894, 1896

1894: Notes from Prof. White's Big Twenty-five Cent Shows. We are busily engaged in preparing for our opening in Milwaukee on May 1. The show travels by wagon, carrying twelve wagons, thirty-six head of draught horses, besides twelve head of performing horses, ponies and mules. Will carry a ninety foot round top, with a forty foot middle piece, a forty foot dressing room, two 30x60 foot horse tents, and one 20x40 foot cook tent. The show will travel through Michigan, Wisconsin and Illinois. Frank White has signed as advance agent, with william Ewig assistant, and eight billposters. Performers: Prof. Tony White, manager; Harry Pollworth, equestrian; Prof. White's school of performing dogs, monkeys and goats; Harry Pollworth, juggler, principal leaper and tumbler; Ray Austen, singing and talking clown; Roddella, high wire; Monzo(?), contortionist; Geo. Boreing, high stilts; Mons. Testo, flying rings and perch act; Verlando, dancing barrel and table; Prof. White's five performing Kentucky thoroughbreds; White Sisters, aerialists; Kittie Woodward, slack wire and balancing act; Sally White, manege act; Prof. Whitside's Military Band of twelve pieces; Prof. Carroll Choats(?), leader of orchestra; Hess(?) Burklow(?), boss canvas man, with twelve assistants; Curly Hennesy, in charge of stock; Frank Burns, boss props. The performances will close with Prof. White's trick mules, January and Cyclone. The concert consists of Ray Austen, Frank Hart, Chas. Moran, Kittie Woodward and Mamie Stark. New York Clipper, March 31, 1894, p. 53.

1896: Tony White's Circus is now playing through Alabama to reported good business. New York Clipper, August 15, 1896, p. 375.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Great Whiteley Shows - 1910   Great Whitely listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910

    J. W. Whiteley has purchased all the property of the Great Rhodus-Whiteley Shows, and from now on will be sole owner of that aggregation. The show will be known this season as the Great Whiteley Shows. New tents have been purchased and several new wagons, among them a handsome ticket wagon. J. B. Rhodus, the retiring member of the firm, will engage actively in the stock business. These interests last season prevented him from giving the attention to the circus business that he would like to, so he decided to dispose of all his show interests. This is the third season for the show. Mr. Whiteley has secured Arthur R. Cunningham as general agent. The season will open June 18 at Bethany, Mo. [may be J. R. Rhodus, Arthur B. Cunningham] Billboard, April 23, 1910, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whiting Bros. - 1890

    Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Circus notes. People so far engaged: . . . Billy Black, May Waldron . . . Little Pansy(?), Three(?) Whiting Bros., etc. Bob White(?) will have charge of canvas. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 813.

    Whiting Bros. & Co. Colossal Wagon Show. Winter quarters, Warrensburg, Mo. Wanted, circus performers, those doing two or more acts; would like trick donkey, educated horses and troupe of dogs, good concert team. Musicians (or leader to furnish band) of eight pieces. Also good agent. N. B. Prof. Kimball (horse man) . . . write. Whiting Bros. & Co., Lyceum Theatre, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 815.

    Al. Millett and son have engaged with Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Show for next season. . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.

    Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Circus and Menagerie is made up as follows: Whiting Bros. & Co., sole owners and proprietors; Harry Harrison, manager . . . C. W. Odell, privileges . . . Al Millette and son . . . Jame McLee, William Link . . . Prof. Caddy and his troupe of performing dogs and goats, three Whiting bros., William Klee, May Waldron, Mamie Shepard, Little Pansy(?) and Professor Louis Hoddy(?) and his military band. This show will travel by wagon . . . will carry sixty head of horses. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Colonial Show opens at Warrensburg, Mo., for three days commencing April __. The following people have arrived: Hugh C. Whiting and wife . . . Harry Harrison, James McLee . . . Bert De Haven, William Klee, Prof. Caddy, Frank Hall, May Waldron, Mamie Shepard, Little Fanny, Louis Hoddy(?), James Whiting . . . Frank Johnson, Chas. Mitchell . . . Will Wright, Dean Connors, Bob Weiss, James Woods . . . John Baldwin . . . Wm. Wagner and George Hall Jr. and wife. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.

    Whiting Bros.’ Show reports good business for its first three weeks, with salaries paid regularly and all hands well. The roster is as follows: Whiting Bros., Hugh and Bert, and Harry Harrison, sole proprietors; Hugh Whiting, manager; Harry Harrison, equestrian director; Prof. Lewis Hoddy, leader of band; William Johnson, master of properties . . . Whiting Bros. in their flying act; Harry Harrison, contortion; the Three Whitings . . . Mlle. Dore and Fred ___, double trapeze; Billy Link, clown song . . . Billy McKlee, burlesque manage act. Concert people: Billy Link and Frank Hall, Mamie Sheperd, Frank Cordell, May Waldon, Little Pansy . . . Frank Johnson and others. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

    Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Circus played a return date at Warrensburg, Mo., May __, to splendid business. . . . Whiting Bros. were the receipents of several floral ___. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 183.

    On the Road, Circuses: Whiting Bros.’, Kansas City, Mo. June 9, indefinite. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    The Whiting Bros. & Co.’s Show closed at Kansas City May _, and shipped to Warrensburg, Mo. . . . The Whiting Bros have dissolved partnership, and Hugh C. Whiting, who writes us of the end of the show, has joined Harry Harrison. Another and later report of the closing . . . makes known that all salaries were paid with the exception of the ___ under Prof. Louis Hoddy, who suddenly left for Kansas . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.

    For sale, complete circus outfit, 80ft. round top with 30ft. middle piece, 5 pole horse tent, cook tent, 30ft. dressing room tent (only been used six weeks); sixteen lengths of seat, 8 tiers high; 2 large Kidd lights, double banners; 1 Beacon light; 1 band stand light . . . Dressing room light (all in good condition); 8 band uniforms, bass and snare drum, 1 band wagon, 1 advance wagon, poles, stakes, etc. Whitney & Harrison, Warrensburg, Mo. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 270.

    Hugh C. Whiting, Harry Harrison and May Waldon joined the King & Franklin Show at Loudon(London?) O.(?), July 16(?), as stated in last week’s Clipper. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    Tony Ryder joined the King & Franklin Show at Savannah, Ga., last week, to work with his old partner, Hugh Whiting, in their aerial and triple bar acts. Mrs. Rider, meanwhile, is visiting her parents at Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 523.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whitmore, Thompson & Co. - 1865-66

• 1865: online at Clipper, April 29,   Clipper, May 27,   Clipper, June 17 (scroll down)

• 1866: American Hippocoloseculum, online at Clipper, June 9,   Clipper, September 8 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whitney Family Circuses - 1883-85, 1887-89, 1890-94, 1900, 1902-1903

• 1879, Whitney Family's World Entertainment was owned by George L. Whitney and his son, Charles L. Whitney, and their wives. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, p. 5.

1883: The Whitney family's circus are doing Leipsic and other hamlets on the line of the Nickel Plate. The show is small but is said to be clever. Fort Wayne Daily Gazette (Fort Wayne, IN), August 29, 1883, p. 5.

1884: The Whitney Family, Locke & Long Show close their tenting season in Imlay City, Mich., Oct. 1. New York Clipper, October 18, 1884, p. 486.

1885:

    The Whitney Family, Locke & Long Show opened season May 2 in Michigan. They carry 30 people, 20 horses, a 100-ft. round top, etc., with a sideshow. New York Clipper, May 16, 1885, p. 142.

    The Whitney Family, formerly of Boston, headquarters now in Imlay City, Mich. The Whitney Family, "three in one," with their own specialty company, Locke & Long's acrobatic troupe, Leslie Brothers, juvenile gymnasts, and Prof. Floyd Whitney's Silver cornet band. New York Clipper, June 13, 1885, p. 206.

1887:

    Whitney Family New Enterprise Circus notes. - The roster of the show is: G. L. Whitney, proprietor and manager; N. E. Whitney, treasurer and financial manager; Byron Killmar, charge of dressing room and equestrian manager; Floyd Whitney, leader of band with ten men; Ray S. Leach, boss canvasman with eight assistants; Jerome Messinger, boss hostler, with six assistants; John Nehman, master of properties, with three assistants; Col. M. Gillette, general agent with six assistants. Circus people - J. T. Carrier, Hardy and McFee, Mons. Capolo, George Scott, Josie Whitney, the Leander Bros., three in number, have lately joined; Tom Cone, clown; Bell Twins, D. S. Helmer, D. Rock Hunt. The side show and all privileges are run and controlled by C. A. Whitney. Mr. Whitney has recently added a fifty foot middle piece and more seats. The show travels by wagon and has thirty head of horses. New York Clipper, May 28, 1887.

    The Whitney Family's New Enterprise Circus report good business through Ohio. The show will close its season Oct. 15(?) at Imlay City, Mich., their headquarters. Next season the show will travel mostly in Michigan and Indiana. New York Clipper, September 24, 1887, p. 441.

    Whitney Family New Enterprise notes. Dutch Charley Fox was presented at Hudson, Mich. with a fine gold ring from his old friend Budd Rogers. It has been twelve years since they seen each other. They spent the day talking over old times. The ring was presented to Mr. Fox just as he was going on to do his turn. It was a complete surprise to him, but he gathered himself up and responded in a very neat and pleasing manner. Jscob Isenhart, cornet soloist, joined the show Sept. 17, Will W. Cannon leaving for Port Huron, where he has a position for the Winter. The show continues to do a good business. New York Clipper, October 1, 1887, p. 457.

1888:

    D. R. Hunt has signed to clown with the Whitney Circus next season. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 791.

    The Brobst Twin Bros. have signed with Whitney's Circus for the tenting season, their second with that party. Hardy and McPhee, aerialists, have been engaged for the G. L. Whitney Circus. New York Clipper, February 25, 1888, pp. 800, 807.

    The Whitney Family Show open their season at Imlay City, Mich., April 26. Business staff: G. L. and C. A. Whitney, proprietors and managers; N. E. Whitney, treasurer; Col. M. Gillette, agent; Byron Killman(?), Ray S. Leach, Prof. Floyd Whitney, Jerome Messenger and Charles Lacelle. Performers: Charles McPhee, Sam Hardy, J. Gagnier, D. Hunt . . . Josie Whitney, Brobst Bros., George Scott, D. S. Helmer and Col. J. M. Mann dog circus. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 72.

    Whitney Bros. Show opened the season at Imlay City, Mich. with fifty people, forty horses and twenty-five wagons. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 134.

1889:

    The Whitney Family's New Enterprise, Circus, Museum, and Trained Animal Exposition will open its season May 6(?). Roster: Mrs. G. L. Whitney (proprietress), Cal Gillette (general manager), Prof. Fred Whitney, Leon P. Whitney; Sam Hardy . . . Chas. McPhee, J. B. Gagnier, D.S. Helmer, Katona, Geo. Martine, G. Parento, J. B. Benhart, Allen Hunt, Col. Mann, J. Messenger, Geo. Messenger, H. C. Leach, Ray E. Leach, D. D. Wallace, Jay Humphrey, G. W. Sharp, W. L. Silver, C. M. Silver, C. Wells, F. Watts, J. Foster, H. A. Mann, Lute C. Gillette and Will Wilkins. New York Clipper, March 16, 1889, p. 4.

    Roster of Whitney Circus: Mrs. G. L. Whitney, sole owner; Carl M. Gillette, general manager; Byron Killman, equestrian director; H. A. Mann, general agent; L. Gillette, second advance brigade; Will Wilkins, programmer; Geo. Messenger, boss canvasman with ten assistants; Frank Stapleton, boss hostler with nine assistants; Emmet Wells, in charge of cook tent with four assistants; Fed Florida, master of properties with three assistants; Ray S. Leach in charge of animals. Performers: Chas. McPhee, Byron Killman, Sam J. Hardy, Geo. Parento, Geo. Martine . . . J. Gagnier, Tom Cone, Cal. M. Gillette, Josie and Lulu Whitney, John Woods. Prof. Floyd Whitney's silver cornet band with the following members: Sam Porter, Jake Isenhart, D. Hunt, Geo. Martine, Frank Beckwith, Allen Hunt, Byron Killman, Sam Hardy and John Nehman. Concert people: Burt Cole, Den Hunt, Cal Gillette, Geo. martine, S. J. Hardy and Josie Whitney. The show travels by wagon using sixty horses and twenty-five wagons, a 110ft. top with a 45x70 menagerie top; six cages and a camel, eight trained dogs, four poneis and a donkey. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 238.

    Notes from Whitney's New Amusement Enterprise. Geo. Martine and D. Rock Hunt have recovered from their recent illness. They both had lead poisoning caused by using clown paint. The company are now headed for Indiana and Michigan, and close the season Oct. 19 at Lapeer, Mich. New York Clipper, August 10, 1889, p. 354.

    Whitney Family Circus Co. closed their thirty-third tenting season at their Winter quarters, Omlay [sic Imlay City], Mich., Oct. 19. New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 567.

1890:

    . . . Austin Sisters have signed for the coming season with the Whitney Bros.’ Show. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 791.

    The following is the complete roster of the Whitney Family New Amusement Enterprise for next season: Mrs. G. L. Whitney, sole owner and controller; Cal(?) M. Gillett, general manager; Chas. A. Whitney, treasurer; Byron Killmar, equestrian manager; Prof. Floyd Whitney, band master, and twelve musicians; Killmar and McPhee . . . Sam Hardy, George Scott . . . Edgar Geyer, the Three Hunt Brothers - E. R., Al. and Eugene - . . . Texas Harry and wife . . . Will Wilkins, Frank Beckwith . . . H. A. Mann, in charge of advance with six billposters; Will Silver, master of properties with three assistants . . . Andy Hughes sideshow; C. W. Silver, in charge of cook tent and four assistants . . . The show is being enlarged and remodeled, and the wagons repainted. Several workmen are making new wagons, etc. . . . The season will commence April 4, at Imlay City, Mich., traveling by wagons, and using about sixty head of horses and mules. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 806.

    The Whitney Circus and Museum opened the season at Imlay City, Mich., April __, to good business. The complete roster: Mrs. G. L. Whitney, owner and controller; C. A. Whitney, treasurer; Col. M. Gillette, general manager; Byron Killmar, equestrian manager; Prof. Floyd Whitney, bandmaster and ten musicians . . . Frank Stapleton, boss hostler and ten grooms; Will Silver, master of props and four assistants; C. M. Silver, in charge of cook tent with three assistants; Fred Florida, director of privileges; H. A. Mann, superintendent of advance with nine billposters; N.(?) J. Hardy . . . Geo. Scott, Geo. Martine . . . Col. Gillette, Edgar Geyer . . . Texas Harry, Austin, Killmar and McPhee . . . Frank Healy . . . S. E. Porter . . . Eugene Hunt . . . Frank Beckwith . . . John Woods . . . Leon Whitney, Addie Whitney . . . and Prof. Clark. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.

    Capt. Harry Hicks (Texas Harry) takes exception to the party with Whitney’s Circus using the title of Texas Harry. In a letter to us Capt. Hicks explains how he won the title in ??? at Fort Worth and he thinks its a piece of imposition for anyone else to use it. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.

    The Whitney Circus reports satisfactor business through Michigan. Prof. Floyd Whitney’s brass band has been made a special feature, and the members present a fine appearance in their gorgeous new uniforms. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.

    On the Road, Circuses: Whitney’s, Jackson, Mich. June 12, Horton 13, Litchfield 14 . . . North Adams 17, Hillsdale 18, Reading 19. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    Notes from the Whitney Bros.’ Circus. Business in the Hoosier State still proves satisfactory. George Scott is laying off at his home at Addison(?) on account of sickness. He is getting along nicely and expects to rejoin the show again at La Grange. . . . Frank Beckwith, one of the musicians of the show was quietly married at Pleasant Lake to ___, of Angola, Ind. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.

    Notes from the Whitney Show. At Middlebury, Ind., July __, a horse attached to a merry-go-round got frightened and ran away, spilling the occupants in all directions. One little girl had her shoulder broken, and several others were more or less hurt. The show had just commenced, and the ___ sounded like a cyclone for a minute. The merry-go-round was a total wreck. Shortly after somebody yelled fire on the outside, and the people in the tent stampeded like a lot of cattle. It took several minutes to get the audience quieted, and then the performance was continued. Edgar Geyer, juggler, was laid up for a few days recently with a bad throat, but is now working again. . . . Business since we have been in Michigan has been very good. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    At liberty after Oct. 18 for season 1890-91, Killmar and McPhee, the Columbia athletes, acrobats head to head balancing, first class tuba in band. Address as per Whitney’s Circus route. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 348.

    Notes from the Whitney Show. Business for the past fortnight or so has been very good. At Hopkins ___, Mich., Aug. 6(?), the worst calamity that ever befell the show happened. Just as the concert commenced a whirlwind struck the tent and ___ it to the ground . . . and was almost completely destroyed, the sides, seats and poles alone being saved. Fortunately no one was hurt. Performances were given the next afternoon and evening with the sides up only. On Monday morning, bright and early a new __ft. top, with a __ft. middle piece, was put up and everything ___ as smoothly as ever. George Woods, musician, joined at Hastings. . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 374.

    At liberty after Oct. 18, Cal. M. Gillette, advance agent, . . . twelve years’ experience in advance work two years’ manager. Permanent address, Lapeer, Mich., or per Whitney’s Circus route until Oct. 18. New York Clipper, October 11, 1890, 494.

    Whitney’s Circus closes its season Oct. 18. Success has attended its tour this year, and this show will be enlarged during the winter for the next tenting season. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.

    The Whitney Family Circus were obliged, through continued bad weather, to curtail their season, and closed at ___, Mich., Oct. 16(?). They report a profitable tour during the twenty-five weeks’ time. New features will be added next season, and the show will be enlarged. At Doylestown, O., Oct. 18, E. M. Vernelo was united in marriage to ___, a non-professional of that city. New York Clipper, November 8, 1890, 558.

1891:

    Killmar and McPhee will travel with the Whitney Circus, making their 11th season with that show. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.

    The Whitney Circus, of which Miller & ___ are the lesees, opens their season at Imlay City, Mich., May 2. Col M. Gillett will be in advance and Byron Killmar, equestrian manager. Prof. Floyd Whitney’s silver cornet band, with the following musicians: ?. B. Isenhart . . . Frank Moore, S. Hardell, Ed. Hart, Al. Hunt, H. Leslie . . . Frank Stapleton, boss hostler, with eight assistants; Frank Watts, in charge of cook tent, with four assistants. The show is being put into condition for the road and will carry about forty people, forty head of stock and sixteen wagons. The performers: Killmar and McPhee, Geo. L. Scott, Michael Tude(?), George Martin . . . S. J. Hardy, Billy Frayley . . . New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

    Wanted, a man who can make a good, strong sideshow opening and do Punch and magic. Also want a few more curios and paintings. W. P.(?) Welch, care Whitney Family Show, ___, Mich. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 51.

    The Whitney Circus report excellent business during their opening week, with everything working smoothly, and all well. James McGraw has the canvas, with eight assistants. W. Welsh has the sideshow, with Gus Warren and wife as the features. Chas. McPhee has the candy stand privilege. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney, Belleville, Mich. May 20 . . . Dundee 27 . . . New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Dundee, Mich, May 27, Deerfield 28, Blissfield, 29 . . . Swanton, O. June 2, Whitehouse 3, Waterville 4, Maumee 5, Perrysburg 6. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Stony Ridge OH June 8, Woodville 9 . . . Helena 11, Bellsville 12, Green Spring 13, 14. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    The Whitney Circus has been following their regular Ohio route for the past two weeks to reported good business, while the show is giving the best of satisfaction. It has rained almost every day for the past three weeks. . . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Wellington, O. June 30, La Grange July 1, Liverpool 2, Brunswick 3. . . New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.

    Wanted, circus people in all branches. Those doing two acts preferred, to strengthen company. Also an elephant and steam caliope [sic]. Address Whitney Family Circus Co. per route, or Imlay City, Mich. Forty-second year on road. Miller & Hardy, managers. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 322.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Barton, O. July 23 . . . Newton Falls, 28, Niles 29, Gerard 30, Youngstown 31 . . . New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.

    Whitney Family's New Amusement Enterprise consisting of tents seats, lights, wagon, horses, mules(?), and horses. Everything in good shape. Reasons for selling, poor health and death of my husband. Mrs. G. L. Whitney, Imlay City, Mich. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 357.

    Wanted, sideshow people, man and wife preferred; second sight, Punch and Judy, Circassian woman with snakes, fire kings, etc. Also good all ‘round concert man. Answer per route, or Imlay City, Mich. Miller & Hardy, managers, Whitney Family Circus. 42nd year on the road. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 360.

    Wanted at once, a set of triple horizontal bars, nickle plated, steel centres. Address Killmar and McPhee, per route of Whitney’s Circus. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 361.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Massilion O. Aug 10, Dalton 11, Wooster 12 . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Wooster, O. Aug 12 . . . Jeromsville 14, Ashland 15, 16. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Montpelier, O. Sept 23 . . . New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 489.

1892:

    Wanted, at once, for Whitney’s Imperial Shows, cornet player B-flat. Write or wire. Bryan, Ohio, June 10, Stryker 11 . . . Napoleon 14. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 224.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Deshier OH July 6, Liepaic 7, Ottawa 8, Columbus Grove 9. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.

    Roster of Whitney's Imperial Shows. G. S. Whitney, proprietor; C. A. Whitney, general manager; Col. M.(?) Gillette, advance agent with five billposters; George Martine, equestrian manager; Prof. J. B. Isenhart, leader of band, with ten musicians; Frank Stapleton, boss hostler, with six grooms; George Sharp, in charge of canvas, with eight assistants; George S. Scott, Michael ??de, the Martines, the Wests, Mlle. Maybelle, Sona Martine, J. B. Garnier and wife, Fred Martin, John H. Wood, Ed Holbrook, Dan Connors, Prof. W. J. And???, J. B. Isenhart, A. M. Hunt, Clarence Powers, Ed Hart, Burt B. Smith, W?? C. Downs, C. L. Ogle, W. ?. S??ten, E. H. Hunt, John R. Haines, Lon Marshall, C. M. Silver, Emmet Wells and Geo. Lawrence. The show will open about April 25(?), at Imlay City, Mich. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    Wanted, for Whitney Family’s New Imperial Show, a baritone player. Paulding, O. July 19, Antwerp 21 . . . Write or wire. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 303.

    Notes from Whitney’s Imperial Wagon Show. We are in our twelfth week of prosperity. Notwithstanding the eight weeks of severe rains, our canvas was packed nightly through the Michigan and Ohio circuits. Our show now consists of an even hundred people, being greatly enlarged in every department from former years. We carry an eighty foot round top, with two forty foot middle pieces, and travel under th personal direction of business manager C. A. Whitney. The full roster of the show: Mrs. Nellie E. Whitney, owner and controller; C. A. Whitney, business manager; Cal. M. Gillette, general agent, and fourteen assistants; C. Whitney, equestrian director; Professor J. B. Isenhart, musical director; W. Frank Stapleton, boss hostler, with nineteen assistants, with ninety-five head of stock; Geo. Sharpe, boss canvas man, with ten assistants; Fred McKinzie, properties, with four assistants; E.(F.?) Wells, chief cook, with five assistants; Chas. Baird, steward; Professor J. B. Isenhart, leader of band No. 1 . . . Performers: Josie W. Whitney, Leon W. Whitney, Tony West, J. B. Gagnier, Geo. Martine, Fred Martine, Michael Tude, Geo. Scott, Prof. W. J. Andrews, Ed. Holbrook, Bruce Richardson, Henry La Sage, Harry Pond, H. C. La Poli . . . Eugene Cerrico, Carry West, Lona Martine, Lora Gagnier, Cora Scott, Loulla Tude, J. B. Isenhart, Clarence Powers, Fred Melvin, Bert Smith, A. F. Hunt, A. M. Hunt, Ed. Hart, C. S. Ogle, Geo. Martine and Wm. Sutton. Band No. 2 . . . Sam Porter, J. E. Norris, Jack Bailey . . . Billy Lewis, Geo. L. Scott, C. S. Staunton . . . Bruce Richardson, W. La Combe. July Fourth was celebrated by five of our members joining the K. of P. Lodge at North Baltimore, making seven of that order now with us. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    From Whitney’s Imperial Show. We are doing a good business, the concert being a strong feature. The people: Ed. Holbrook, Bruce Richardson, the Wests, Martine, and Rummel and La Sage. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Hicksville OH July 23, Edgerton 24, Butler IN 26. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 300.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Vicksburg MI Aug 17, Schoolcraft 18 . . . Vandalia 20, 21, Cassopolis 22, Edwardsburg 23, Niles 24. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Maple Rapids, MI Sep 28, Carson City 29, Fowler 30, St. Johns Oct 1. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 473.

1893:

    Billy Barnes, late of Frink and Barnes, has closed a year’s engagement with a Kickapoo medicine company, and will visit his parents the rest of the winter at Cato, Mich. He has signed with the Whitney Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 753.

    At the Whitney headquarters everything connected with the outfit is undergoing thorough repairs, and the show will open the season with everything shining with new paint. N. E. & C. A. Whitney, proprietors; Cal. M. Gillette, general agent, with six assistants; Prof. J. B. Isenhart, musician director with ten mouth pieces . . . Frank Stapleton, head groomsman with tent assistants; Will Silver, master of properties with six assistants; Will Stapleton, master of transportation with fifteen teamsters; Wm. Terry, head cook, with six assistants . . . A. V. Whitney, privileges. Among the performers engaged are Signor and Edna Bell, Nevada . . . Mons. and Lulu Tude; G. L. Scott and wife; Leon P. Whitney; Jas. Fitzgerald . . . and Chas. Whitney and wife. The call is April 22. Show travels by wagon, opens at headquarters Saturday, April 29, and takes the road May 1. . . . New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 2.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Waterville MI May 31, Perrysburg June 1 . . . Woodville 3. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s . . . Niles O., July 21, Girard 22. New York Clipper, July 15, 1893, p. 296.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Newton Falls OH July 20, Niles 21 . . . Salem 26, Alliance 27, Louisville 28, Minerva 29. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 313.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney’s, Salem OH July 26, Alliance 27, Louisville 28, Minerva 29. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 329.

    John B.(?) and Fanny Ray have closed season of twenty weeks with Whitney's Show. New York Clipper, September 16, 1893, p. 447.

1894:

    L. C. Gillette has signed with Whitney's New Imperial One Ring Circus as general contracting agent for the season of 1894, making his ninth(?) year with the show. New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 801.

    The following have signed with Whitney's New Imperial One Ring Shows: Rice and Emmons with their pony, dog and goat circus; Clark and Place, aerial gymnasts; Millie Cerito, lady equilibrist; Frank Beckwith, light and heavy balancer; Tom Cone, talking and singing clown; Gus Warren, comedian; F. N. Ella . . . Bert Gray; F. D. Beckwith and Bert Cone, musicians; Lute(?) C. Gillette, general agent; N. E. and C. A. Whitney, proprietors; Col. M. Gillette, general manager; Bert Gray, musical director, and Frank Stapleton, master of transportation. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 833.

    The Whitney Show, of Imlay City, Mich., have not given the Andress & Scott Show now organized at ___, any right to use the name of Whitney in their title. The people interested in that show . . . New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 14.

    Whitney’s New Imperial Show notes. Everything is moving along in due shape at headquarters preparatory to our opening on April __. L. C. Gillette, general agent, arrived April 2(?), and was much pleased with the fine condition of everything. The advance No. 1 will take the road April __ with seven first class bill posters, and Charles Warner in charge of paper. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 85.

    On the road, circuses: Whitney's, Fowlerville MI May 16, Williamstown(?) 17. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.

1900: Whitney's Acrobatic and Specialty Company. Advance: General agent, E. S. Murphy; Contracting agent, J. F. Whitney; in charge of advance brigade No. 1, L. P. Whitney; Lithographer, W. Walbourne; Bill posters: Jas. Hardy, Fred. James and Will Dugan; in charge of advance brigade No. 2, J. F. Whitney; bill posters Art Johnson and Billy Sutton. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

1902: Notes from Whitney Family Big One Ring Show. We closed our third week last Saturday at Deshier(Deshler?), O., with the record afternoon business, and in the evening the ticket wagon closed at 7.30, and hundreds were unable to secure even standing room. Every available seat in the big top was ocupied, and people were seated round the ring bank and stage. The show is running smoothly in all departments. Master Julian, the boy acrobatic wonder, wins nightly applause, and the rest of the features of the big show receive their share. Our band, under the direction of Prof. John S. Phillip, makes daily success with their fine street concerts. We are about to add a fine museum layout, new top, banners, etc., which is expected on next week. This will give us one of the best equipped wagon shows now traveling. The ghost and the Old Reliable reach us every Sunday, and everybody is happy. New York Clipper, May 31, 1902, p. 313.

1903: Notes from the Whitney Family One Ring Shows. We played the Pioneer Day celebration at Kalida(?), O., on Sept. 5, giving a free performance in the afternoon on the public square for the committee of attractions, and exhibiting under our tents in the evening. At 7.15 the entire top was packed to suffocation clear to the ring bank, and we were forced to close the doors. A large crowd on the outside still clamored for admittance, and wanted another performance. After a little consideration Manager Whitney decided to give two performances, and the first show started at 7.25, and fifteen minutes after the first performance was over the second one was underway, with a large attendance. We think this is a record breakers, giving two complete circus performances in one night, not an act being omitted or cut. New York Clipper, September 19, 1903, 717.

• Information on the Whitney shows is in an article by Leon Packard Whitney & George L. Chindal, White Tops, September, 1951.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Fred C. Whitney's "Life on the Plains - 1889

    At Detroit Driving Park, big crowds, cowboys, Indians, steers, bronchos, and Dr. W. F. Carver, rifle shot. Show closed June 8 at Detroit, bad weather prevented large receipts. Leaves for New York and then sails to Germany. Show is doing great in Germany. Manager Blanchet will remain in Europe with the Whitney Wild West. Show also played at Vienna, Austria. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 205; June 15, 1889, p. 221; August 3, 1889, p. 336; August 31, 1889, p. 404; October 5, 1889, p. 496.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Whittier's - 1884

    Wanted for Whittier's Consolidated Shows, under canvas, to travel through Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont, for balance of season, a sensational act, single or double trapeze, lady or gentleman, or both; dancing barrel and cross or heavyweight teeth-lifter. Address F. W. Whittier, manager, Whittier's Consolidated Shows, Kingman, Maine. New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 285.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1884-85.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wiedemann's Show - 1910, 1912   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-1911

1910: Roster of Wiedemann Bros.' Big American Shows: Thos. F. Weidemann, sole owner; Joe C. Donahue, manager; Frank Moore, treasurer; W. W. Damron, legal adjuster; Al G. Grazee, steward; Frank Millard, trainmaster; Wm. Prievey, lot superintendent; Henry Boggs, arena boss; James Gavin, boss hostler; Bert Jacobs, bandmaster; James Donahue, privileges. Performers: Arthur Burson, Chas. Dryden, James Brooks and wife; Chas. Taggart, George Wallace, Frank Marshall, Billy Rooks, Al Lascoe, Wm. Allen, Clara Williams and Texas Donahue. Musicians: James Spelman, Frank Massek, Joe Tennis, S. M. Pill, O. A. Brown, Joe Renolds, Roy Goodin, E. E. Caperton, Maurice Winey, Patrick Weeks, Ed Moreland, Jack White, Alex Hilton and Horace Muggy. Chief Kills and Aeturns and his band of 27 Sioux warriors, squaws and papooses is a feature. W. F. Palmer has charge of the annex with the following people: Harry Kay, James Lunn and P. L. Berger, ticket sellers. Minstrel people: W. L. Eldridge, Jim Freeman, Sandy Hardin, Paul Cheatum, Gordon Harrison, Jack Miller, Eph Haley, Laura Williams, Sofa Smith, Marguerite Martin. Prince Congo, Zulu chief; Prof. Stanley, magic; Mlle. Verona, mind reader; Mons Sagello, Punch; Rice and Rice, musical act.
    Monday, March 28, the Wiedemann Show was billed for Idabel, Oklahoma. As the show was enroute Sunday, twelve miles from Idabel, the heavy show train spread the rails and piled four cars in the ditch. The wreckage was not cleared until late Monday afternoon, causing the show to lose the Monday stand. Tuesday, March 29, Foreman, Arkansas, fair matinee, big night house. Wednesday, March 30, at Oshdown it rained all day. Lost afternoon show on account of muddy lot. Evening performance to meager returns. Thursday, March 31, Murfreesboro. Fair business. Friday, April 1, Nashville, packed them in. Saturday, April 2, Washington, fairly good day. Billboard, April 16, 1910, p. 18.

1912: Harrisburg, Illinois, Feb. 9. Wiedemann Bros.' Kit Carson Buffalo Ranch Wild West will leave winter quarters this season larger than ever. A great many new wagons have been purchased. The train has been increased to almost twice its former size. T. F. Wiedeman has returned from Baraboo, Wisconsin, where he purchased from Ringling Bros. several cars, a herd of trained elephants, a steam calliope and other show property. Harry Parrish, trainmaster, is bringing the shipment to winter quarters. George Donahue will be equestrian director. James W. Beattie will have charge of the sideshow. W. H. Godfre will do the adjusting. Billboard, February 17, 1912, p. 2.

1915: Judge Hollister, May 8, at Cincinnati, affirmed the finding of Special Master W. H. Whittaker, deciding that the sale of the Wiedemann Wild West Show to the United States Printing and Lithographing Co. should be set aside. The reason for that was that the referee held that the sale was intended to be a preference of the company over other creditors and that it was made when Wiedemann was insolvent and heavily in debt. Attention was also called to the fact that the price paid for the property was only $3,000 though the circus was appraised as worth at least $25,000. The property is held to belong to the trustees of the Widemann estate for the benefit of the creditors. Billboard, May 15, 1915, p. 58.

• Wiedemann started with a one car show and did well until he put out a twenty car show that was a failure. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 21.

• Brief innformation on Widemann and his shows in in Bandwagon, July-August, 1973, pp. 4-7.

Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Weir Trained Wild Animal Circus - 1923

    Charles Weir, manager of Charles Weir Trained Wild Animals, which includes tigers, leopards and bears, has just purchased a pair of female baby Indian elephants and will have them broke to do an act this coming season and will add them to his above show. New York Clipper, February 21, 1923, p. 22.

    William Embrey has been engaged by the Weir Trained Wild Animal Cicus to break the two young female Indian elephants they recently purchased from Louis Kline. New York Clipper, March 14, 1923, p. 22.

• Charles W. Beall was known as Charles Weir. New York Clipper, July 11, 1923, p. 7.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

E. W. Wiggins' Show - 1884-85

1884: Harry Osborne is sideshow solicitor. New York Clipper, September 20, 1884, p. 419.

1885: F. R. Blitz is in a new partnership with E. W. Wiggins. New York Clipper, March 14, 1885, 821. Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wiggins' - 1892

    On the road, circuses: Wiggins’, Galesburg IL May 18 . . . Princeton 20 . . . La Salle 23, Ottawa 24, Streator 25, Pontiac 26, Kankakee 27, Morris 28. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 167.

    On the road, circuses: Wiggin’s, Belvidere IL June 1. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wild Mike's - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914

    Wild Mike's Overland Show: Jos. J. Walsh, proprietor; Michael H. Walsh, manager; Jas. Walsh, treasurer; Earl Sparks, secretary; John Allen, auditor; Harry Jackson, general agent; Walter Casper, R. R. contractor; John Castello, local contractor; Wm. Jones, contracting press agent; Jack Morris, advance press agent; John Kelley, press agent back with show; Mike Hall, manager sideshow; Wm. Taylor, equestrian director; Edw. Verder, supt. privileges; John Smith, musical director; Wm. Walsh, supt. reserved seat tickets; Edw. Morris, supt. canvas; Harry Lillie, trainmaster; Toma Deer, boss hostler; Wm. Night, supt. commissary dept.; Henry Gailer, supt. lights; Frank Snyder, supt. props; Joe Green, supt. ring stock; Chas. Morris, supt. working crew; Jacob Reed, 24-hour agent; John White, boss carpenter; Wm. J. Walsh, manager advance wagon; Chester Gorley, checker-up; Henry Kelley, legal adjuster; Louis Effenger, announcer. Show opens at Westgrove, Pa. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wilde's

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1935.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wilder Bros. Circus - 1989

Owned by Richard Keller, the show was out for awhile in February. Reports stated that the show played spot dates for several months. Some of their equipment was used on Guthrie Bros. in the Fall. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 13.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1989

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wilder's National Circus - 1873

    Wilder's National Circus, Chicago, Ill., is meeting with success. Mlle. Boshell appeared March __, and is giving fine wire walking. James Robinson's riding is the feature of the entertainment. Wm. Burke creates amusement. The old favorites Shappee and Whitney, the Stokes Sisters, Masters Clarence and Eurgen Robinson, and Frank Pastor, appear in new acts. And entire change of bill for this week. New York Clipper, April 5, 1873, p. 7.

    April 3. Attendance at J. W. Wilder's National Circus, Chicago, continues good. New faces the past week were Willis Wolf, leaper; Leon Bros., Japanese perch act; Otoksum(?), the Belle of Japan, who performs on the Japanese rope; and John Foster, clown. Miss Katie Stokes rides a bareback act. Master Clarence Robinson also rides a bareback act. The Leon Bros.' trapeze act, Jimmy Robinson's riding, Master Eurena Robinson's posturing, Wm. Burke's clownisms, Laiscelle and Nalcourt's Peschelle act, and Mlle. Boshell's wire volante are some of the most important features. Mlle. Dockrill's Parisian Troupe of riders, grotesque and performing horses, and Prof. Rogers and pupils appear on the 7th. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.

    J. W. Wilder's Circus, Chicago, Ill., closes on April 21, with a benefit to Mr. Leon, of the Leon Bros., who met with a severe accident last week. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Willard's Model Show - 1907-08

1907: Willard's Model Show opened at West Monterey, Pa., May 4, and has since played to excellent business despite unfavorable weather. They lost East Brady. The roster: Leroy Willard, owner and manager; Mrs. Leroy Willard, treasurer; J. M. Gardner, advertising agent; Joe Elliott, master of transportation; Prof. John A. Dorward, director of ponies; the Aerial Lees, Foust and Stone, revolving ladder; John Bachman, comedy juggler and talking clown; Thos. Nichols, singing clown and comedy barrel jumper; Clarence Wertz, master of stock; Prof. John Thomas, fire king; Nichols and Myers, comedy bars; Miss R. Willard, vocalist and dancer, and William Elwood, boss canvasman. Billboard, June 8, 1907, p. 47.

1908: Willard's Model Shows opened their season at East Brady, Pa., May 2, to big business, despite bad weather. The roster: Mr. and Mrs. Willard, Mr. and Mrs. Harry Glick, Mr. and Mrs. Leando, Mr. and Mrs. Mickling, Dick Lewis, Michael Rehley, John Bachman, John Sparrow and son, Willie Ellwood, Grover Scott, Roy McAnindo, Andy Croser, May Mack, Louis Rob, Michael Rieley and his band of ten pieces and Albert Steele in advance. Billboard, May 30, 1908, p. 21.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Jess Willard-Buffalo Bill - 1918

    Winter quarters. Jess Willard Buffalo Bill Wild West, Jess Willard, proprietor, Jacksonville, Fla. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.

    G. R. Milton, who managed the side show with the Jess Willard-Buffalo Bill Show, is at his home in Buffalo, N.Y. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 29.

    The Miller Bros., of Bliss, Ok., it is still rumored, will take over the Jess Willard enterprise. George L. and Zack T. Miller were visitors in Kansas City during the holidays. Billboard, January 19, 1918, p. 31.

    Jacksonville, Ill., Feb. 24. A deal was closed between Morris Miller, of the Great American Shows, and Jess Willard, owner of the Jess Willard-Buffalo Bill Show, whereby most of the equipment of the latter show will be used in connection with the Great Amerian Shows. The equipment consists of twenty-two cars, wagons, steam calliope and other paraphernalia. Mr. Miller announces that he has made arrangment with Jos. Krouse, whereby Krouse's four rides will be with the Great American Shows. A huge British tank has also been added to the show, and with the present equipment that Mr. Miller has it will place his show among the best. The Great American Shows will inaugurate the season at Savannah, Ga., March 16. Billboard, March 2, 1918, p. 37.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Williams & Co. - 1889, 1890-92 [Eph Williams, Ephraim Williams]

1889:

    Prof. E. Williams' Monster Railroad Circus closed its season at Richland Center, Wisconsin, Oct. 8. The Prof. has had one of the most prosperous seasons. He has salted down several thousand dollars. The show is in its Winter quarters at Medford, Wisconsin. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 574.

1890:

    On the Road, Circuses: Williams & Co.’s, Republic, Mich, June 12, Marquette 14 . . . New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.

    . . . Prof. Williams’ Railroad Shows. Aeronaut Baldwin will join the company July 23(?) at Wausau, Wis. The show is heading for the Dakotas, and the management report exceptional good business. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.

    Prof. Williams celebrated his thirtieth anniversary of his birth July 19(?) and was the recipient of a number of handsome and costly mementos. A diamond stud and a gold headed cane headed the list. Prof. Williams’ circus employes enjoyed a nice banquet, given by him. The circus is reported to be doing a fine business through Michigan. The roster: Prof. Williams, sole owner; J. W. Fletcher, general manager; Frank Skerbeck, treasurer; Richard Mack, master of canvas; P. Lent, boss hostler; Prof. Williams’ school of educated equines; Skerbeck Family; Mille Antoinette; Lace(?) Milligan and Billy Lee . . . Thompson and Loyal . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.

    Prof. Williams & Co.’s Mammoth Railroad Shows, Equine Wonders and World’s Fair Carnival. . . . Look out for our great tour of the East next season. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 333.

1891:

    People thus far engaged for Prof. Williams’ American and German Railroad Shows are: Mme. Cordelia; Chas. Morrison . . . Robert Whittaker; the Skerbeck Family; Clara Williams; Mabel Lawrence . . . Dart Bros.; Morris Moore . . . New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 22.

    Prof. Williams & Co.’s American and German R. R. Shows opened their season at Medford, Wis., May 4. This organization starts out under favorable auspices, and is fully equipped in every department. The head of the enterprise is well and favorable known through the West, and has been connected with several successful business undertakings of this order. Following is the roster: Prof. Williams, manager; C. T. Kimball, general agent, with ten bill posters; Robert Whittaker, equestrian director; Frank R. Skerback, treasurer; Chas. Morrison, boss canvasman, with twenty men; Prof. W. L. Vinton, leader of the band, with ten pieces; James Cranahan, boss hostler, with twenty-five men, and ninety head of stock. Performers: Robert Whittaker and Mme. Cordelia (bare back riders), Mme. Williams (manege rider), Frank Siecrott and wife, Three Darb Bros., M. Fitzgerald, Three All Rights, Prof. Thompson, O’Brien and Batchelder, Thorp and La Braza, Mlle. Lawrence and the Skerback Family, eight in number. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891.

    Prof. Williams & Co.'s circus gave two performances in this city on Wednesday . . . Prof. Williams started in the business about five years ago with a very small show and without any means. He stuck to it and kept increasing his stock and general paraphernalia and today he has five cars, nineteen horses, five or six wagons . . . He resides at Medford, where he owns a farm and winters his stock. . . . Stevens Point (WI) Journal, May 9, 1891.

    On the road, circuses: Williams’, Stevens Point, Wis., May :, Waupaca 7, Neenah & Oshkosh 9, Fond du Lac 11. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891, p. 155.

    Prof. Williams' circus will exhibit in this city on May 28th. This is decidedly a northern Wisconsin institution, and as such is beginning to attract considerable attention. Williams, the proprietor and manager, having graduated as porter in a Pullman palace sleeping car, bought a finely blooded horse, and during his spare moments he devoted himself to learning this horse all the tricks that horses were ever known to perform. Finally the idea of starting a "one horse circus" entered his mind, and a partnership was formed with that end in view. Misfortune overtook the first venture, and the concern would up its short career at the little town of Medford, in Taylor county. Having rid himself of his first unfortunate alliance, the people of Medford gave Prof. Williams such support and encouragement that he was enabled to start out on his own hook. He has gradually added to his attractions, and it now requires six cars to transport his paraphernalia. He has fifty horses, gives a street parade, and a very good performance. His winter quarters are at Medford, where he gave his initial performance this year on the 8th inst., which was greeted by a large attendance. Centralia (WI) Enterprise, May 23, 1891.

    Prof. Williams & Co.’s Shows report continued good business through Minnesota. Return dates are the rule. Bob Whittaker left the show at Sioux City, Ia., where he will become a boniface(?). Murphy O’Shea has been compelled to retire to his home at Appleton, Wis., on account of sickness. Frank Sherbeck is now equestrian director, and Wm. Kells has assumed charge of the annex. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.

    On the road, miscellaneous: Prof. William’s . . . Baldwin, Wis. July 23 . . . Black River Falls, 27 . . . Chippewa Falls, 30. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.

    Professor Williams’ tents were blown town by a tornado in Ashland, Wis., August 8, and George Debell and Louis Wilson were killed. New York Dramatic News, August 15, 1891, p. 10.

    The tents of Prof. Williams’ Circus were lifted by a tornado at Ashland, Wis., afternoon of Aug. 8. A large crowd, drawn from Washburn, Ashland, and the surrounding country, was witnessing the performance when the first crash of thunder and the rush of wind denoted the tornado’s approach. The spectators supposed it would be nothing more than a slight storm, and the employes took no further precautions than to ___ down the loose ropes. During a performance on the trapeze the storm broke in all its fury. The tent suddenly became dark, poles and ropes snapped, and the performance came to a sudden end. A panic followed, women and children screamed, and people rushed to the entrance, fearing that the tent would fall and bury them. Mingling with the shrieks of women and children and the yells of the men came to roars and howls of the animals confined in their cages. Some of these burst through their bars and sprang into the tent which the audience and performers were leaving. The attendants were panic stricken and ran away. Some of the tents were demolished, and the horses and freed wild animals escaped. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.

    On the road, circuses: Prof Williams, Ashland, Wis. Aug 12, Hurley 13, West Superior 14, Duluth, Minn. 15, Two Harbors 18, Hinkley 19, Taylor’s Falls 20, Stillwater 21. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.    Havoc Caused By a Storm. When the circus tent was blown down by the wind storm at Washburn, Wis., on Saturday week, Prof. Williams was exhibiting his trained horses. The animals dashed through the crowd of spectators, tramping many children under foot. One more of the victims died Sunday. The tent of the circus was carried fully a mile into the woods. All of the animals which escaped were recaptured on Sunday after an exciting chase except the Bengal tigers and an anaconda, which are still at large. A large bear was caught behind a restaurant eating peanut shells. Two bisons were captured and led back like pet dogs. One of the elephants became mired in a bog and was badly injured. The total damage is estimated at about $30,000. Gettysburg (PA) Compiler, August 18, 1891.

    Prof. Williams & Co.’s Circus, while giving an exhibition at Washburn, Wis., Aug. 8(?), was struck by a tornado, and the canvas was completely torn to shreds. Prof. Williams brought into requisition all the available help he could get to restore the fragments and wired for a new canvas, which arrived in forty-eight hours. He lost two stands, and will sustain a heavy loss. He spread his new canvas at Ashland, 11. Prof. Williams was going through the act with the trained horses when the tent fell flat. The horses, wild with fright, burst out through the mass of people. Two little children of Geo. Labelle and an unknown boy were taken out dead. They were blown a distance of 500(300?)ft. Miss Wilson had her right leg broken. The depot was turned into a hospital, and the dead and wounded carried there. It was a terrible scene, mothers frantically looking for lost children, children wandering about wounded and bleeding. It is impossible at this time to ascertain the names of the two killed, and the injured will be at least ___ men, women and children, several of whom will die. The animals escaped from their cages. The anacondas are still at large, and several other animals have not been captured. Mr. Williamson writes: "The loss will in no way cripple the show, as the season has been a successful one; but we lament the loss of life, and that so many people were injured." New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.

    Prof. Williams reports good busines with his railroad show through Minnesota. New York Clipper, September 5, 1891, p. 433.

    On the road, circuses: Prof. Williams’ . . . Marshalltown IA Sep 17 . . . Boone 22, Ogden 23 . . . New York Clipper, September 19, 1891, p. 467.

1892:

    The La Rose Bros. have signed with Prof. Williams’ Big R. R. Show. Harry La Rose will take the management. New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 747.

    Roster of the Prof. Williams Consolidated Railroad Shows: Prof. Williams, proprietor and manager . . . T. H. Ward, treasurer . . . Chas. Murphy, press agent and lithographer, and two assistants . . . John Whitey, boss canvasman and fourteen assistants . . . Sam Mack, cook and four assistants; Chas. Langly, in charge of lights; Chas. Wilson and James Cullen, privilege and side show. Performers: Prof. Williams, with his school of educated horses . . . the Hollands, return act and clowns; Lottie La Rose, menage act and premiere dancer . . . Frank Burt, balancing act and slack wire . . . Marie Barteno, lady juggler; Wm. Lewis principal equestrian and hurdle act; Brothers Rollings, pyramid act; Dobson Bros., brother act . . . The red, white and blue paint has commenced to flow around the winter quarters at Medford, Wis., and everything will be in fine order by May 1. The show will open undr a 110ft. round top, two __ft. middle pieces. A 100ft. round top and two __ft. middle pieces will be used for menagerie of fifteen cages, and 60(?)ft. round top for the side show. There will be fifteen cars and eighty-five head of stock. Will open May _, at Medord, Wis. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    Prof. Johnson and his silver cornet band of twelve pieces have been engaged with Prof. Williams’ Consolidated Railroad Shows. They have also engaged Peoria, Ill. drummer boys. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Holland and Westbrook have joined Prof. Williams’ Railroad Show. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    . . . Dick Moore signed with Prof. Williams’ Railroad Show as principle clowns. Mr. Williams has purchased of the Montana Stock Raising Co. ten beautiful spotted broncos, which will be used in the Wild West. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    The report of an attachment of $4,000 on Williams & Co.’s Circus is false. The management say they are not aware of any such claim, as the show is in the healthiest condition financially, and, notwithstanding the fact of mud and water since their opening May 7, they have done the greatest business in the history of the show. The people are all well and enjoying the best of health. De Mora, the Mexican wonder, is making an impression with his hand and chair balancing, while Morris C. Moore, the clown and jester, is holding his own. Prof. Williams is making a hit with his trick ponies and mules. The other people with the show are: Larose Bros., John Dusha, Richard Lewis, the Hollands, King Larbo, Dawson Bros. . . . The sideshow, in charge of W. D. McKee, is doing a big business. The people: W. D. McKee, Annie Huxsom, Sig. Blitz, two African Hottentots, camel backed horse, Prof. Burns, Eugene De Marble and wife, and a cage of African boa constrictors. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    The La Rose Bros., Henry and Joe, are with Williams & Co.’s Railroad Shows. Henry being the assistant manager. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 340.

    C. T. Kimball, father of Fred Kimball, of this city, has recently purchased the circus formerly known as Williams & Co.'s Railroad shows. The show carries 105 people and is said to be one of the best one-ring circuses traveling. They are at present showing in Iowa. Mr. Kimball has been in the circus business for thirty years, during which time he has traveled all over the world. Waterloo Courier (Waterloo, IA), August 24, 1892, n.p.n.

1893: Prof. Williams in Trouble. Arrested at Eagle River for Larceny but is Discharged. A well known gentleman of this city who has been working at Eagle River for some time, but has returned lately, says that Prof. Williams of Medford, the colored circus proprietor, who was recently married to Miss Rhoda Black of this city, got into serious trouble at Eagle River recently. His circus was showing at Eagle River last summer, and while there a doctor named Haddy lost an overcoat. In December the circus proprietor stepped into the drug store where Haddy had his headquarters, wearing the identical coat which had been lost. In conversation the doctor told Williams that he had lost a coat very much like the one he, Williams, had on, and also said that he was of the opinion that some person with the circus had taken it, and cautioned Williams to be on the lookout for the thief. As the conversation went on Dr. Haddy noticed his private mark on the coat and told Williams that he was wearing a garment which was not his own. Williams was immediately arrested, but at the trial last Wednesday at Eagle River he was discharged, after which he told the court how he came by the coat. He says that when the circus was showing at Eagle River one of the showmen was ill and Dr. Haddy was called in and hung the coat up in the car where the sick man lay. The doctor forgot his coat and it hung there until the company broke up when he, Williams, thinking it was too good to throw away, put it on and wore it. The gentleman who was present at the trial last week says that without doubt Williams was not guilty, and the story of Williams is believed by everyone in the vicinity of Eagle River, for they think if the man had any intention of stealing the coat he would not have worn it in a store where he knew it would be recognized. Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), February 2, 1893.

• Note: In 1887, Ephriam Williams was boarding at Briggs House, Appleton, WI, occupation Saloon (Appleton, Wi Directory, 1887). In the 1910 census Ephriam Williams listed himself as a showman, in the 1920 census, he was living in Winter Park, Florida, a widower with three daughters.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Frank W. Williams - ca. 1885

    Frank W. Williams, born near Youngstown, Ohio, May 5, 1871, joined the old Huffman Wagon show in 1885. In circa 1885 he put out a two-car dog and pony show. The show was not a financial success as appeared in a New York daily: "Prof. Williams, who started out in the early part of the season from Youngstown, O., with a fine aggregation, consisting of twenty-five ponies and fifty dogs, playing three-night and week stands, closed his season last week at Bergen Beach, Brooklyn, N.Y. Mr. Williams was unfortunate from start to finish, having encountered bad weather while on the road, and meeting with a big loss of five ponies while playing on the beach. He pluckily came to the front and liquidated every penny of indeptedness. His entire stock was sold August 3." Later Williams retired from the show business and launched his present business, and is one of Chicago's leading business men. Billboard, March 21, 1914, p. 66.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Williams Bros. Circus; Circus Williams - 1980

1980: Also known as Circus Williams, was owned by Jim and Carl Conley in 1980. The show opened May 10 at Kent, Ohio and remained in Ohio nearly all season. Bandwagon, January-February, 1981, p. 10.

• In November 1978, Carl E. Conley stated that seven years ago [1972], he and Jim Conley took out Circus Williams for two seasons. Their show lost money in the second season, and Carl went with King Bros. for three seasons and two seasons with Martin & Downs. He stated that he planned to put in a short seaon with his own circus in Summer 1979. Circus Report, November 6, 1978, p. 14.

• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Williams Bros., 1980, also notes that Carl E. Conley had Circus Williams out 1972-79.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Willis' Great Atlantean - 1878

    The Great Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition, Combined Menagerie, Circus, Museum and Caravan, now being organized and equipped, will commence its annual tour on or about April 15, 1878. Concert, candy stand and other privileges to let. Railroad show. Address, St. Charles Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. Frank E. Willis, proprietor. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 9, 1878, p. 395.

    The Mauritteus Brothers join the "Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition" in St. Louis, April 20(?). New York Clipper, March 23, 1878, p. 415.

    For the Great Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition the following performers are said to have been engaged: Mlle. Cora and M. Austin, the Victorellis, Frank Rivers, Sam McFlynn, the Maurittius [or Maurettas] Bros., Neil Smith and his performing dogs, John Leslie and Louie Vasour(?), John Lowando, Lorberg and Dinkelman, Robert Palmer, Mlle. Victoria, Annie Readon(?) and Col. Billy Andrews with Simon Blackchief and his troupe of Indian performers. Col. Ed F. Davis has secured the concert and sideshow privileges with the Atlantean Show. The privileges of this Great Exhibition were purchased by Wm. Gleason and R. Sanger of Chicago, Ill. [sometimes Altantean] New York Clipper, March 30, 1878, pp. 7, 8.

    Wanted, for the annex with the Great Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition, Combined Menagerie, Circus, Museum and Caravan, all kinds of curiosities. Would like to hear from a lady equestrian, Address Geo. Cook & Co., St. Charles Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 30, 1878, p. 8.
    Wanted, for the annex with the Great Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition, Combined Menagerie, Circus, Museum and Caravan, all kinds of curiosities. Would like to hear from a lady Phrenologist, Address Geo. Cash(?) & Co., St. Charles Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, April 6, 1878, p. 16.

    The Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition opened their season in Springfield, Mo., May 1; Pierce City, Joplin, and through Kansas to follow. New York Clipper, May 4, 1878, p. 47.

    The Atlantean Zoological and Equestrian Exposition, which was reported to have opened their season in Springfield, Mo., May 1, did not do so, a correspondent in that city informs us, and that they are not even billed there for any other date. Our St. Louis, Mo., correspondent has a few words to say on the subject. New York Clipper, May 11, 1878, p. 55.

    St. Louis, Mo. . . . The benefit of Mrs. Frank Willis and the performers who had been engaged for the Great Atlantean Circus by the absent Willis was not a great success. The Olympic could have held many more. Among those who are compelled to suffer through Mr. Willis' action are Mlle. Cora and M. Austin; Roas, tight rope walker; Drayton, cannon ball performer; Frank Rivers, the Lorberg(?) Brothers, Mlle. Lawonda, R. R. Palmer and John Leslie. New York Clipper, May 18, 1878, p. 62.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Willis' - 1886 (may not be a circus or related show)

    Willis Oriental Pavilion Show opened season at Jeffersonville, Ind., May 25. Route through Indiana and Illinois, travels by wagon and has eighteen horses. This is its third season. Proprietor and manager, W. R. Willis . . . New York Clipper, June 26, 1886, p. 232.

• Willis' Oriental Pavilion Show opened the season at Jeffersonville, Ind., May 25, 1886. Its exhibitions were under a 150 foot round top, with stage, it traveled by wagons, and had 18 horses. It was its third season. Note Sheet No. 3, Circus Historical Society, July 20, 1942.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Willison's - 1898, 1918

1898:

    For its initial performance in Honolulu, Willison's circus had a good audience. The interior was decorated and well lighted. There was an avenue of palms for the entrance and one big Hawaiia flag and lots of stars and stripes. The St. Leons and Jack Hayes were warmly welcomed. The lilliputians and the little pones furnish amusement. "Funny Peanuts," as a clown, is a prize for any circus. There is a division of opinion at to Harry Dixon and Lahl Sing. So far the best judges were satisfied that Dixon is superior to the man who was Wirth's star. He is certainly a phenominal horseman. Miss Frederica handles a horse beautifully, and Miss Willison is skillful with four horses. Miss Wallett rides well and an expert on the trapeze. The riding monkey made a hit. The Virets are wonderful in their contortion act. Last night the tots swung Indian clubs and the windup was an expose of circus riding with a boy whose antics made the people laught. The trick dogs and the Ceylon dwarf bull were not on the program. Mr. Willison says all he has in the shop will be shown in due time and that when all hands have their sea legs back they will do better yet. The band is a little lame, but is to be improved. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), January 21, 1898, p. 5.

    Big audiences greeted the circus company Saturday afternoon and evening. These were good-bye performances. The circus people rested yesterday and today are moving to Ewa plantation to show for two nights. The horses will be walked down this afternoon and in the moonshine of tonight and the heavy baggage will be carted by one of the local transportation companies. The band wagon and the jaunting car and the smaller wagons will be used as passerger vans. Mr. Willison figures that the walk will do the stock good. After Ewa, the circus will take passage Thursday for Kauai and after that will visit Maui. The intention then is to return to Honolulu and sail for the Klondike, via Vancouver on March 18. Several more shows will be given if a location can be secured. Mr. Willison is planning on offering something of a change. He says he has the material for a wild west show and may make a trial at it. Johnny Hayes has been signed with the circus and will leave the country with it. He will give more attention now to riding and acrobatic work. The management has given him a horse for his own use. Mrs. Willison has recovered from the effects of her fall of last Friday. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), February 8, 1898, p. 2.

1918: From The Australian Variety. "Bert Willison forwards an official program of the Willison-Wirth Circus and Menagerie, now doing a season in the Federal Malay States. The show has the following professionals: Pasquali, Eddie Bush, Jimmy Cotterell, Carl Wirth, Lucy West, Vic Pedrini, Adele Willison, Frank M. Willison, Genesco, the Ladderites, the Dentines, Wirewalking Reta and others. Many of these performers are well known in Australia." Billboard, December 28, 1918, p. 57.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Willor's - 1886, 1889, 1893

1886:

    Wanted for Willor's Railroad Circus. Performers of every description, gymnasts, jugglers, barrel kickers, wire walkers, song-and-dance teams, musicians, etc. except riders. Address Fred Willor, Fernandina, Fla. New York Clipper, September 4, 1886, p. 400.

1889:

    Wanted for Willor's R. R. Circus, brother act, contortionist, wire walker, club swinger, barrel kickers, people for concert, and musicians. Harry Elliott, Waldo, Fla. New York Clipper, August 31, 1889, p. 418.

1893:

    Wanted at once, circus people in all branches of the show business, male and female; also concert people and musicians. Season five months. Willor’s New Southern Shows, Tampa, Fla. Show opens Jan. __, 1893. New York Clipper, December 31, 1892, p. 699.

    Wanted, circus people in all branches of the business, except riders, as I have them. Willor’s New Southern Shows, Tampa, Fla. New York Clipper, February 11, 1893, p. 794.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

A. Wilson Show - 1900

    Probably will run out a big 10, 20 and 30 cent show under canvas. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

John Wilson's - 1859, 1860-68, 1872-76, 1880, 1882-83, 1885

• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists The Great Elephant Show and Circus, John Wilson and E. W. Henderson, owners, 1859. In 1860 it was "Dan Rice's Great Show and Sands, Nathans & Co.'s elephant Exhibition, John Wilson and E. W. Henderson, owners.

• 1859: online at Clipper, August 6,   Clipper, September 3

• 1860: online at:
Clipper, January 7,   Clipper, June 2,   Clipper, June 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 7,   Clipper, July 21,   Clipper, September 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 6,   Clipper, November 3,   Clipper, November 10 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 24,   Clipper, December 1 (scroll down)

• Information on John Wilson, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.

• 1861: online at Clipper, January 5,   Clipper, March 16,   Clipper, October 19 (scroll down)

1862 (Joe Pentland's):

    [Advertisement] Joe Pentland's Great World Circus! J. Wilson & Co., proprietors. This mammoth establishment will exhibit in Placerville on Monday evening, September 15th, 1862. Also, in Georgetown on Tuesday evening, September 16th. On which occasions will be produced an entire change of program. Sig. Sebastian will introduce his celebrated trotting act which has never before been attempted in California. Admission to the entire pavilion, only one dollar, children half price. For full particulars, see bills of the day. Wm. Pridham, advance agent. Weekly Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), September 13, 1862, n.p.n.

• 1862: Joe Pentland's (John Wilson) online at:
Clipper, March 15,   Clipper, April 5,   Clipper, April 26 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 17,   Clipper, May 24,   Clipper, May 31 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 28,   Clipper, August 2,   Clipper, September 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, November 1,   Clipper, November 29,   Clipper, December 6 (scroll down)

1863:

    [Advertisement] Grand National Circus! Entirely new performances. This great company will perform in the city of Placerville on Tuesday evening, July 14th, 1863, and will appear in determined by friendly contest to gain the palm of superiority for daring deeds of horsemanship, and acrobatic and gymanstic feats. Foremost in the galaxy of stars included in this great company is the great performing clown, Mr. William Aymar, whose popularity throughout the world has justly entitled him to the appellation, long bestowed on him, of The Modern Touchstone, and the only clown of the present day fit to wear the mantle of Grimaldi.
    M'lle Emma, the beautiful and accomplished lady - the premiere equestrienne of the United States. Wm. Franklin, the great somersault rider. Mons. Le Claire, the celebrated and versatile performer. Motley Brothers, the two comics of the age. Mons. Codona, whose terrific feats of riding and gymnastic acts have created the wildest enthusiasim and delight, and who is acknowledged to be the best general performer living. Signor Covelli, the daring and accomplished performer. Mr. Wm. Painter, the renowned gymnastic, acrobatic and flying trapeze performer. Delavante Brothers, whose gymnastic performances are unparalleled and unapproachable.
    A fine collection of highly trained horses and ponies. The performance will be enlivened by choice selections of music by a magnificent brass and string band. In fact, every act produced in the arena, will be of a superior character. The management will, therefore, be pardoned for directing public attention to the fact that only the most liberal patronage will render it remunerative. Go one, Go all! Admission one dollar, children under 10 years, half-price, under 5 years, free. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), July 11, 1863, n.p.n.

• 1863: online at:
Clipper, January 10,   Clipper, January 17,   Clipper, May 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 13,   Clipper, June 20,   Clipper, August 22 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 3,   Clipper, November 28,   Clipper, December 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 19 (scroll down)

• 1863, also see Lee, Worrell & Sebastian.

1864:

    [Advertisement] Wilson & Zoyara's Great Circus will give their last performance in Placerville on Monday evening, August 22d, for the benefit of the Placerville City Guards. The company will proceed direct to San Francisco, to perform their farewell engagement, and leave for Australia, on or about the 1st of October. All should witness the great feats of the Carlo Family. And the world renowned Zoyara. As this is positively the last opportunity in this place. J. Alexander, agent. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), August 20, 1864, n.p.n.

• 1864: online at:
Clipper, April 30,   Clipper, June 11,   Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 16,   Clipper, October 1,   Clipper, October 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 22,   Clipper, December 10 (scroll down)

• 1865: online at:
Clipper, February 4,   Clipper, March 18,   Clipper, May 27 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 17,   Clipper, July 1,   August 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 12,   Clipper, September 2,   Clipper, September 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 21,   Clipper, November 4 (scroll down)

• 1866: online at Clipper, May 12,   Clipper, June 9,   Clipper, August 18 (scroll down)

• 1867: online at:
Clipper, January 26,   Clipper, June 1,   Clipper, June 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 20,   Clipper, September 14,   Clipper, October 26 (scroll down)

• 1868: online at:
Clipper, February 22,   Clipper, May 2,   Clipper, July 11 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 1,   Clipper, November 14,   Clipper, November 28 (scroll down)

1872:

    Wilson's Circus has passed through the hands of the Sheriff in Oregon. He distrained the giraffe and leveled on the elephant. Salt Lake Daily Tribune (UT), November 13, 1872, p. 1.

1873:

    John Wilson has built a permanent hippotheatron at San Francisco, Cal., and is awaiting the arrival of performers from New York before opening. If possible, it will be the purpose of Mr. Wilson to give performances all the year round. New York Clipper, February 1, 1873, p. 351.

    Lent being over, John Wilson resumed the season for one week at his amphitheatre, San Francisco, on April 14, as a farewell to the public before undertaking the annual tour over the Pacific slope. The principal attractions are Mlle. Laura, gymnast, and Omar Kingsley, in his acxt of Ella Zoyara. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.

    At the Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., the fierce and relentless rivals, John Wilson and Yankee Robinson, joined their forces together in one entertainment on April 21, and have showed during the week with tolerable success, although the horses suffered slightly from the epizootic. The stars were Omar Kingsley, John Conklin, Sanyeah, Laura Clark. The season closes on the 28th, when the interior tour will at once be inaugurated. New York Clipper, May 10, 1873, p. 47.

    Harry Causland, musican clown, has been re-engaged by manager John Wilson of the Parisian Circus to travel this season. New York Clipper, May 17, 1873, p. 55.

    John Wilson and Yankee Robinson's Consolidated Circus and Museum put in one night at San Jose, California on the 10th. They went thence to the Almaden Mines on Sunday, the 11th. New York Clipper, May 24, 1873, p. 62.

    The Great Eastern Circus, which has "no flaming posters and pictorial to decieve the public," commenced a season on the Jackson street lot, San Francisco, Cal., on Nov. 28(?). It is understoon that Mr. John Wilson, so long identified with the California arena, is the manager of the circus. New York Clipper, December 13, 1873, p. 295.

    Notice to circus managers. In the issue of the Clipper of Dec. 13, a notice of the Great Eastern Circus performing in San Francisco, Cal., under the management of Mr. John Wilson, this is to notify all persons that the title of The Great Eastern Circus has been duly copyrighted by us, and the use of that title by any other person or persons is a clear infringment upon our rights. Haight & Co., proprietors and managers of The Great Eastern Circus. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, December 27, 1873, p. 307.

1874:

    Wilson's Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., opened to the public on Jan. 28, with a circus troupe partially new to the Pacific slope. . . . The performances thus far have included the riding of Wooda Cook, Master Johnny Cook, Frank Lee, James Lee and Miss Helen Cook, balancing on the the slack wire by Mlle. Adelaide, contortion feats by Master Eugene Brisaac(?), performing on the triple bars by Leon and Lascelles, leaping by Fred O'Brien, trained horses by Omar Kingsley, and performing on the trapeze by Mlle. Turnour. Correspondence dated Feb. 1. New York Clipper, February 14, 1874, p. 367.

    At John Wilson's Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., the Siegrist Troupe made their first appearance on Feb. 16(?). . . . New York Clipper, March 7, 1874, p. 391.

    John Wilson's Palmer Amphitheatre at San Francisco. The company includes the Dockrills, Kennebels, Omar Kingsley, Carlo Family, Ducrow Brothers, Amelia Bridges, Fred O'Brien, Leon Samuells, Johnny Cooke, Pete Lee, etc. New York Clipper, April 25, 1874, p. 31.

    At the Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, fair business was done during the week ending May 2. The programme included the following features: pony hurdle act, Young Leo; trick horse act, Omar Kingsley; scenic act, R. H. Dockrill; bottle act, William Carlo; equestrian act, Mme. Dockrill; leaping, Fred O'Brien; latter in the air, Leopold Brothers; Ella Zoyara, Omar Kingsley; Two Comiques, Kenebel Brothers; acrobatic act, Carlo Brothers; hurdle act, Mast. Johnny Cooke and performing elephant, Princess Mollie. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.

    John Wilson's Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., with its company of Kingsley, the Dockrills, Kenebels, Cookes, Leopold, etc., with the Warm Spring Indians under Donald McKay. The season was to end on the 27th, when the circus company was to begin its regular annual tour of the Pacific Coast, and the Indians come to New York. New York Clipper, June 6, 1874, p. 79.

    [Advertisement] Palace Amphitheater and Grand Circus, after performing for one hundred and fifty consecutive nights in San Francisco, with John Wilson's Star Troupe, will give two performances in Reno, Nevada, Monday, June 22, 1874. Doors open at 1 p.m. and 7 p.m. M'dlle Victorine, queen of the ring. Fred O'Brien, lion leaper. The Parisian Clowns. And Leon and Lascelles. J. A. Dodge, agent. Nevada State Journal (Reno, NV), June 19, 1874, n.p.n.

    Salt Lake City, Utah, July 8, "Wilson's California Circus pitched their tents in this city July 3, and gave one performance on that day to fine business. The afternoon exhibition on the 4th was poorly attended, but in the evening there was a large house. Monday evening, fair house only. They were at Provo 7, at Merican Forks 8. They return and give one performance here 9, for the benefit of the Carlo Troupe; thence to Ogden, Cheyenne, Denver and St. Louis." New York Clipper, July 25, 1874, p. 134.

    John Wilson's Palace Amphitheatre Circus of San Francisco showed at Nebraska City, Neb., Aug. 11. A retired showman sends us his opinion thereof under date of Aug. 13: "It is not an exaggeration to say that the performance throughout was head and shoulders above anything else of the kind ever witnessed in Nebraska. This company came to us meagerly bille, the street parade was very indifferent, and even the grand entree was commonplace; but from that time forward there was not a poor act in the ring. Mlle. Dockrill, "Empress of the Arena," truly merits her title. Mr. R. R. Dockrill in his bareback Indian act was very acceptable. Johnny Cooke is a superb juvenile rider. The Carlo Family are wonderful athletes, little Leo and Harry in their trapeze act elicited round after round of applause. Fred O'Brien, the leaper, throws a double somersault over a number of horses and a pyramid of men. Leon Lascelles, Worland and Carr in their triple bar act are astonishing. The French clowns, the Kennebels, are irresistible. The company contains other artists of merit, and the two finely trained horses managed by Omar Kingsley are elegant. . . . " New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.

    John Wilson's San Francisco Palace Circus is to open a season at the new Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., Jan. 1, 1875. James Robinson, his wife and two sons, and Wm. Gordon left St. Louis the past week for San Francisco to join Wilson's Circus. Mr. R. and family have been spending the past few months on his farm in Andrian County, Mo. New York Clipper, December 19, 1874, p. 303.

1875:

    Mr. James Robinson, famous bare-back rider, his wife and two sons, together with his brother-in-law, Mr. Wm. Gorman, the hurdle rider, leave in a few days for California, where the champion equestrian has an engagement for eight months with Wilson's circus and menagerie. Mr. Robinson has been spending the past few months at his farm in Andrian county, Mo. - Columbia Herald. Sedalia Daily Democrat (MO), January 7, 1875, n.p.n.

    John Wilson begins his regular season at the Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., on Jan. 25(?), with a new company. The principal artists are James Robinson, the bareback rider and his two sons; Omar Kingsley, Robert Johnstone, Budd Gorman, Nat Austin, Romeo Sebastian, Johnny Cooke, the Runnels Family, Signor Ferranti, and Mlle. De Granville. New York Clipper, February 6, 1875, p. 359.

    The reward John Wilson had in return for the long circus season at the Palace Amphitheatre, San Francisco, Cal., with a large company under heavy salaries, is to find himself out of pocket. The end of the season came suddenly on April 5, and scarcely before it was known abroad, preparations were made for country travel. Mr. Wilson has lost two of his principal attractions, the Jackley Family having gone to Woodward at his Gardens on Mission street, and James Robinson having gone over to Montgomery Queen. New York Clipper, May 1, 1875, p. 39.

    Omar Kingsley and Robt. Johnson are forming a circus troupe out of John Wilson's scattered forces, for country travel this Summer. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.

    The unlooked for appearance of John Robinson with Montgomery Queen's Circus in San Francisco was followed by a sequel. John Wilson has brought suit against him for breach of contract, and another against Montgomery Queen for damages sustained. The sums sued for amount in all for $25,000. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.

    The Palace Amphitheatre Circus, from San Francisco, Cal., is now traveling in Nevada, and will go thence into Washington Territory, Oregon and possibly Australia. manager, Omar Kingsley; treasurer, William Thompson; equestrian director, Robert Johnson; . . . master of horse, Dr. Snyder; press agent Harry Dodge; riders, George Shields, Albert Herbert, John Cook, Miss Linda and Mr. Leon; Charles Drayton, cannonball performer, and Flora Talbert, globe performer; gymnasts, the Jackely Family, Cassim; and Miss Londa, floating wire; clowns, Charley King and Jack Lee; proprietor of sideshow, Frank Frost; curiosities, a crocodile, talking seal, alligator, and Prof. Cooper's Punch-and-Judy show; proprietors of concert, Frost & King. New York Clipper, June 19, 1875, p. 95.

1876:

    John Wilson's Palace Circus was to have closed a season in Auckland, New Zealand, Jan. 22. New York Clipper, March 4, 1876, p. 391.

    Dunedin, New Zealand, March 21, 1876. John Wilson's Circus has for the past three weeks doing a splendid business. New York Clipper, May 20, 1876, p. 63.

1880:

    Australia, May 20. John Wilson's Circus is to come from India to Melbourne for the exhibition season. New York Clipper, July 3, 1880, p. 120.

1882:

    Melbourne, Australia, Feb. 22, 1882. Wilson's Great World Circus is once more located in this city. This is the third trip Mr. Wilson has made to Australia. The company includes John Wilson, proprietor; Robert Johnson, advertising agent; Herr Max Schumann, equestrian director . . . James Rigby, programmer; Eugene Lee; Charles Sweetman, leader of orchestra; Herr Max Schumann, Archibald O'Brien, Prince Adolph . . . Arthur Moynham, John Cooke, Matthews Brothers, Miss Victoria Cooke, La Petite Adele, Miss Anne Wilson, Miss Annie Matthews, Miss Ella Wilson, Miss Annie Shields, and Madame Valeska. At the conclusion of their season they will leave for Adelaide. It is not determined whether they will go to Cape Town with a tour through South Africa, or return direct to America. New York Clipper, April 1, 1882, p. 26.

    Melbourne, Australia, March 21, 1882. Wilson's Circus has had a good season. The season will finish shortly after Easter, when the circus will migrate to Adelaide for a term, and then go direct to Calcutta. In the meantime, Mrs. John Wilson will go to England to arrange for talent for the Indian tour, to open in September. New York Clipper, May 6, 1882, p. 116.

    Melbourne, Australia, April 18, 1882. Wilson's Circus is in Baharat. Charley Ross and Miss Ella Wilson, daughter of the proprietor, who were married recently, are in New Zealand, enroute to the United States. New York Clipper, June 3, 1882, p. 180.

    John Wilson's Circus was in Calcutta, India, at our latest advices, Jan. 2. New York Clipper, February 17, 1883, p. 782.

1883:

    John Wilson, circus proprietor, has been visiting his home in Paterson, N.J., where his parents have resided for forty years past. He is to sail May 16 for Liverpool, Eng., enroute for Calcutta, India. He is to take with him five trotting horses, thoroughbred Hambletonians, four of them mares. On May 10 his agent in India succeeded in purchasing for him a white elephant. Mr. W. proposes returning to New York next year, bringing with him some forty of the best elephants out of his herd of ninety. New York Clipper, May 19, 1883, p. 136.

    John Wilson's Circus opened a season in Bombay, India, March 16. New York Clipper, May 26, 1883, p. 164.

1885:

    Wilson's Circus Co. landed at London, Eng., Nov. 9 from Hamburg, Ger. The horses, lions, tents, etc., were immediately forwarded to the Albert Docks and re-shipped for Calcutta. Ten hours prior to the ship sailing, Mrs. Anna Wilson (the proprietress) was taken suddenly ill, and the whole concern had to be relanded. Now it is announced that the outfit will be offered for sale 19. [Note: proprietor John Wilson died in 1885.] New York Clipper, November 28, 1885, p. 580.

• 1886: The effects of Wilson's circus were sold at auction in London, Eng., Dec. 17. Fair prices were obtained. New York Clipper, January 9, 1886, p. 676.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wilson Bros. Wild West

• 1913, the show played Baraboo, Wisconsin. Bandwagon, September, 1952, p. 3.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wilson & Taylor - 1915

    [Advertisement] Wilson's Wild Animals. Not part of Harry G. Wilson's Collection of Wild Animal Acts have been sold. Mr. Peter Taylor, animal trainer, has secured an interest in the show, and the show will be launched this year under the name of Wilson & Taylor's Wild Animal Circus. . . . Peter Taylor, Imperial Hotel, Chester, Pa. H. G. Wilson, Philadelphia, Pa. Billboard, January 23, 1915, p. 59.

All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Max Wiltshire Circus - 1922

    Dan Rowe writes that the Max Wiltshire Society Circus stranded at Oaktown, Ind., June 9, and that manager Max Wiltshire has disappeared. Billboard, June 17, 1922, p. 60.

    In the issue of The Billboard dated June 17, I saw an article which Dan Rowe had put in, that the Max Wiltshire Circus had stranded at Oaktown, Ind., June 9, and that Max Wiltshire had disappeared. I wish to correct this statement, as I had a half interest in the show at that time. I came on here to Evansville ahead of the show to play some free attractions at the park. I booked the Wiltshire Circus in here, which is here at the present time, doing business, and everybody with it is contented and happy. - Roy Thompson. Billboard July 1, 1922, p. 103.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Mighty Wing Show - 1919

    Elmira, N.Y., Jan. 11. Robert G. Wing, manager of the Mighty Wing Show, has arrived back from army service in England. He will make a business trip to New York, where he will arrange for the purchase of a complete new outfit, including canvas. The show this year will carry thirty people. "Red" Roswell will have the band as before. R. E. Hendershot will be general agent. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Winner & Curran's - 1919

    Charles F. Curran, circus and carnival man, and N. H. Williams, veteran circus man, late of Barnum & Bailey, Pawnee Bill and Frank A. Robbins shows, have joined hands for the coming season and will put out a wagon show equal to about eight cars in size, playing on and two-day stands. The show, under the title of Winner & Curran's Combined Shows, will open near Newark, N.J., about May 1. It was first intended to travel by rail, but being unable to obtain certain contracts, this was changed. The canvas will consist of a seventy with two thirty-foot middle pieces for the main show and a fifty with a thirty-foot middle piece for the sideshow. The usual stands and downtown attractions will also be carried. One ring and an elevated stage will be used for the performance, for which many feature acts have been contracted. The people will eat and sleep on the lot, but a new idea will be launched for sleeping quarters. Winter quarters will be established at South Amboy, N.J., January 15, while the offices will be in Parlin, N.J. Billboard, January 11, 1919, p. 28.

    I. Therrien has been engaged to direct the big show band with the new Winner & Curran Combined Shows. It will be recalled that Prof. Therrien was band leader with the Leon W. Washburn Attractions for several seasons, as well as cornet soloist with several of the large organizations. He will have a twelve-piece band this season. The Winner & Curran Circus will open the season about May 1 near Newark, N.J. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 62.

    George B. Chandler, formerly with the advance of the Pawnee Bill and Buffalo Bill Shows, has been engaged as general agent for the Winter & Curran Combined Shows. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 30.

    Winner & Curran Circus, which will open the season about May 1, with the outfit nearly complete, except painting, for the opening, changes have taken place the past week. It was stated previously Winner & Curran would take the circus out as an eight-car railroad show, but they found that the contracts they wished could not be obtained. It was decided to go overland on wagons and play the smaller towns. This idea has been changed, as Messrs. Winner and Curran have purchased the entire Harris Show from Charles Harris and the outfit is on the way to winter quarters at South Amboy, N.J. The Harris Shows consisted of twelve baggage wagons, ticket wagon, cages, clown carts, advance and band wagon. Together with sixteen lengths of blues and six lengths of reserved seats, seventy-five foot top, with one forty and one thirty foot middle pieces; dressing, horse, pony and cook tents, marquee and complete riggings, poles, lights, props and uniforms. The color scheme of the Winner & Curran Circus will be a big flash, getting away from the famous circus color of red and blue. The Winner & Curran will use twenty-one styles of paper. I. Therrien and his band will be one of the features on the streets at seven o'clock daily, also a free attraction preceeding the first performance. The circus will play medium-size cities with the route practially arranged for the entire season. Mr. Winner is busy at the circus office at Parlin, N.J., while Charles F. Curran is on a business trip in the interest of the circus. The inital performance and opening will be in a city of 15,000 population near Newark, N.J. - F. G. C. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 30.

    Sam Freed, the past three years with the La Tena, Sig Sautelle and Frank A. Robbins Shows, has signed for the coming season with the Winner & Curran Big Shows to do press work and handle the tickets. Billboard, March 8, 1919, p. 69.

    Winner & Curran Circus wants boss canvasman and seat man. Also want two cornets and two clarinets, two basses, two trap drummers for big and sideshow bands (no parades), oriental dancer, two male ticket sellers, three property men, assistant light man, second cook, canvasmen. May 8, High Bridge; 9 Hampton; 10 Washington; 12 Oxford; 13 Hackettstown; 14 Netcong; 15 Newton; 16 Branchville; 17 Sussex; all New Jersey. Billboard, May 10, 1919, p. 83.

• More on the 1919 Winner & Curran's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wintermute Bros. - 1889, 1890-93, 1896-97, 1900-02, 1913

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1891-1913

1889:

    Wanted for the Wintermute Bros.' Show, contortionist, bar performers, brother act, etc. Open April 20. Wintermute Bros., Hebron, Wis. New York Clipper, March 16, 1889, p. 15.

1890:

    Prof. Wiley and his troupe of performing dogs have been engaged for the Wintermute Bros.’ Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 797.

    Wintermute Bros.’ New Colossal Shows. Wanted, for tenting season, to open April __. Performers of all kinds, except riders. We travel by wagons. Wintermute Bros., Delavan, Wis. . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 834.

    J. Cunningham, contortionist, has signed with the Wintermute Bros.’ Show for the season. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.

    The Wintermute Bros.’ Show for this season is made up as follows: Wintermute Bros., proprietors . . . Wm. Hall, boss canvasman; Jas. Masterson, boss hostler; Prof. Wiley and his troupe of dogs; the Gilmore Bros.; J. Cunningham; Claude La Verne; Louis Frierberg; Thos. Wintermute . . . Harry Wintermute; Frank Hall and the Crow Bros. . . . The show will take the road April 30, and will use a 95ft.(?) top and about forty head of horses. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 59.

1891:

    Wintermute Brothers’ New Collossal Shows. Wanted, a few more performers that can do more than one turn, also advance agent this is a close contractor, and first class billposters, canvasmen, grooms, cooks, boss canvasman and working people of all kinds. Wagon show season will open April 30(?). Address Wintermute Bros., Hebron, Wis. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 781.

    The Wintermute Bros.’ Show will be made up as follows for the season of 1891: Wintermute Bros., proprietors; Geo. C. Bearnard, contracting and press agent; Halsey Wintermute, in charge of paper; Jack Root, boss canvasman; Burt Cooley, boss hostler. Performers: James and Eddie Cunningham, Chester Roy, Thos. Wintermute, Frank Cushing and wife, Dan Merton and wife, Geo. C. Russell, Dick Saunders, Wm. Lowery and Harry Wintermute’s troupe of ponies and dogs. Walter R. Hinman will furnish a band and orchestra of ten pieces. Sideshow attractions: Ella, mind reader and snake charmer . . . Two illusions, three cages of animals, etc. Concert people: Mack Owens, Roy and Taylor, Maud Cushing and Henry Hyke. All the canvas will be new, consisting of a 100ft. round top, 40x60ft. sideshow, 30ft. dress tent, two four pole horse tents and one cook tent. A number of new wagons, including an elegant band chariot, have been built during the winter. The show will open at Whitewater, Wis., the latter part of April, and will tour Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota, traveling by wagon and using about forty head of horses. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    The Wintermute Bros.’ Circus opened their season in Wisconsin April 29 to good business, which has continued ever since. Everything is new, including the 100ft. round top, 50ft. dress tent, new horse tent, band wagon and cages. The show travels by wagon, and has forty head of horses. The roster: Harry, Thomas and Halsey(?) Wintermute, proprietors; Thos. Mitchell, boss hostler, with ten assistants; Jos. Eldenharten, boss canvasman, with fifteen assistants; Walter R. Hinman, leader of band, with ten musicians; Frank Cushing, Mrs. Cushing, Mack Owen, Kittie Murphy, Chester Roy, Jennie Cairns, James Cunningham, George Russell, Walter Taylor . . . Joe. Ballinger . . . New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros.’, Harmony, Minn. May 27, Preston 28 . . . Lime Spring, Ia. 30. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros., Pomeroy, Ia. Aug 10, Fonda 11 . . . Ruthven 13, Estherville 14 . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1891, p. 365.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros., . . . Estherville, Ia. Aug 14, Jackson, Minn. 15. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 386.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros.’, Blooming Prairie, Minn. Aug 26 . . . West Concord 28, Pine Island 29. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 417.

    The Wintermute Bros.’ Circus closes the most prosperous season of its existence at Palmyra, Wis. Oct. 7. The roster remains the same as when we opened, with a few exceptions. Thos. Wintermute was recently married at Nova Springs, Ia., to Ada Hall, a non professional, and we celebrated with original packages. The Clipper and the "ghost" have never missed a Saturday since the season opened. Cunningham’s contortion act is a big feature in the big show, and Owen and Roy are a big card in the concert. The show will be greatly enlarged for next season. Nearly all this season’s people are re-engaged, including Walter R. Hinman and his band. Next season’s outfit will include a brand new 100ft. round top, with a 50ft. middle piece and an 80(?)ft. menagerie. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros., Hebron WI Oct 7. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 523.

1892:

    F.(?) W. Hall, formerly with Wintermute Bros.’ New Colossal Shows, has signed as general contracting agent with Sample’s Twenty-five Cent One Ring Circus. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.

    Happenings with Wintermute Bros.’ Circus. This show, while wintering at Hebron, Wis., has been somewhat enlarged and put in trim for the coming season. All the wagons have been newly painted. Five cages, one bill wagon and four baggage wagons have been added to the outfit. A pair of lions, a grizzly bear and a cage of tropical birds are among the additions to the menagerie. A new 60(?)x90ft. menagerie canvas, twelve new paintings and twenty head of horses are among the new things. All the wardrobe will be new and of fine material. The season will open May 2(?). New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    James Cunningham, contortionist, will . . . join the Wintermute Bros.’ Circus, making his third season with that show. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    The Wintermute Bros’ Circus opened May 2, at Whitewater, Wis., to reported big business. In spite of bad weather, the show reports having done good business through Southern Wisconsin and Northern Illinois. The following is the roster: Harry, Thos. and Halsey(?) Wintermute, proprietors; James Cunningham, Chester Roy, Geo. Russell, Al. Gilmore, Jas. Wing, Jas. Freeman, the Paxton Bros., Ida Lewis . . . Madeline Jennings, Geo. Willey . . . T. J. Wolf . . . and Walter R. Hinman’s band of ten pieces, Geo. Hanson’s troupe of dogs and Prof. Harpers’(?) troupe of performing ponies and trick mules. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros.’ . . . Dallas City IL Aug 27 . . . New London 30, Mt. Pleasant 31, Salem Sept. 1 . . . New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 393.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute . . . Salem IL Sep 1, Farmington 2. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 409.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros.’, Waterman IL Sep 21, Lee 22, West Brooklyn 23, Arlington 24. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 461.

1893:

    Wanted, for Wintermute Bros.’ United Shows, for the coming tenting season, performers doing more than one turn. Also concert people. Those preferred who play in brass. A wagon show. Address Wintermute Bros., Hebron, Wis. New York Clipper, February 4, 1893, p. 781.

    From the Wintermuth Bros. Show. Business so far has been far beyond all expectation. ___ Wintermuth was hurt terribly while doing his balancing trapeze act, but is slowly recovering. . . . New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros. . . . Chamberlain, S. Dak. July 6 . . . New York Clipper, July 1, 1893, p. 265.

    On the road, circuses: Wintermute Bros., Kimball SD July 5 . . . New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 281.

1896:

    Ed P. Baird has signed with the Wintermute Bros. as advance agent for next season. New York Clipper, January 18, 1896, p. 725.

    Notes from Wintermute Bros. We will open the latter part of April. Recent engagements are the Holloway Bros., Chas. Richardson, Dan Long and James Morton. New York Clipper, April 4, 1896, p. 73.

    Wintermute Bros.' Show notes. We are in our thirteenth week, now playing Indiana. We have the following people: Jenny Scott, L. M. Keine, Ella Jones, the Three Holloway Bros., Ben Tanner, C. H. Richardson, John Tennis, M. Zahmer, and the Sanders Bros. E. T. Baird has been conducting the advance. New York Clipper, July 25, 1896, p. 325.

1897:

    Notes from Wintermute Bros.' New Gigantic Shows. We opened May 1, at Hebron, Wisconsin. Roster: Prof. Jno. Schneider, horizontal bars and Spanish rings . . . Silverlake Bros., aerial and contortion; Frank Le Paige, equestrian and troupe of dogs; King Bros., brother act and carrying perch; Tom Wintermute, tight wire and balancing traps; Fannie La Pearl, Spanish webb . . . New York Clipper, May 22, 1897, p. 187.

    Notes from the Wintermute Bros.' Show. We are in our twelfth week. We did good business through the lumber section of Wisconsin. In Minnesota and Iowa the business has not been very good. Ed Baird has charge of the advance. Lew Frierberg leads the orchestra. M. Bailey is boss canvasman. Wm. O'Neil is in charge of stock, and John Rouse has the refreshment privileges. We use an 80ft. top, with 70ft. middle piece, and have thirty head of horses. John Schneider, Albino bar performer, dislocated his arm, and went to his home in Cleveland, Ohio. Performance: the Silverlake Bros., Jennie Scott, Doc Kaiser, Sam Bailey, the Wintermute Family and their performing animals. New York Clipper, July 31, 1897, p. 349.

1900: (Great Melbourne)

    Wintermute Bros. Gigantic Shows. Advance: Agent, Halsey Wintermute; Bill posters: Clarence N. Black, of Syracuse; Lew Comstock, Barrington, Ill.; A. T. Eads, Battle Creek, Mich. Billboard, May 1, 1900.

    The Wintermute Bros. Shows opened at Palmyra, Wis., May 5. A leading feature of the advertising staff is a complete dog and pony show. The following performers have been engaged for the shows: John Schneider, Ed Boyden, Chas. La Verna, Arthur Near, Wm. Weir, W. E. Lock, Herman Vonquett, and a band of eight mouth pieces. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.

1900: Roster of the advance: Lew Cole, advertising agen; Bert Eades, boss bill poster; Frank Miller, bill poster; Lewis Comstock, lithographer and programer. The Great Melbourn opened this season at Palmyra, Wis., May 5. Billboard, July 7, 1900, p. 5.

1901: (Great Melbourne)

    The Great Melbourne United Shows will exhibit at Renwick, Iowa, June 22d. 50 trained performing animals, greatest dog circus, spotted trick ponies, somersault and equestrian dogs, drill-acting ponies, educated goats, trapeze pony, horizontal bar and trapeze acts, etc. Street parade. [Advertisement] Renwick Times (Renwick, IA), June 21, 1901, n.p.n.

    The Great Melborne United Show will exhibit at Aurelia, August 12. Fifty performing animals. Greatest dog circus on earth. Spotted trick ponies, somersault and equestrian dogs, drill-acting ponies, herd of educated goats, the only trapeze pony, horizontal bar and trapeze acts, etc. Splendid street parade every day at 1 p.m. Free exhibition at 1:30. Admission 25 cents, children under 12, 15 cents. [Advertisement] Aurelia Sentinel (Aurelia, IA), August 9, 1901, p. 1.

1902: (Great Melbourne)

    Notes from the Great Melbourn Show: We are drawing toward the close of a successful season, although somewhat less so than the two previous ones. We opened at Whitewater, Wis., May 3. For the first 63 days we had rain every day but nine, and so far have had no dry week. We expect to close Sept. 30. We use a 80 foot top with two 30 foot middle pieces, a 35 by 65 side show, and 40 foot dressing tent. We have 50 head of stock, including 8 performing Shetland ponies. Roster: Wintermute Bros., owners and managers; Halsey Wintermute, in charge of advance; Lew Cole, contractor; Lew Comestock, in charge of paper. Performers in big show: Chester Roy, foot juggler; Chas. Dryden, juggler; Samuel Carnahan, contortionist, perch and rings; LaBar Bros., double traps and bars; Thomas Wintermute's ponies, dogs and goats, 26 in number. These present six separate acts and fully one hour's performance. The concert includes Chester Roy, clog dancer; Chas. Dryden, black face and silly kid turn; Harry Wintermute, Irish turn and marionettes. In the side show are Harry Wintermutes' magic, ventriloquism, Punch and Jundy, fire acts, 3 cages of animals, 2 illusions, monkeys, snakes, etc. Claude Rauf, wire walker, recently closed to fill a winter's engagement with Kline's Vaudeville Company. Clarence Black has charge of the stock, George Schmidt of the canvas, John Reichel of lights, Percy Jackson of the cook tent and Ed Redner of the trained animals. Our band, though small, makes lots of noise: John Hazelwood and Lew Shoup, cornets; Harry Wintermute, alto; R. C. Hoffman, slide trombone; Frank Wortinger, baritone; John Wortinger tuba; Albert Middleton, trap drummer. Billboard, September 27, 1902, p. 6.

1913: Wintermute Bros. Wagon Show - Harry Wintermute, manager; Frank E. Hall, superintendent working crew; Mrs. Frank E. Hall, treasurer; Jas. B. Rock, agent. Show will open in Southern Wisconsin early in May. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

• Brief article on the Wintermute show is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1959 (scroll down or use find).

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wintermute & Hall - 1914   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914-18

    Wintermute & Hall Wagon Show: Harry Wintermute & Frank E. Hall, proprietors & managers; Mrs. Frank E. Hall, treasurer; Jas. B. Rock, general agent; Chas. Thorp, musical director. Show opens in Southern Wisconsin, May 9. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.

Wirth's Circus - 1890, 1895-1896

    "George Wirth and his brother Philip . . . One brother, Harry, went to America and with great difficulty brought back a wild west show, which was presented in a three ring circus with hippodrome racing, touring Adelaide, Sydney and northern New South Wales and Queesland in 1890-91." Australian Autobiographical Narratives: 1850-1900, Vol. 2 Kay Walsh, Joy W. Hooton, 1998, p. 292.

    Ad. Arrived per S. S. Alameda, Mr. Harry Wirth, circus proprietor, and Alexander, general business manager of Wirth Bros.' Grand Australian Circus, the only railroad circus in Australasia. Now in its seventh year of uninterruped success. We want for Australia, circus performers in every branch, hippodrome and wild west. Trained animals, buffaloes, small steam caliope, etc., etc. Long engagements. Salaries sure. Address care of Clipper office. Advertisement, New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 239.

    Harry Wirth and business manager Alexander, of Wirth Bros.' Circus and Wild West, Australia, were pleasant Clipper callers July 10(?). The arrived on that day from the West, where they had been engaging Indians and Wild West people to take back to the Antipodes with them. Their stay in twon was necessarily brief, as business manager Alexander sails for home, from San Francisco, 2?. Proprietor Wirth sails from the same city Aug 23(?), reaching Sydney in season for the opening of the show early in September. On their way East, the stopped long enough at Buffalo to order some special and expensive printing and lithograph work from the Courier Co. The Wirth family numbers thirteen people, five ladies and eight males. All of them are performers and the children of one family. They are negotiationg for several high class equestrian acts and novelties. New York Clipper, July 10, 1890, p. 294.

    Pacific Circus. The opening in Sydney of the Pacific Circus, under the management of Mr. Harry Wirth, is announced in our business columns. The first performance is set down for Friday night, the location being that conveniently situated plot of land known as Mark Foy's ground . . . The list of performers is stated to be a formidable one. The equine department is also said to be particularly strong. There are six lady equestrians, and the clowning detachment is led by Alberto, who is aided by Walhalla and other mirth provokers. Miss Muriel Wirth will perform her invisible high wire act, during which she will introduce her aviary of trained pigeons. Sydney Morning Herald, May 22, 1895, p. 6.

    Panicky Authorities. A curious Incident has marked the stay of Wirth's circus at Maritzburg. One of the most attractive items of the program was a representation in the arena of the most stirring episode of the Matabele war - Wilson's last stand - which was, however, withdrawn at the request of the authorities. The latter, it is said, deemed it inadvisable to continue the performance, fearing that it would have a tendency to so excite the passions of the natives engaged therein as to lead them to carry their mimic triumph over the white man into actual practice, and run amuck in the streets at the close of the performance. - Cape Times (South Africa). Daily Herald (Delphos, OH), August 22, 1895, n.p.n.

    Wirth's circus, now playing in Samoa, will probably stop here en route to the States. Among the artists with the company is Eloise St. Leon, Muriel Wirth and Ida Vernon. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), November 19, 1895.

    . . . The initial performance of Wirth's Australian Circus . . . The pony "Nellie" was put through some tricks, that showed almost human instinct, by her trainer, P. H. Montgomery. W. Burns and a Japanese midget showed off to fine advantage in a ladder balancing performance. Lahl Sing proved himself a star in the riding line, jumping on and off his horse while going at full speed, with perfect ease. Muriel Wirth, a lovely little tot of eight years, performed on the slack wire in a manner that would do credit to an oldtime slack-wire artist. Miss Nellie Lyndhurst and Miss Ida Vernon showed themselves to be expert bareback riders and appeared perfectly at home standing on the backs of flying steeds. Burns and Alberto on the flying trapeze and Kachaiko, a youthful Japanese bareback rider, received several rounds of applause for their daring feats. The clowns were very amusing, and "The Alabama Coon," as sung by little Muriel Wirth, Kate Montgomery and Elsie St. Leon, servied as a pleasing interlude between the performances of older members of the troupe. . . . Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), December 6, 1895, p. 5.

    A Circus. But Really the Best Here in Thirty Years. It is a novelty for a show to fulfil its promises. Yet we have here Wirth's Australian Circus which does so. It not only fulfils its promises, but it does so on time. The audience had never a wait to endure. And in every direction it is the best show which has struck Honolulu for over thirty years. . . . What struck our attention most after the perfect training of the animals, especially the trained pony Nelly, who seemed to only lack the ability to answer in English, were the graceful and fearless acts of Miss Muriel Wirth, aged about 8, on the slack wire; the balancing on the breaking of the ladder by the little Jap Takia supported by W. Burns; the work on the flying trapeze by Messrs. Burns and Alberto; and the wonderful feats of Nellie Lynhurst in riding bareback round the arena at full speed, extended at full length on the horse, and yet picking up objects laid on the sawdust. The singing of the "Little Alabama Coon" by the youngsters, with their dance, took the audience by storm, as indeed did every feat performed. The house was crowded. The performers may congratulate theselves on having captured Honolulu's heart. And they well deserve it - from the darling children up to the oldest performer, either lady or gentleman. Mr. Wirth, wife and family have scored a success. The Independent (Honolulu, HI), December 06, 1895.

    Another Change of Program for Wednesday's Matinee and Evening. Seats Can Now be Obtained Without Extra Charge - Steeple chase a drawing feature of show. The popularity of Wirth's circus was not dampened in the least by last week's showers, as shown by the large crowd in attendance at the matinee and evening performances on Saturday. At night the tent was simply packed, and but few more could have found room under the canvas. The change of program is surely one for the better, and greatly pleased the large audiences. The midgets, Elsie St. Leon, Katie Montgomery and Muriel Wirth did new turns, and were loudly encored for their graceful performances. Little Elsie St. Leon performs on the high trapeze in a manner that would do credit to an old professional. Muriel Wirth rides a horse bareback in graceful style, and, as the Flower Girl, she is simply delightful. She carries a basket of roses, and while standing on the horse's back distributes her flowers around the audience. Lahl Sing, who is about as clever an all-around performer as is ever seen in a ring, has several new features to act. On the horizontal bars, trapeze and in juggling Sing shows up just as graceful as his daring act on horseback. The other members all have new acts but the steeplechase simply brings down the house. The clowns and the children grow closer attached at each performance. . . . Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), December 17, 1895, p. 6.

    Positively the last performance of Wirth's circus will be given tomorrow evening. A matinee will be given Saturday afternoon, the occasion being a complimentary benefit to Miss Muriel Wirth. At both performances an entirely new program will be given, included in which will be numerous thrilling and realistic scenes. The management will spare neither pains nor money to make their parting appearances far superior to any yet given. Complimentary tickets will be furnished aged Hawaiians at Lunalilo Home; a special portion under the tent will be reserved for their use. It is hoped the public will further show its appreciation of the circus by giving bumper houses at both performances. The circus will leave for Hilo by the Kinau early Monday morning. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), December 27, 1895, p. 1.

    Tents Erected Fort and Beretania Streets. Wirth's Circus. Proprietor, Harry Wirth. Manager, J. J. Cameron. Farewell and a Happy and Prosperous New Year to All. To the Citizens of Honolulu. On our arrival we were entire strangers and did not know one friend and not having the outside appearance of a Gigantic Circus, we were pronounced Wirth's and without any tangible means of presenting a good show. Well, now, the artists have appeared before you for some considerable time and we trust that our individual merits have been acceptable, and for your very liberal patronage and appreciation we feel grateful, and to those that have extended the hand of friendship during our pleasant sojourn, all we can say please accept the best wishes and thanks of Wirth's Circus Company. This Day, Two Performances! Most Positively the Last.This Afternoon at 3 o'clock. Set apart as a testimonial benefit to Little Merial Wirth. On which occasion every child visiting the Circus will receive a picture of Muriel, with wishes for a prosperous New Year. To-night - Farewell! Immense Double Program. Terminating, by request with Dick Turpin's Ride to York. Prices of admission, afternoon performances: Children only. Chairs 25c, Gallery 10c. In the evening. Chairs 75c, Gallery 25c. Advertisement, The Independent (Honolulu, HI), December 28, 1895.

    Wirth's circus closed a very profitable engagement in Honolulu on Saturday. The final performances were given in the afternoon and evening, and were witnessed by unusually large and appreciative audiences. Miss Muriel Wirth was tendered a complimentary benefit at the matinee, and the reception accorded the popular little performer was indeed a very pleasing one. The tent was packed with children; each one was presented.with a handsome souvenir photograph of Miss Muriel, with her best wishes for a happy and prosperous New Year. At the conclusion of the little girl's marvelous bareback performance she was presented with several beautiful floral pieces, among them being a handsome offering from Madame Musin, accompanied by a note of congratulation from the celebrated singer. The members of the circus company showed their appreciation of the petite artiste by the presentation of a silver goblet appropriately, engraved. Mr. St. Leon acted as deliverer, and Miss Muriel expressed her thanks in a neat speech. At the evening performance the capacity of the tent was taxed to its utmost. The, program rendered on both occasions, was new and attractive, evidenced by continued applause during the performance. Manager Cameron and proprietor Wirth express sincere thanks for the kind patronage extended by the Honolulu public, and will ever remember their visit with genuine pleasure. They wish to acknowledge and praise the services of the police; also to Marshal Brown for favors extended Prof. Berger was present at Saturday evening's performance and assisted the orchestra with violin accompaniment. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), December 31, 1895, p. 6.

    Hawaiian Gazette - January 24, 1896, p. 8, Honolulu, Hawaii Wirth's Circus. . . . The ring performance in the Wirth tent last night was all that could be desired by the large audience present. Miss Lyndhurst repeated her great pick-up riding act, and little Muriel Wirth, besides doing an excellent riding act, distinguished herself as a serpentine dancer. The great Lahl Sing and Alberto did a wonderful horizontal bar act, which called forth continued applause. Little Katie Montgomery delighted the audience by her wonderful riding. In response to a general request, the "Trip to Donnybrook Fair" will be repeated tonight. . . . Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), January 24, 1896, p. 8.

    Saturday was little Muriel Wirth's twelfth birthday, and to commemorate the event Lahl Sing, the celebrated rider of the circus company, presented her with a very beautiful gold watch and chain. The only bit of ornamentation on the gold case was a handsome diamond. The little girl was so excited over the presentation, which took place just before the matinee, that she could scarcely do her act. The [sic] prizes the watch very highly. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), February 18, 1896, p. 7.

    Wirth's Circus arrived at Yokohama from Hawaii on the 31st ult., and is to give performances there. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), April 10, 1896.

    A storm visited. Yokohama oh the night of the 7th, and Wirth's Circus was blown down. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), April 17, 1896.

    Wirth's Circus Company gave their first performance on Monday night under trying circumstances. The dreadful state of the weather of late has prevented any movement out-of-doors with comfort, and though the rain kept off on Monday night still the weather was doubtful, and therefore many residents preferred to stay quietly at home rather then run any risks. Still the Circus tent was well filled, though not fully crowded, by an audience determined to enjoy themselves, and the management of the Circus were actuated by a desire to give them every means of carrying out this laudable intention. A very good and varied programme had been provided which embraced 20 items, and not only was commendable punctuality observed, but there was no waiting between the turns, one number succeeding another almost before the audience realised that some fresh attraction was before them. After the opening entree of the Company in the Star and Garter Waltz, little Elsie St. Leon gave a clever performance on the high trapeze, which was loudly applauded. Then Mr. P. H. Montgomery introduced two handsome sorrel ponies and put them through an exhibition of training which was highly approved. Miss Ida Vernon next appeared in an equestrian act and was followed by three little girls who gave a pleasing and clever representation of "The Alabama Coon," which drew loud applause from the audience. Some very good riding on three barebacked horses by Miss Nellie Lyndhurst then followed, and. she was succeeded by Mr. Alf. St. Leon and his dog "Dan Stuart," and the audience would gladly have seen more of the dog than the act allowed. The performance on the Invisible Wire by Miss Muriel Wirth which came next on the programme was extremely interesting, and was followed by another good act when Mr. Montgomery showed how completely he had trained the clever pony Nelly. The first part concluded with some daring barebacked riding by Lahl Sing, who went through a very trying act without a fault. After a brief interval the second part opened with some excellent horizontal bar performances by Lahl Sing and another good gymnast whose name did not appear, and this was followed by a capital equestrian act by Miss Ida Vernon and Mr. Montgomery. One of the horses first brought out went lame, and the succeeding number, which introduced the Lilliputian Contortionists, was proceeded with, until Nellie could take the place of the lame steed. The act was carried to a finish, and very attractive it proved. Miss Nellie Lyndhurst then appeared once more in a barebacked act, picking up handkerchiefs from the ground while her horse was at full speed, which was one of the best acts of the evening. Some fun with three clowns followed, and then Miss Kate Montgomery, quite a child, did some extremely clever barebacked riding, which was highly appreciated. The performance closed with a Medley of a May Pole Dance and Steeplechase. Altogether the performance was highly commendable and the audience was very enthusiastic. The only drawback was that the tent was not sufficiently lighted, and the naptha lamps that were used were very objectionable, but perhaps the Manager, Mr. Cameron, will find some means to remedy this. If the weather only becomes fine there is no doubt that Wirth's Circus will prove a great attraction, and the talented artists will meet with the support which they deserve. The second performance at Wirth's Circus was given on Tuesday evening, and threatening though the weather was at 9 p.m., there was a very fair attendance. There are many points of excellence about this Circus. The horses are admirably trained. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), June 12, 1896.

    WIRTH'S Circus gave two performances on Saturday, the afternoon one being for children. At the evening performance the week's programme was slightly varied, and an addition made in the shape of Abadie and his trained tiger, a daring and plucky performance which was greatly appreciated by the large audience. The tent was filled to its utmost capacity, many people being unable to obtain admission.
    WIRTH'S Circus continues deservedly to attract large audiences, the performances going with great smoothness, and even the contretemps that occurred on Monday night only added to the amusement of the audience. The riding of Lal Sing is as good as anything of the kind that has been seen in Shanghai, and the lady riders are exceedingly attractive. A very good ladder act was introduced on Monday, and the clowning was better, while the three children, on whose little shoulders much of the burden of the evening falls, did their parts with the greatest accuracy, interest, and conscientiousness, and were very heartily applauded. It was very pretty to see the anxiety, crowned by success, with which Miss Muriel Wirth, a fearless little rider, did her act on a horse to which she was unaccustomed. There were no programmes obtainable on Monday night, and we cannot therefore specify the successful performers by name. The entertainment closed with the appearance of Mr. Abadie with his tamed tiger, which has been taught to do most unexpected tricks, the mock combat between this great cat and its natural enemy, the small dog, being well worth seeing. A little more expenditure on accessories, and a little more attention to the costumes of the non-riding members of the troupe whose duties bring them into the ring, and a little improvement in the lighting, would make this a very praiseworthy Circus.
    THE performance at Wirth's Circus on Tuesday night was somewhat marred by accidents. One of the juvenile members of the troupe, whose name we did not learn owing to the absence of programmes, while riding two barebacked horses fell twice. After her second fall the audience manifested some amount of disapproval, in spite of which, however, the act was carried to a conclusion. Miss St. Leon, also had two falls, the second being a rather severe one. The rest of the performance was carried through without any hitch, the clever riding of Miss Muriel Wirth, and the daring performance of Lal Singh, being greatly applauded. One of the most amusing features of the evening was the contest for a purse of silver given by Mr. Wirth for the best attempt at standing on a padded horse. The attempts of the competitors were extremely laughable, the prize eventually being awarded to an English bluejacket. Mr. Abadie, with his performing tiger and dog, are also worthy of special mention. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), June 19, 1896.

    North China Herald - June 26, 1896, Shanghai, China WIRTH'S circus was crowded on Saturday night by an enthusiastic audience, and all the numbers on the programme were gone through with most commendable promptitude and with a great deal of skill. The little girls, in their various performances, were loudly applauded, as were also their elders, but perhaps the amateur pad riding afforded most entertainment. The Manager promises an entire change of programme for the coming week, a prominent feature of which will be the serpentine dance by Miss Muriel Wirth, and as Wirth's circus will not remain much longer in Shanghai, we feel sure that it only requires fine weather to ensure a bumper house every night. The matinee on Saturday afternoon was well attended by the little ones, who thoroughly enjoyed the treat provided for them.
    WIRTH'S CIRCUS was again largely patronised on Monday night, the entertainment in several items differing from previous representations. It was evidently thoroughly appreciated, although the continued absence of programmes shows a lack of consideration for a considerable portion of the spectators, which it is difficult to understand. The lighting and some other arrangements are also rather crude, and assist the performers' efforts little if anything. The measure of success attained by the latter is therefore all the more creditable to themselves, and a little closer attention to details would put the Circus in a position to compare very favourably with previous visitors. The riding of both adults and youngsters is undeniably clever, the demonstrations of pony and horse training are excellent, and for those who appreciate the excitement of a performing tiger, the exhibition of Abadie is a thrilling and well given act. The appearance of Miss Nellie Lyndhurst on the slack wire was a welcome novelty, a remark which can also be applied to the graceful Serpentine Dance of Miss Muriel Wirth, handicapped though it was by the absence of effective lighting, and the unsuitable dancing floor which the tan makes. The entertainment had to be slightly curtailed on account of the temporary sickness of some of the horses, but it was nevertheless of the most liberal length. During the week the performances have been patronised by crowded houses. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), June 26, 1896.

    THE greatly changed and very attractive programme presented by Wirth's Circus on Saturday night drew a vast crowd to the commodious tent. The points of detail which have given rise to criticism are being diligently improved, particularly in the matter of lighting, but the maker of the new tent having been at fault in his measurements it was impossible for it to be erected as announced. The Circus was again largely patronised on Monday night, and in spite of the trying heat the performers went through a programme of some twenty numbers without the suspicion of weariness or the smallest hitch. The tent is now capitally lighted, the arrangements have settled down into regular working, and an additional improvement is promised when the new tent will be erected. So far as the performers are concerned, the most captious critic could not demand more. The bareback riding of Miss Nellie Lyndhurst - particularly with a team of four fine animals - and her subsequent clever performance on the slack wire; the equestrian exhibition of Miss Ida Vernon and Mr. P. H. Montgomery; the wonderfully clever juveniles, Little Elsie, Miss Muriel Wirth, Miss Elsie St. Leon, and Miss Katie Montgomery; the riding of Lahl Singh, and the exhibitions of trained horses, are equal to the standard of any circus. It is not often that so considerable a share of an entertainment depends upon youngsters, and with the temperature just now being experienced, the visitors would not complain if their tasks were lightened by the shortening of the present very long programme. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), July 3, 1896.

    WIRTH'S Circus on Saturday night was patronised by a very large number of visitors, attracted by the announcement of a change of programme, including the production of what was called an equestrian drama representing "Dick Turpin's Ride to York." This latter comprised the second part of the programme and if somewhat crude in humour, sentiment, and "properties," afforded an interesting exhibition of animal training. In the present instance "Black" Bess is represented by a sorrel animal, and a good many Chinese coolies assist at her funeral. But the first part of the evening's entertainment was undeniably good, Miss Nellie Lyndhurst, Miss Ida Vernon, Miss Muriel Wirth. Mr. P. H. Montgomery, and Lahl Singh giving excellent exhibitions of bareback and trick riding. Miss Muriel Wirth had what looked like a nasty fall early in the evening, but she pluckily finished her act, and later performed most gracefully on the slack wire. The patronage that the public continues to give to Wirth's Circus is well deserved, for frequent changes are made in the programme, and there has been a general improvement in the non-essentials - the training of the horses could not be improved. Everything goes as smoothly as possible, and the children, to whom so much of the success is due, and whose courage and ability are conspicuous, are loudly applauded in all their acts. The tiger is as tame as it can be, and it took no more notice of Mr. Jordan's intrusion on its privacy, that if he had been a regular ??? of its cage. The equestrian farce of Billy Button's Ride to Brentford, which was given on Wednesday night, was received with roars of laughter, and there is no doubt that when Mr. Wirth and his troupe leave us. they will be very much missed by foreigners and natives alike. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), July 10, 1896, p. 66.

    Wirth's Circus; has arrived and opened here on Thursday night, when there was a very fair attendance. The performance seemed to be much appreciated. North China Herald (Shanghai, China), July 31, 1896.

    Wirth's Circus. Our Eastern correspondent writes: Harry Wirth, with his circus, after touring Japan, has opened in Shanghai to splendid houses. J. J. Cameron, well known in Tasmania, is still manager. On July 6 the gave one half clear takings to the Japanese Earthquake Fund. After their Shanghai season the Wirths go to Hongkong and Manilia. The Mercury (Hobart, Tasmania), August 8, 1896.

    Mr. Harry Wirth, the proprietor of Wirth's Circus, that recently played here and in Japan, died on board the steamer Kwonglee on the voyage from Shanghai to Hong Kong. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), August 21, 1896, p. 5.

• [The above death notice appears to be Harry's wife and the mother of the young Muriel above.] Wirth. December 5, 1928, at her residence, ?? St. James road, Waverly, Annie Maria, widow of the late Harry Wirth (Wirth's Circus), and dearly loved mother of Muriel (Mrs. W. D. Lewis, of Bowenfels), Harry, and George, aged 67 years. Sydney Morning Herald, December 7, 1928.

• [The below appears to be the brother of Harry Wirth.] Mr. J. J. Wirth, the eldest of the brothers of the Wirth firm, has died in South Africa, where the circus was on tour. The Mercury (Hobart, Tasmania), May 5, 1894.

    A paragraph in a South African paper informs us of the sudden death of Mr. J. J. Wirth, well known throughout Australia as the eldest of three brothers carrying on Wirth's circus. The circus arrived at Capetown on the 5th December last, and had a most successful tour, visiting Johannesburg, Pretoria, Bloemfontein, East London, King Williamstown, Queenstown, and several smaller towns. Whilst they were at Ahwal(?) [prob. Allawal, North Africa] North Nr. J. J. Wirth was seized with an affection of the lungs, which compelled him to remain behind with his wife when the circus left. He oped to rejoin his comrades later on, but became rapidly worse after their departure, and died in a very short time. Mr. J. J. Wirth was born at Ipswich, Queensland, in 1858. His parents - of whom the mother is still alive and residing at Melbourne - were both of German extraction. The deceased and his brothers, George and Philip, have been in the circus business for thirteen years. The Brisbane Courier, June 8, 1894.

    Wirth. In loving rememberance of J. J. Wirth (circus proprietor), who departed this life at Allawall North, South Africa, April 16, 1894. (Inserted by his affectionate brother, Harry.) The Argus (Melbourne, Vic.), April 16, 1895.

All information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show? Email (circushistory@gmail.com) your documented information for the show or the persons.

Frank Wirth's

• Information on Frank Wirth's circus, 1930-31, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1971 (scroll down or use find).

All information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show? Email (circushistory@gmail.com) your documented information for the show or the persons.

George E. Witherell's - 1882-83   listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1883

1882:

    G. E. Witherell's Show exhibited in Corinth, N.Y., May 2, Conklingville 30; thence to Northville 31, Fonda, June 1, Goverville 2. Among the company are Frank and George La Rosa, gymnasts; Prof. Charles Austin's dog circus; Jennie Witherell, trombone soloist; John C. Cullivan and C. Berry, clowns; Mons La Vere, contortionist; Sig. French, equilibrist; William Sylvester, trapeze; the three Marretias, acrobats, and others. New York Clipper, June 3, 1882, p. 182.

1883:

    Webb Bros. Great Southern Museum was with the show in 1883. New York Clipper, March 31, 1883..

    Stafford and ___, gymnasts, are engaged with G. E. Witherell's Metropolitan Show the coming season. New York Clipper, March 31, 1883, p. 22.

    Call. All performers, musicians, canvasmen, hostlers, agents, billposters, butchers, etc., under contract to G. E. Witherell's Great Cosmopolitan Circus for this season of 1883 will report in person at Burke, Franklin Co., N. Y., May __, for rehearsal. New York Clipper, May 12, 1883, p. 124..

• George E. Witherell's Cosmopolitan, George Witherell's Metropolitan Circus.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wixom's Show - 1885-88, 1890-93, 1897-98

1885:

    The following people are engaged for Mat Wixom's Canvas Show for next season: Geo. W. Barlow, Edward Lutz and Thomas J. West. New York Clipper, January 17, 1885, p. 693.

    Mat. Wixom’s Great Tent Show opens season at Newberg, Mich., May 5. The people engaged are the Clevelands (Joe and Bessie), fancy rifle shots; Barkley Bros., horizontal bar performers; Joe Douglas, contortionist;; Thomas J. Nichols, acrobatic song-and-dance and general performer; J. A. Sunlin, Dutch dialect comedian; J. G. McDowell, song-and-dance and clog; John Rowe, knock-about clown and pedestal clog; Fuller and Dowell, Irish comedians; J. Todd, serio-comic and song-and-dance; Joe L. Todd’s Cornet Band of eight pieces. This show travels by wagons. The wagons are built in car shape, and all the people eat and sleep in them. New York Clipper, May 2, 1885.

    Mat Wixom's Show has gone into winter quarters at Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, October 17, 1885, p. 484.

1886:

    G. W. Barlow has been re-engaged for the M. B. Wixom Pavilion Show this season. New York Clipper, April 17, 1886, p. 68.

1887:

    For sale, a complete show. 3 wagons, 1 bandwagon, 1 advance wagon, 1 property wagon, 1 open pole wagon, 1 cook wagon, 8 horses, 6 mules, 7 sets of harness, tent, poles, ropes, stakes, lights; dressing room tent, horse tent, cook tent, seats, stage, horizontal bars, trapeze bars, ascension wire, band uniforms, horse plumes, drums, etc. Address M. V. B. Wixom, Bancroft, Michigan. New York Clipper, January 1, 1887, p. 685.

    Wanted for the tenting season of 1887, performers of all kinds, except riders. Also wanted to buy paintings, birds, monkeys, organ and other things for sideshow. Address M. V. B. Wixom, Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, February 5, 1887, p. 750.

1888:

    Wanted, for Mat Wixom's New Railroad Shows, performers of all kinds except riders, also ponies, dogs, etc. Sideshow privilege for sale. Address M. V. B. Wixom, Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, March 31, 1888, p. 50.

1890:

    With J. F. Wixom’s Show. The company passed a very pleasant Christmas at Gainsville, Fla., and also had a fine time New Year’s Day at Tallahasee, Fla. Business is big. . . . Melvin and Trover have resigned. T. K. Burke visited the show at Marianna. The weather continues grand. Eugene Durand(?) complains of the "satchel" being uncomfortably heavy. John La Rue was recently hurt while leaping, but expects to resume work soon. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    Wanted, for the Matt Wixom Tent Show, a brother act, a contortionist, aerial artists, jugglers, slack wire performers, bar men or any good specialty for ring. Also a good comedian. For sale 2(?) monkeys, 2(?) white cockatoos and 1 red macaw. Frank J. Wixom, Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 865.

1891:

    Roster of Matt Wixom’s Circus, now on its seventeenth annual tour of Michigan, under a 100ft. round top, with two 30ft. middle pieces: Mat Wixom, sole proprietor; F. I.(?) Wixom, advance, with three assistants; R. P. Wixom, equestrian director; Prof. Frank Robers, leader of band and orchestra of fifteen pieces; Russel Bradley, boss canvasman, with eight assistants . . . Burt Wilson, chandeliers . . . Ortone Bros., M. Aldine, Wm. Mantell, Chas. Marlow, Jones Bros., A. M. Wilcox, Wm. Martin, Chas. Smith and Earnest and Van Wixom. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.

    During the performance of Mat Wixom’s Circus July 18(?), the bale ring gave way while the Wiretta(?) Bros. were doing their Mexican ladder act. Both landed on their feet, without a scratch. On 19(?) the same bale ring gave way during the Wirellas’ act, the crane striking Charles on the head, cutting his scalp in several places. Fred escaped with a small cut on the leg. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    Notes from the Wixom Show. We close the season Sept. ?6. The boys are all counting their ??? and looking for the winter. The Wiretta(?) Bros. and Prof. Wilcox join Frank Rice’s Minstrels . . . Frank Roberts goes south with a circus. Prof. R.(B.?) Wixom has added six head of horses to his ring stock, and will break them this winter. Next season he will have a menage act of twelve horses. The show will go by rail next season, using four cars. New York Clipper, September 26, 1891, p. 484.

1892:

    Geo. Rialto, contortionist and black face comedian, has signed with the M. V. Wixson [sic] Circus. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Wanted, for the tenting season of 1892 with the Mat Wixom Show. Performers with good specialties, also a good top mounter. Address M. V. B. Wixom, Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 112.

    Wanted, for the Mat Wixom Circus, gymnasts. Address St. Claire, Mich. July 4, Marine City, Mich. 5, Algomac, Mich. 6, New Baltimore, Mich. 7, Richmond, Mich. 8. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 274.

    Wanted, for Mat. Wixom’s Great Railroad Show, Novelty Circus, Rman Hippodrome, Museum and Trained Animal Exposition, people for the big show, sideshow and concert. Wanted to buy a clown dog or a troupe of dogs. Address M. B. V. Wixom, Bancroft(?), Mich. New York Clipper, December 31, 1892, p. 699.

1893: For sale, a complete railroad tent show, all built new last winter and in first class condition at the present time, consisting of one combination sleeper and dining coach __ feet long, with dining room, range, pantry, dishes, bedding and sleeping accommodations for __ people; one combination stock and flat car __ feet long __ feet stock and __ feet flat with wagons built to fit the cars so the entire show with 14 yead of stock can be loaded on this one car . . . round top tent with __ foot middle piece, dressing room, seats, Kidd lights, poles, ropes, stakes, sledges, etc., complete. . . . one performing stallions, one trick horse, one performing Shetland pony, _ racing ponies, _ racing chariots, _ performing goats . . . a good troupe of performing dogs, and other things to make the show complete in every deatil, which will be sold very cheap for cash or on time, with good security Address M. V. B. Wixom, Bancroft, Mich. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 519.

1897: Notes from M. V. B. Wixom's Twenty-five Cent Circus. We left Bancroft, Michigan, headquarters, May 10(?). We carry eighty-five head of stock. We show under a 70ft. top, with two 30ft. middle pieces. Our den of lions attracts attention in parade. Prof. Carman's military band gives a concert every evening. D. Taylor gives a lightning baton twirling act. M. V. B. Wixlom, F. Wixom, E. Wixom, V. Wixom, Mrs. C. Wixom, Mrs. Kate Wixom, Prof. Carmen, leader of band; Burt Smith, Chas. Spear, Webb Laranger, Geo. Miller, Geo. Van Hart, Sherman Riggles, Chas. Smith, P. Gooding, H. Carlton. Ellet Bros. on bars and brother act. D. Taylor, juggler and equilibrist, Nellie Smith, wire contortionist; Wm. Smith, traps, Spanish web and rolling globe; Jimmie Swift, perch and flying rings; Geo. Rialto, Burt Smith and F. Ellet, clowns; Prof. Sprague, trained horses, and V. Wixom, troupe of dogs and goats. New York Clipper, June 26, 1897, p. 269.

1898: Prof. E. S. Adell has just completed training for M. B. V. Wixom, thirty-three Shetland ponies, one hundred and twenty dogs, seventeen goats and eight monkeys. New York Clipper, March 12, 1898, p. 22.

• Undocumented information: “Matt” Wixom, real name Martin Van Buren Wixom, was born on Jan. 14, 1843 in Farmington, Oakland, Michigan and died on Nov. 2, 1907 in Bancroft, Shiawassee, Michigan. He was a merchant tailor until 1870 in Oakland, MI. Son of Issac Wixom and Martha Ryal. Married Celia A. Bradley, Dec. 27, 1863. Children were: Franklin I., Russell Percival, Almeria, Ernest Bradley and Martin Van Buren, Jr. Matt Wixom started a circus 1874 and continued in the business until 1907. Matt's children and grandchildren carried on this business. His son, Franklin I., was born in 1864 in Livingston, MI and died Mar. 1943 in Saginaw, MI. He owned a circus with his father. In 1893 he had 9 cages of animals and 110 performers and traveled the country. Eventually sold the circus for $25,000. He owned 17,600 acres in Wyoming. He also owned a glockenspiel player in 1885 in Oakland MI. He sold his business in 1905. Owned a 274 mile refinery railroad in Wyoming. He was the organizer of the Tittabawasee Power Company between 1906 and 1928 in Edenville, Midland, MI. Also the organizer of the Wolverine Power Company in 1923 in Midland, MI. Franklin named one of his sons Barnum Bailey Wixom. From: www.theharmons.us/harmon_t/tharmon.htm and Rootsweb NYFingerLakes mailing list, July 1999.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wiziarde Novelty Circus   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1929-1936

• An article on the 1936-37 Wiziarde Novelty Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 1, pp. 20-24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

T. A. Wolfe's

• Show was out in 1925. Bandwagon, March-April, 1969, p. 11.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wonderful World of Circus

• In 1978 the show played the Circus Hall of Fame at Sarasota, Florida. It then played a shopping center route. Show was owned by Harry Dubusky and John Jordan. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wonderland Circus - 1994

This circus owned by Bill Brickle, played South Carolina in January in 1994. Brickle was ringmaster and presented his poodles. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 17.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1982-1994, 1997, Bill Brickle, owner.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Col. Wood's Great Eastern Circus - 1883, 1886

• J. P. Sturtevant, contracting agent, 1883. Bannerline, July 15, 1974, p. 10.

1886:

    Wanted for the Great Chicago Circus and twelve-cage California Menagerie, one hundred foot round top with forty foot middle piece, poles, ropes, tackle, jacks, seats, uprights and everything complete; also band wagon, pole, baggage and ticket wagons, chandeliers, banners, flages, everything needed for a wagon show. Address Col. J. H. Wood, Rapid City, Dakota. New York Clipper, January 9, 1886, p. 685.

    Wanted, for the tenting season of '86, for the Great Eastern Circus and 12-Cage European Menagerie and Museum. To open at Rapid City, Dakota, on or about May 3. Performers in all branches of the circus profession, such as equestrians (with their own horses preferred), acrobats, leapers, gymnasts, clowns, etc. Also sideshow people, Punch-and-Judy, etc. Also am desirous of purchasing (cash down), band wagon, troupe of performing dogs, trick horse and ponies. Also 10 billposters, and 2 experienced agents. Address, Col. J. H. Wood, Rapid City, Dakota. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 29.

    J. P. Sturtevant is contracting agent for Col. Wood's Great Eastern Circus. New York Clipper, June 19, 1886, p. 216.

    Col. Wood's Great Eastern Show was attached at Barnett, Neb., recently for a hotel bill, but settled the matter. New York Clipper, June 26, 1886, p. 232.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wood Bros. - 1894-96

1893:

    Wanted, for season of 1894, Wood Bros.' Monster R. R. Shows, Oriental Circus and Roman Hippodrome, riders, gymnasts, acrobats, wire walkers, rope dancer, aerial artists, concert people, etc.; also general agent to take charge of advertising car, boss canvas man, boss hostler, six and eight horse drivers, chandelier man, boss animal man, etc. This show is new from front door to horse tents. Cages are now being made by the well known firm of __ & Sons of Frankford, Pa. Address George Wood, Brighton, Iowa. N.B. Side show talker wanted. New York Clipper, December 9, 1893, p. 652.

    [Ad] Notice. Mr. Alexis E.(?) Scafar and Miss Rosina Venus, engaged to the Wood Bros. at Brighton, Iowa. New York Clipper, December 9, 1893, p. 652.

    [Ad] Messrs. Wood Bros., of Brighton, Iowa, beg to thank those who offered their services to them, and to inform all that their company is now complete. Geo. Wood. New York Clipper, December 23, 1893, p. 680.

1894:

    Alexis E. Scafar and Miss Rosina Venus will be with Wood Brothers' Circus the coming season. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.

    Wanted, for Wood Bros.' Circus, contracting agent, billposters, lithographers and programmers. Address H. W. Link, general agnet, Hastings(?), Mich. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 825.

    Chas. Casey, talking and knockabout clown, has signed contracts with Woods Bros.' Circus for this coming season. New York Clipper, March 3, 1894, p. 831.

    Ed. Jameson(?) has signed with Wood Bros.' Railroad Shows as advertising agent. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    Notes from Wood Bros.' World United Railroad Shows. Everybody is hard at work at the winter quarters, Brighton, Iowa, getting ready for the grand opening at that place. Mr. Linkham is hard at work training horses and ponies for ring and hippodrome races. T. C. Wood has just arrived from Kentucky with a number of fine horses. Three fine chariots, a band wagon and a ticket wagon, as well as a number of cages, have arrived. This show will be one of the finest shows of its kind on the road this season. Everything is brand new, from stake to centre pole, and we have some of the best performers in America. H. W. Link has been engaged as general agent and railroad contractor, and is now hard at work getting his new lithograph paper out and davance engaged. W. E.(?) Ferguson has been engaged as contracting agent. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.

    Mr. Alexis E. Scafar and Miss Rosina Venus go direct to Brighton, Ia., to join the Wood Bros. United Railroad Circus for the summer season. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 92.

    Notice. All people engaged for the Wood Bros.' Circus report at the Midland(?) Hotel, Brighton, Ia. Show opens in Brighton May 12. Also a few more circus people wanted, except riders and canvas men. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 124.

    Notes from Wood Bros.' Circus. The show will open the season May __ at Brighton, Iowa. All the wagons, cages, etc., are new as are also the tents, and everything is ready for the opening day. . . . New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 133.

    Advance car No. 1 of Wood Bros.' World United Shows, left Brighton, Ia., the home of this new show, April 28(?), for Keokuk, Ia., our first stand out, arriving at Keokuk on time. Roster of advance: H.(?) W. Link, general agent and railroad contractor; W. E. Ferguson(?), general contractor; Chas. ?. White(?), press agent; Ed. Jamison, advertising agent in charge of car with ten men; boss billposter, Eugene ___, assisted by Harry Leland, Andy Chaffin(?), Steve Miller, Harry Wilson, Ed. Smith and Chas. Brown. Frank T. Bassick(?), chief lithographer, assisted by Alex. Christie; Tom Holland, programmer . . . New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.

1895:

    Notes from Wood Bros.' Circus. Our second season will begin April 27. The show will be enlarged, and we will introduce features in the way of trained ponies and horses. T. C. Wood has been at winter quarters, Brighton, Iowa, training stock and fitting up the show. G. L. Wood has been filling a Winter season with "The Country Circus," his third season with the company. New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.

    Stinson and King closed the season with Wood Bros.' Circus on account of sickness. New York Clipper, December 7, 1895, p. 637.

    Notes from Wood Bros.' United Shows. We are still under the white top, and are going to stay out until February 1, 1896, if possible. Are now on our thirty-fifth week. Mr. Powell, contortionist, and Mr. Meuser, clown, joined us December 1. New York Clipper, December 28, 1895, p. 677.

1896:

    Notes from Wood Bros.' United Shows. We arrived in Chicago, Illinois, from the South April 18 and opened in that city 21. Our show has added the following people: Cecil Lowando, principal and hurdle act; the Leon Children, acrobats and wire act; Maretta Sisters, triple traps and rings; King and Stinson, aerial ladder and traps; Powell, contortion; Ed Leon, bare, and Ed Shipps, equestrian director. Geo. Wood's ponies are doing a drill act. Newton Marks, with five assistants, has taken charge of the advance this season. We played sixty-three stands in Chicago, and are now touring Illinois. New York Clipper, July 18, 1896, p. 310.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wood & Ewers - 1897

    Roster of the Wood & Ewers Golden Gate Wagon Shows: Charles Ewers, general manager; George Wood, equestrian director; Thomas Ewers, contracting agent; T. G. Wood, advertising agent with eight assistants; Ed Wilson, programme and maginiscope; Prof. George Wood and his troupe of ponies; Prof. Charles Ewers and his trooupe of trained ponies and trick mules; W. E. Ewers, treasurer; Prof. Grant Nichols, bandmaster; John Cleveland, hurdle and four horse act; Jennie Cleveland, principal rider and carrying act; _. S. Putnam, principal clown; Dan Adams, knockabout clown; Darwin and Leslie, aerial act; Lorenzo Brothers, acrobats, trapeze and carrying perch; Martin Baldwin, aeronaut; H. E. Ritz, Elmer Weller, D. Austin, H. D. Jones, _. O Boyce, A. Jones and Holton, acrobats; Frank Upton, boss canvasman with fifteen assistants . . . New York Clipper, May 8, 1897, p. 155.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Woodford's Dog & Pony Show - 1901-02, 1905-09, 1914-15

• Also Woodford & Elzor, 1909 and other titles (Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses - 1904-1906, 1909) Also see Darling & Woodford

1901: State Fair Attractions . . . The Woodford circus will be another attraction. This is a dog and pony show, but the real feature of it is a trained baboon that shall ride at breakneck speed down an imitation of the white house steps. Davenport Daily Leader (Devenport, IA), May 17, 1901, p. 4.

    Cincinnati, Ohio. Columbia Theatre. . . . Charles Woodford's Dog and Monkey Circus. . . . New York Clipper, January 4, 1902, p. 984.

1902: Prof. Charles Woodford has closed his dog and pony act on the Hopkins Circuit. He is now at his home, Sugar Grove, Pa., building training stables. He opens at Boston Music Hall, March 24. Billboard, March 1, 1902, p. 5.

1905: Chas. Woodford, whose trained animals are now playing vaudeville dates, is building a big training barn in Falconer, N.Y. where he has two more animal acts in training. Billboard, November 11, 1905, p. 5.

1906: Manager Lumberg of the International Theater has engaged for next week Charles Woodford's trained animals, among which is the smallest pony in the world, so small that it tips the beam at only 23 pounds. In addition is is one of the most highly trained animals. Woodford has been playing the vaudeville houses in the country for years. Besides the pony, Woodford has trained dogs and monkeys. Niagara Falls Gazette (Niagara Falls, NY), August 2, 1906, n.p.n.

1907:

    Barnum & Bailey Opening . . . Charles Woodford's dog, pony and monkey act was an exhibition of animal comedy rarely seen. . . . Billboard, March 30, 1907, p. 20.

    Will S. Heck writes from Philiadelphia, a letter from Chas. H. Doutrick: "While at New York City, he visited Falconer, near there, the headquarters of Charles Woodford, the animal trainer, who now has four troupes of acting dogs and ponies on the road. . . . the Woodfords have an elegant home at Falconer. Woodford has a large stable with the latest fixtures for training animals. . . . Billboard, September 14, 1907, p. 10.

1908:

    Charles Woodford has signed contracts to take out his Frank Melvin Animal Show with the J. Frank Hatch Carnival Company the coming season. They will open their season at Pittsburg, Pa., April 25. Billboard, April 4, 1908, p. 25.

    Falconer, N.Y. is to have a new theatre. Chas. Woodford has accepted plans for a new playhouse to be erected at the corner of Work and Everett streets. It will be devoted to vaudeville and moving pictures. The building will be completed by next fall. Billboard, December 26, 1908, p. 41.

1909:

    Big Carnival and Spring Festival, May 3-8, auspices Falconer Fire Department. Wants shows and concessions of all kinds. Also want man to furnish sides show with my big wagon shows. Address Chas. Woodford, manager, Woodford & Elzor's Shows, Falconer, New York. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. XII.

    Woodford and Elzor Overland Shows, Woodford & Elzor, props.; Chas. Woodford, manager; Leon Rider, general agent; Frank Anderson, local contractor; Charles Carlson, special agent; James Grout, checker-up; Fred Elzor, manager side show. Roster of advance: James Van Every and Fred Merriam, billposters; Joe Heckathorn, program man; Bill Jones, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

    Woodford and Elzor's Big Wagon Shows will open at Falconer, N.Y., under the auspices of the Falconer Firemen, May 3, for one week. This show will carry a side show, a "Tiny Mite," or the smallest horse in the world show, and two big free attractions. The big top will be 60x150 ft. The free attractions will consist of the high-diving dog and the monkey aeronaut, Mrs. Murphy. Mr. Woodford claims to be the originator of this act which he first introduced to the public at Sans Souci Park, Chicago, July 24, 1898. The big show will carry ten big feature acts: Woodford's Educated Animals, Frank Melville's Midget Animal Circus, Frank's Statue Dog, King; Smith's $1.00 a Minute Mule, Albert's Musical Dogs and Pony, Woodford Sisters, novelty high wire; Violet and Lulu, unique dances; Junami, rolling globe on spiral tower, and the Elzor Family. Also four clowns to furnish comedy. A ticket and office wagon is now in construction at Woodford's winter quarters. This show will tour Pennsylvania and West Virginia, playing one day and one week stands under auspices of different local lodges. . . . Billboard, March 27, 1909, p. 18.

    Elmira . . . Charles Woodford is to erect a new theatre at Falconer, N.Y. . . . New York Dramatic Mirror, April 3, 1909, p. 20.

    Woodford & Elzor's Big Combined Shows opened their season under the auspices of the Firemen at Falconer, N.Y., on May 3. The show remained at Falconer the entire week, and opened their second week at Jamestown on May 10, remaining there all week. Monday, May 17, the show opened their third week and first road engagement at Sugar Grove, Pa., from where they will travel through Pennsylvania and into West Virginia, by wagon. The Woodford & Elzor show is composed of ten big feature acts: Woodford's Trained Animals, the Elzor Family of equilibrists, the Woodford Sisters, high wire act; Master Howard, rolling ball acrobat; Albert's Musical Dogs and Ponies, Smith's trick mule king, the statue dog, Woodford's original fire drill, Frank Melvin's midget animal circus and Delmaros, aerial performers. Prof. Colonna's Marine Band helps the program to run off in smooth manner. Billboard, May 21, 1909, p. 24.

1914:

    Charles Woodford, of Jamestown, is building new paraphernalia for his dog and pony show, which will be a feature of the Col. Francis Ferari Shows this summer. Billboard, February 7, 1914, p. 26.

    Ferari Shows . . . on the midway is Woodford's Dog, Pony and Monkey Circus, featuring four posing dogs and pony . . . Billboard, May 9, 1914, p. 6.

1915: Pittsburg, Nov. 22. Frank P. Spellman's New York Hippodrome Show opened here this afternoon . . . Charles Woodford's monkey comedians . . . Billboard, November 27, 1915, p. 58.

1919:

    For sale. One round top, 60 ft., one 45 ft. middle, extension eves, 10 ft. side wall, in good condition, paraffined, center poles, side quarter poles, blocks, and all complete with 12 by 14 striped marquee. 7 lengths blues, 8 tiers high, new, made of basswood. 4 length reserved seats, 7 tier high, no backs, all new. The first $150 takes the outfit. Also have ticket and living wagon, built for myself, and new cost me $500, will sell for $200. Chas. Woodford, Falconer, N.Y. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 23, 1919, p. 61.

    Charles Woodford, well-known showman, is in ill health at Corry, Pa. Billboard, August 2, 1919, p. 43.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

J. F. Woods - 1889, 1890

1889:

    Notes from the John F. Woods Circus. This show was formerly the Holland & Gormley. The following people have joined lately: Annie Dare, Melvin and ___, Eddie Neola, Durand and Rogan, Mrs. Gussie Rogan, Housaboro Sam, W. R. Ashe . . . John Quigley, and Bennett. The show has done big business all through the South. W. R. Ashe left Nov. 15 on a visit to his home in Toledo, O., and will rejoin the troupe in about two weeks at Jacksonville, Fla. He will bring his son, Master Willie, with him. The show will travel all Winter, and in its own cars. Everybody stops at hotels and the "ghost" walks every Sunday. Will Conkling, contortionist, joined at Nashville, Tenn. Arthur Flynn, our business manager and treasurer, is still on top. The colored population have lots of money through Georgia. New York Clipper, November 23, 1889, p. 615.

    Notes from the J. F. Woods Allied Shows. We are playing to good business through Georgia. Houssaburo Sam and Maruee are making a hit with their balancing ladder act, as are the Three La Rue Bros. Geo. Smart has charge of the mail. William La Rue takes care of the dressing room. The have a fine line of leapers, four people doing doubles and four doing singles. Melvin and Trovers' grotesque table act is catching on. The managers, J. F. Woods and Arthur Flynn are hustlers. New York Clipper, November 30, 1889, p. 631.

    Notes from J. F. Wood's Circus. We are showing in Georgia to good business. Mr. Fagan closed a successful season with the King & Franklin Show, and has joined us as advance. Gabe Boone, band leader, also joined at Macon, Ga. Sam Bennett is doing some clever hurdle riding. New York Clipper, December 7, 1889, p. 646.

    Notes from J. F. Wood's Allied Shows. We are still playing to good business through Georgia. Prof. Geo. Smart, musician, was called to his home, Bay City, Mich., Nov. 28, on account of his wife's illness. The following people have joined: J. H. Bean, J. A. Robie and Gabe Boon, leader of band. Sam Bennett is doing a fine hurdle act on his new horse. Jean Durand is now treasurer of the show. Pete Rogan and wife closed Nov. 18. Annie Dare and J. A. Robie have joined hands, and are doing a double contortion act. Mrs. Arthur Flynn keeps the little grocery store. J. F. Wood has purchased four splendid horses, and is breaking them for the ring. The Three La Rue Bros. are meeting with success. Wm. La Rue Jr. is organizing a gunning party, and they are anticipating lots of game. The La Rue Bros. are breaking in a new top mounter. This show was formerly the Holland & Gormley Circus. New York Clipper, December 14, 1889, p. 663.

1890:

    With J. F. Wood’s Show. The company passed a very pleasant Christmas at Gainsville, Fla., and also had a fine time New Year’s Day at Tallahassee, Fla. Business is big. Buck Toner has joined the show, and Melvin and Trover have resigned. T. K. Burke visited the show at Marianna. The weather continues grand. Eugene Durand complains of the “satchel” being uncomfortably heavy. John La Rue was recently hurt while leaping, but expects to resume work soon. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.

    Wanted, people in all branches of circus business, for the season of 1890, commencing March 1. Please state lowest salary in first letter. Would like to hear from concert people and musicians. Address all letters to J. F. Woods, care of Woods’ Circus, Austin, Tex. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 817.

    Memphis, Tennessee. The J. F. Wood’s Circus drove stakes on the Bluff __, and remained during the week. Andy Showers reports that Mr. Woods quit the show and people at San Antonio, Feb. 11(?), leaving unpaid salaries and other debts behind him. The company took charge, and have been running the show in their own interest, with Mr. Showers as manager. They disbanded 15(?), and will store all the paraphernalia, etc. in this city. Mr. Shower and Annie Dare(?) go with the King & Franklin Circus, Louis Debonnier(?) and ___ go with the French Show, and the La Rue(?) Brothers with Gibbons’ Circus. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 19.

    Memphis, Tennessee. Inclement weather prevented the J. F. Wood Circus from doing any business last week. They closed 19(?) and instead of storing the paraphernalia, etc. as was stated in my last report, it will likely be shipped to Murry & Baker at Chicago, who, I am told, have a claim on the property. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

H. A. Woodward & Co. - 1838

    [Advertisement] Menagerie & Circus under the direction of H. A. Woodward & Co. Will be exhibited at Battle Creek, on Monday, 16th July; at Marshall, Tuesday the 17th; at Homer, Wednesday the 18th; at Concord on Thursday, the 19th; at Jacksonburgh on the 20th. The managers would most respectfully inform the citizens of Marshall and its vicinity generally, that they have united their extensive menagerie & circus company, for this season, and in offering them to the public for exhibition, are determined to give such a variety of entertainments as cannot fail to meet the approbation of all classes of community. To effect this they have engaged some of the most talented and celebrated equestrians and gymnastic performers, which, together with their fine collection of living animals, will afford a rich and rare treat to the naturalist and lover of equestrian and gymnastic exercises.
    Mr. Sands will, in the course of the performance, introduce his wonderful taught dog, Skiddine, which excels in his performance any dog in America. The animals and circus are both arranged under a large and spacious pavilion. Seats on an elevated and safe plan will be erected expressly for the accommodation of ladies and children, and every attention will be paid to the comfort and convenience of visitors. For further particulars see bills of the day. Admittance to the whole, 50 cents; children under ten years of age, half price. Calhoun County Patriot (Marshall, MI), July 6, 1838, n.p.n.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Woody's - 1909, 1913-14   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1914

1909: Woody's Combined Shows: Robert Woody, proprietor and manager; Jim Woody, general agent and contractor; Gus Woody, boss canvasman and general director; Mrs. Sallie Woody, treasurer; S. S. Hostings, band master and musical director; Loather Woody, supt. of animals; Neala Floyd, supt. of wardrobe; Joe Edwards, manager side show. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 81.

1913: Woody's Combined Shows - Robt. Woody, manager; Sallie Woody, treasurer; Chester Brasher, superintendent canvas; Mr. Denning, boss hostler. Show opens at Afton, Okla., June 15. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

1914: Woody's Shows: Robert Woody, proprietor & manager; Sallie Woody, treasurer; Gus Woody, general agent; Geo. Spurlin, special agent; Robt. Woody, contracting press agent & supt. privileges; S. S. Hastings, musical director; Walter Hurt, supt. canvas; Bill Helvy, supt. commissary dept. Show opens at Afton, Okla. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 49.

• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out    Billboard,    Clipper,   and/or do a   Search

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Woodyear's; Woodyear & Ross' - 1882, 1892

1882:

    Charles B. Ross left John Wilson's Circus in Australia, and is now co-proprietor of Woodyear & Ross' Royal Australian Circus. New York Clipper, August 19, 1882, p. 350.

1892:

    Robert E. Lee has reached California from China where he as been traveling with Woodyear's Circus. Mr. Lee is at present living with friends at Los Angles, Cal. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wooten & Andrews' - 1874

    Wooten & Andrews' Menagerie is to be exhibited at Newberry, S.C., March 7. Business is reported excellent. New York Clipper, March 14, 1874, p. 399.

    Wooten & Andrews' Menagerie and Calisthenic Exposition is reported doing an excellent business in South Carolina. New York Clipper, March 21, 1874, p. 407.

    Wooten & Andrews' Menagerie is reported doing a good business through North Carolina. Miss Millie Lotino Belmont, gymnast, is a great card. George Wambold, his son George, and his troupe of performing dogs and monkeys joined the show at Newbern, March 18. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, p. 23.

    Wooten & Andrews' Great Southern Calisthenic Exposition and Menagerie are reported to have met with success in Tennessee and Kentucky. The absence of riding is amply compensated for by such artists as Mlle. Lotino ___ and Brother, Fred Levantine, Shapper and ___, and others. New York Clipper, June 27, 1874, p. 103.

    Wooten & Andrews' Great Southern Menagerie showed at Mock Mills, July 30. The show is said to have met with success through the Southern country, one of the principal features is Mlle. Lotino Belmont, gymnast. . . . New York Clipper, August 8, 1874, p. 151.

    Wooten & Andrews' Great Southern Menagerie collapsed at Loudon, Tenn., on Aug. 15. New York Clipper, August 29, 1874, p. 175.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

World Circus 84 - 1984

This was an arena show put together by Paul Kaye. The show opened in Las Vegas in June and then went to Los Angeles for a June 20-July 1 run, to be followed by a national tour. However, the show folded on June 24. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 14.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

World Bros. - 1923   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923

    World Bros. Big Four Ring Circus will visit Le Mars May 23. A parade over a mile in length appearing on our streets with open dens of rare wild beasts will be featured. This circus has the elephant Jennie. A big ten lion act is another feature. Eddie Wyatt, the producing clown, and his thirty other boys, has some real side splitters. Le Mars Semi-Weekly Sentinel (Le Mars, IA), May 4, 1923, n.p.n.

    World Bros. Circus comes to Rolfe, May 14. One of the features is the polar bear act, shoot the chutes. The bears are trained to slide down the big incline. . . . Twenty clowns are headed by Kenneth Waite, the Charlie Chaplin of circusdom. Rolfe Arrow (Rolfe, IA), May 10, 1923, n.p.n.

• Information on the 1923 World Bros. show, Fred Buchanan, owner, is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).

• Another article on the 1923 World Bros. show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 5, pp. 4-12.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

World Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, James Heron, proprietor, 1933-34.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

World's Fair Aggregation - 1892

    The World’s Fair Aggregation will open on or about May 1?, at White Cloud, Kan. They will carry thirty-five people, thirty head of stock, ten wagons, and use a 100ft. round top with a __ft. middle piece. The route will be Kansas, Wisconsin, Iowa and Nebraska. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.

    Notes from the World’s Fair Aggregation. Our season will open May 1?. Our canvas and wagons are all new. The show will be a clean one from the start, and we intend keeping it so. Theo. Taylor, Joe White and Newton Lear are among the people engaged so far. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.

    The World’s Fair Aggregation and Combined Shows will open the season May __ at White Cloud, Kas. The roster: Joseph White, sole owner; W. S. Wheeler, business manager; Theo. Taylor, treasurer; T. Leon, equestrian manager; F.(?) W. George, agent; F. R. Nelson, in charge of canvas . . . the Leons, Harry DeVere . . . St. Clair and Fielding, and W. S. Wheeler, clown. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Notes from the World’s Fair Aggregation. The weather has been bad of late, but we have been going right ahead with our show, and, notwithstanding the many drawbacks, we will be ready to open on time. George Miller will have charge of the canvas, instead of F.(P.?) Nelson. . . . New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.

    Call. People engaged for the World’s Fair Aggregation and Combined Shows report at White Cloud, Kansas, May 1?. W. S. Wheeler. P.S. Side show privilege for sale. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 124.

    Notes from the World’s Fair Aggregation and Combined Shows. Our opening May 21, at White Cloud, Kas., was big, and the show has been doing a good business ever since. We have only missed one afternoon performance, and that was on account of the heavy rains and condition of the roads. We think we are lucky when so many of the shows have had to miss so many stands. The weather is all that we can ask for this week, and, as the farmers have caught up with their work, we are looking for big results. June _ was postoffice day, and the first World’s Fair money was sent to many homes. Our concert and sideshow is doing a world of business. The Jennier Family, Sig. and Dot Harris, H. Devere, Kutch and Ladro, and Mr. and Mrs. Houman(Bouman?) are among the leading members of our company. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.

    B.(?) P. Bowman has the sideshow privilege with the World’s Fair Combined Shows. Jennie Bowman works her troupe of performing dogs in the big show. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Notes from the World’s Fair Aggregation. All is well with us. Prof. Bowman is manager of the museum, and Sig. Harris is running the candy stands. We had to put extra teams on during the bad weather. Ringling Bros., F. J. Taylor, Cook & Whitby and Lemen Bros. have been moving us around some, but we still live and pay salaries. We remain in Kansas six weeks. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.

    Notes from the World’s Fair Show. We are now in our sixth week. Richard is himself again. Sam Glassburger, the strong man, joined June 27, at Strong City, Kas. Prof. Newfield closed at Cottonwood Falls, 25(?). Pat McManus taking his place as bandmaster. Sig. Harris gave his wife, Dot Harris, a handsome watch and chain, at Herrington, Kas. Theo. Taylor is back with the show, having left advance in good shape at Eureka. He reports that agent H. W. George is doing some fine work ahead. Prof. Bowman’s Museum is doing a good business, and is a feature. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 276.

    On the road, circuses: World’s Fair, Skidmore MO Aug 11, Quitnam 12, Burlington Junction 13, Westborough 15 . . . Fairfax 17, Rock Point 18, Wetson 19. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 361.

    On the road, circuses: World’s Fair, Fairfax MO Aug 17, Rock Point 18, Watson 19. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 376.

    1892: On the road, circuses: World’s Fair, . . . Humboldt 2?; Table Rock 26, Pawnee City 27 . . . Hanover Kan. 31, Washington Sept 1, Greenleaf 2, Waterville 3. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 393.

    The World’s Fair Shows have reorganized under the firm name of De Vere & Keetch’s New Colossal Shows and Pyrotechnical Sensation. Roster: Harry De Vere & Ed. Keetch, proprietors; Sig. Harris, Dot Harris . . . Lester West . . . Charley Anderson, Theo Taylor, Harry Taylor . . . They will work South this winter. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 488.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

WPA Circus - 1937

The WPA Circus (Works Progress Administration) operated under the Federal Theater Project, administrated by the WPA. The show went under canvas late in May, opening in New York City. Bandwagon, March-April, 1992, p. 17.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wright Show - 1894

    Roster of the Wright Show. - Sam Wright, proprietor; Barney Earle, manager; Barney ???, equestrian director. Performers: Sam Wright, Charles Prine, Joe Richards, Ida Wright, ??? Wright, Geo. Adams, Hattie Richard, Lucy ??? and Iverson Moxley. John Bell, canvas boss; Jimie Six, property man, and Willie Jordan, boss hostler. The show travels by wagon. We have one round top and 40 ft. middle piece. The show leaves O.T., April 18, for Texas. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 102.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wright & Esberg Show - 1888

    Wright & Esberg's Paris Pavilion Twenty-five Cent Wagon Shows, performers in all branches of the circus business except riders, also band of six pieces and concert people. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. Address Wm. F. Wright, Palmer House, Cincinnati, O. P.S. Would like to buy a small elephant. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 160.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Paul Wright's Circus

• Show was out in 1975. Bandwagon, January-February, 1976.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wyman, Dempsey & Turk - 1885

    Wyman, Dempsey & Turk Bros.' Shows are still at Tolchester Beach, Baltimore, Md., performing under canvas. They have recently added the Royal Turk, with performing bears, as well as a troupe of colored minstrels. H. E. Dempsey is business manager and W. Wyman stage manager. New York Clipper, August 22, 1885, p. 360.

    Wyman, Dempsey & Turk's Show was struck by a cyclone just after the afternoon performance Aug. 25. The three centre poles were broken into splinters, and the canvas was completely destroyed. Everything was destroyed, and they are compelled to cancel dates ahead for about a week to get things repaired. New York Clipper, September 5, 1885, p. 388.

    The list of Wyman, Dempsey & Turk Bros.' Show includes Edward D. Henry, advance agent; H. E. Dempsey, treasurer; Prof. Wyman, stage manager; Hazel Livingston, leader of orchestra; Mlle. Letta, Emma Romaine, Chas. Williams, Pearl Livingston, and Chas. and Wm. Turk. New York Clipper, October 10, 1885, p. 468.

    Prof. Wyman and the Turk Bros. write that their show is still on the road, though H. E. Dempsey (formerly advance agent) has withdrawn from it. New York Clipper, November 7, 1885, p. 532.

Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wyoming Bill's Wild West - 1913

    Newark, New Jersey, January 10. Prairie Lillie & Nebraska Bill's Wild West has just completed arrangements to go out again the coming season, under the name of Wyoming Bill's Wild West, with all new canvas. The show will have ten cars, the same as last year, but will play circus acts. Last season the show remained out 24 weeks. The coming season it expects to start out in Apirl and remain out for a long season, going South in the Winter. A number of men have already been put to work getting things into shape. More cowboys and Indians will be carried this year than last, and the show will be enlarged with pit shows and other concessions. Arrangements have already been made to put on a large side show. Billboard, January 18, 1913, p. 22.

    Newark, New Jersey, February 6. Messrs. Thaller, Crowley and Welsh, who have for the past three seasons controlled and managed the Prairie Lillie and Nebraska Bill Wild West, have decided to change the name to Wyoming Bill's Wild West and Circus Combined this season. . . . Several new cars and new parade wagons, including a band chariot, new parade wardrobe and trappings will be added. The parade, with three bands, will be a feature of the show. Billboard, February 15, 1913, p. 53.

    John M. Franz, chief of the cowboys, has signed a contract for life with Wyoming Bill's Wild West Show. He is now busy at winter quarters, Hillside Park, Belleville, New Jersey, looking after the wants of the stock and getting things in readiness for the opening. Billboard, March 1, 1913, p. 51.

    Wyoming Bill's Wild West and Circus Combined is going out this season with a brand new outfit from stakes to cars. It will be a 15 car show, and the entertainment strengthened by the addition of numerous circus acts, including Power's Hippodrome Elephants. There will be a 20 piece Indian band. The management has purchased a herd of long-horned steers from Old Mexico. They have also engaged Prince Archie and his troupe of Russian Cossacks. There is great activity around the winter quarters at Hillside Park, Bellville, New Jersey, where the work is being rushed, under the supervision of John T. Welsh. Tom Morrow has been engaged as general and press agent. . . . John B. McNally, manager of the organization, is still holding down his position of advertising manager for Jacob's Theater. Billboard, March 8, 1913, p. 23.

    Wyoming Bill's Wild West Show - W. E. Thaller and John T. Welsh, proprietors; John B. McNalley, manager; M. H. Welsh, assistant manager; Edw. Shreiner, treasurer and secretary; Harry Smith, auditor; John T. Welsh, general agent and railroad contractor; Wm. Morrow, local contractor; Jacob H. Hope, special agent; H. Stanley Lewis, contracting press agent; Dan Leon, excursion agent; John W. Andrews, sideshow manager; John Frances, equestrian director; Dan Megran, general superintendent; Jas. Sullivan, superintendent privileges; Philip Carressa, musical director; Henry Gall, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Slim Chambers; superintendent canvas; Frenchy, trainmaster; Thos. F. Ahearn, boss hostler; Edw. Flinn, superintendent commissary department; John Gilgore, superintendent lights; Sam Howard, superintendent props; Jas. Obrin, superintendent ring stock; Jas. L. Murphy, superintendent stock; Fred Greives, superintendent working crew; Sim Brown, 24-hour agent; Harvey Dale, blacksmith; Geo. B. Beckley, manager advertising car No. 1; Bill Smith, checker-up; Tom Smithers, legal adjuster; Harry Williamson, announcer. Show opens at Philadelphia, Pa., April 24. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

• Messrs. Thaller and Crowley, owners of Hillside Park, Belleville, New Jersey, have presented a Wild West show as the feature attraction in their park for the past several years. They were also interested in the Wyoming Bill Show, which was a railroad show in 1914. Billboard, November 6, 1915, p. 23.

• Show was out 1913-14 under Welsh Brothers, a 10 car show. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Wyoming Historical Wild West - 1895

    The advance staff of Wyoming Historical Wild West: D. S. Vernon, general agent; J. W. Campbell, contractor; D. S. Ward, manager car No. 1; T. H. Dehovan, in charge of paper; C. H. Faust, lithographer; W. O. Parker, N. R. Smith, H. Brooks, H. Flynn, C. Ferguson, E. L. Broughton, bill posters. New York Clipper, May 4, 1895, p. 131.

    Business with the Wyoming Wild West is reported good in New York State. Buck Taylor, with a number of cowboys, Indians, a troupe of Arabs and a herd of buffalos, prove an attraction. One hundred and seventy-five horses and twenty cars are used to transport the outfit, we are informed. New York Clipper, June 1, 1895, p. 195.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Yellow Bird's Wyoming Ranch Wild West - 1918   (Canada)

    Wanted, trick ropers and trick riders, also cowgirls. This is a real show., Yellow Bird's Wyoming Ranch Real Wild West. Address John Derry, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 29.

    Chief Yellow Bird, the eloquent, is in Northwest Canada, and will shortly put out Yellow Bird's Wyoming Ranch Real Wild West Show in that section. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 43.

    Wanted, for Yellow Bird's Wyoming Ranch Real Wild West Show. One team of clowns that will put on acrobatic act in concert. Salary $40 per week. Want to hear from people who do two or more acts, also trick riders and bronk rider. Show opens Senlac, Sask., May 9. Must be exempt from draft. John Berry, Senlac, Saskatchewan, Canada. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 30.

    Yellow Bird's Wild West show is touring the Canadian Northwest. They report such good success with their wagon show that they are going to take the rails over the C. P. R. Chief Yellow Bird married a trapeze performer with the troupe. Babe and Ernest Willits recently joined the show. Billboard, August 3, 1918, p. 57.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

Y

Yager's Imperial Circus - 1897

    Roster of Yager's Imperial Circus. J. C. Yager, sole owner and manager; Billy Neihken(?) (Buckskin Bill), asst. manager; Mrs. J. C. Yager, treasurer. Performers, the Vernon Bros., Sisters Laverne, Buckskin Bill, rifle and pistol shot; the Barr Bros., triple horizontal bars; the Edwards Bros., acrobats; the Florence Sisters, aerialists, and Prof. Rogers' troupe of performing horses, ponies and dogs. The band is under the direction of Prof. Al Parker . . . The show opened at Louisiana, Missouri for three days. New York Clipper, May 15, 1897, p. 173.

    Notes from J. C. Yager's New Imperial Shows. Roster: Prof. Al Parker, band of twelve musicians; W. W. Anderson, K. Y. Portman, J. A. Fogarty, Oscar Long, T. A. Scott, Al Fleming, O. Savage, Ed T. Smith, L. M. Randolph, George Frazier, Fred Payden. J. C. Yager, proprietor; Gay Billings, asst. manager; Mrs. Anna Yager, treasurer; Metsgar, Wilson and Mullin, ground and lofty tumbling; Allen Cornell, Harry Arnold, aerial bars; Billings and Delmar, clowns; Ralk and Sampson, double trapeze; Abby Cochran, Spanish rings; J. A. Wheeler, single traps and slack wire; Arthur and Ceilia Heaton, return act; George Calogee, sailor perch; Fred Payden adn Vernen, sketch team; Ethel Billings and Master Frankie Yager, song and dance; Gay and Mrs. Billings . . .. Fred Horton, in charge of canvas. Show carries a 70ft. top with two middle pieces, 40ft. dressing top, 30ft. dining top and ten 10x12 sleeping tents. We expect a long season South. New York Clipper, September 18, 1897, p. 480.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Yankee Doodle Circus - 1989, 1991

1989: Mike Naughton's Yankee Doodle Circus was in the Northeast during the summer of 1989. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 24.

1991: The show was at least in New York state from March 7 to 27. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 16.

• Show is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1992-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Yager Bros. Golden West Shows

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America,, circa 1926.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Young Bros. & Baldwin - 1892

    Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit will open its season early in May at De Moines, Ia., with an entirely new wagon outfit. The spread of canvas will include a 100ft. round top, with a __ft. middle piece, a 40ft. dressing tent, and a 50(?)ft. sideshow. There will be over thirty head of stock, and the chief feature of the entry will be a new clown and mule specialty. Bruce L. Baldwin, of the firm, will double with Bette(Belle?) Johnston in a novel aerial act. Young Bros. & Baldwin, by the way, print conspicuously on their letter paper the following significant sentence: "We only answer ‘ads" which appear in the New York Clipper, and recognize no other theatrical or circus publication." New York Clipper, January 16, 1892, p. 745.

    A dozen new wagons, including a new band chariot and ticket wagon, are being made for Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Circus. There is also in construction a large, new bill wagon for the second advance brigade. The company now engaged number in the neighborhood of thirty. Contracts for printing have been let, and everything is moving smoothly. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 792.

    William E. Young, George A. Young, Bruce L. Baldwin. Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Old Time Circus and Trained Animal Exhibit (first class wagon show). Will open the season May _ at Des Moines, Iowa. Wanted, riders, leapers, tumblers, gymnasts, aerialists, contortionists, brother act who do strong horizontal bars and ___ first class novelty in that circus line. . . . Also want boss canvas man, boss chandelier man, four, six and eight horse drivers, grooms, bill posters, lithographers, programmers, etc. Address Young Bros. & Baldwin, Des Moines, Iowa. New York Clipper, February 27, 1892, p. 851.

    The roster of Young Bros. and Baldwin’s Circus is about complete, and includes William E. Young, George A. Young and Bruce L. Baldwin, owners and manager; William E. Young, treasurer . . . Col. W. A. Hundley, master of sideshow privileges; Wm. Rearick, equestrian director, and concert manager; Fred M. Black, and troupe of stallions, ponies and dogs; W?? Rearick, three Bell Bros. . . . Edwin Weston . . . and two bands. The show opens May _ at Des Moines, Ia. There will be fifty-six head of stock in charge of Eugene Hale, and eighteen drivers and the canvas will be in charge of A. J. Anderson and eight helpers. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.

    The following people comprise the advance of Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Show: E. L. Brannan, general agent; L. L. Weddle, advertising agent; Frank Robertson, press agent; Chas. H. Leland, contractor . . . H. B. Roberts . . . Dan Patterson, Frank York, Ben Silvers and Harry Lewis, billposters. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.

    Emma Dorr, slack wire performer and ascensionist, has joined Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Show. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.

    Roster of Young Bros. & Baldwin’s Old Time Circus and Trained Animal Exposition: Wm. E. Young, Geo. A. Young and Bruce L. Baldwin, proprietors and managers; E. L. Brannan, general agent . . . Frank Robertson, press agent . . . ?. J. Anderson, boss canvasman, with ten assistants . . . Fred. M. Black, with troupe of trained stallions, ponies and dogs . . . Emma Dorr . . . Edwin Weston . . . New York Clipper, April 23, 1892, p. 98.

    Sioux City, Iowa. Arena: Young Brothers' Circus is in the hands of the sheriff, having been attached by the employees for their wages, which have not been paid for some time. New York Dramatic Mirror, August 27, 1892, p. 10.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Young Bros. - 1893

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Young Buffalo Wild West - 1909-14 (various titles)   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-14

1911:

    Lon B. Williams will be the traffic manager of the Young Buffalo Wild West, instead of Mr. M. C. Cookston, as previously announced. Mr. Cookston is the general superintendent of the show, and next to Col. Vernon C. Seaver, general manager, will be chief in authority back with the show. Mr. Williams, who is the general agent, will, however, make his own railroad contracts, in addition to his multiple duties and general agent. Frank C. Cooper, one of the best known agents in show business, will assist Mr. Williams in the handling of the advance. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
    Chas. E. Wanner, lariat thrower, will be seen in the arena with Vernon Seaver's Young Buffalo Wild West and Texas Rangers. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.

• Information on the 1911 show, online in Bandwagon, February 1945 (scroll down).

1912:

    Young Buffalo Wild West and Col. Frederick Cummins' Far East Combined - Young Buffalo Wild West Co., Inc., props.; Col. Vernon C. Seaver, general mgr.; Ernest Cooke, assistant general mgr.; W. R./B.(?) Bennett, treas.; C. R. Gerdes, secy; George C. Gute, auditor; Lon B./R.(?) Williams, general agent and railroad contractor; Samuel H. Fielder, local contractor; E.(?) F. ?ampman, special agent; J. H. Fitzpatrick, contracting press agent; Samuel F. Allen, advance press agent; Frederick B.R.(?) Gorman, press agent back with show; Mike Morton, excursion agent; A. L. Salvail/Salvall(?), mgr. side show; Col. Frederick T. Cummins, director general; M. C. Cookston, general supt.; Col. J. C. M. Bremer, supt. privileges; George Atterbury, musical director; Geo. Applehaus, supt. reserved seat tickets; George Wombold, supt. canvas; T. J. Wilson, trainmaster; Wm. Forquer (Uncle Bill), boss hostler; Jessie Robinson, supt. commissary dept.; George Slocomb, supt. lights; S. Robinson, supt. properties; Barney Demarest, supt. ring stock; A. B. Binder, supt. stock; F. A. Howard, supt. working crew; Thomas Clear, twenty-four agent; Hakik O'Ronker/O'Bonker(?), supt. elephants; Al. Brown, boss carpenter; Andy Talbot, supt. animals; J. W. Kelly, blacksmith; Joe Rosenthal, mgr. advertising car No. 1; H. B./R.(?) Thompson, mgr. advertising car No. 2; Whitey Allen, checker-up; M. C. Cookston, legal adjuster; Clayton Silver, announder. Show opens at Peioria, Ill., April 27. Billboard, March 23, 1912.

    By Si Stebbins. Stamford, Conn.. June 9. We started the past week in Trenton. N. J. . . . In regard to our business there, will simply say, I don't believe the Two Bills' management for passing it up each year, even after wintering there. Newark and Jersey City did not make us rich. Newburgh, N. Y., gave us fair business, in a rain that lasted all day. Kingston was good, and Poughkeepsie gave us capacity both afternoon and night.
    The "Governor" (Mr. Seaver), with Mrs. and Master Seaver Jr., left us in Jersey City for a trip to New York, Chicago and Peoria. "Don't stay away too long. Governor, we miss you too much " Ray Thompson and Mrs. Thompson join today with eight head of high school horses, including Joe Bailey and tbe famous bridleless horse ridden by Mrs. Thompson. This acquisition, along with our own high school riders, Grace Phelan(?), Etta Meyers, Merritt Bellew and Ed. La Gienan(?) will make some high school number, eh? Mrs. Col. Cummins and daughter are at home in Jersev City for a few days.
    Col. Cummins had a bad accident in Kingston at the afternoon performance. During the introduction his horse fell, throwing the colonel heavily on his left shoulder, breaking the collarbone. But the colonel, always game, insisted upon finishing the number, and did. In Newburgh Col. Cummins and Mr. Salvall were tendered a 6 o'clock beefsteak dinner by Newburgh Lodge No. 247, B. P. O. Elks. Col. Cummins also had the pleasure of having ex-Gov. B. B. Odell as his guest at Newburgh.
    We have had many visitors the past week. Ed. Holland, of the Hippodrome, was a welcome visitor at Jersey City. Jake Platt, old time boss canvasman with the Buffalo Bill Shows, also visited. Bartel(?), of animal fame, and Mr. Cagney, who owns and operates more railroads (miniature) than the Vanderbilts, also saw our show at Jersey City. Another welcome visitor at Jersey City was Frank Robbins Jr. The boys of the Wallace advance No. 2 car looked us over at Newburgh and Kingston, and thev are a nice bunch of boys, too.
    There have been numerous accidents the past week. Your correspondent shot his left hand to pieces in Jersey City, at the night performance during the stage-coach hold-up. Don't know yet how I did it. but you can gamble I'm not going to try it over. Doing well, thank you. Another accident yesterday morning, and one at the afternoon performance. In the morning Jas Robinson, our genial steward, went up town with his trotter, Prairie Hay Kate ( 3.47 sometimes), and while in the business section, the king(?) bolt in his sulky broke, and Kate, taking it for the word "go," tried to lower her mark, with the result that Jess was thrown out and considerably bruised. At the afternoon performance Maude Loew was thrown in the quadrille number and had her left shoulder dislocated.
    Joe R. Smith (Young Buffalo) is making a splendid impression with the public with his riding, and his every appearance is greeted with applause. Joe is a mighty good fellow, too, and as arena director he has every number in and out on time. Colorado Cotton, wife and son, Johnny Davis and wife, Wm. Jacobs (Peoria Slim) and Bill Brown are late acquisitions to our cowboy list. Colorado Cotton is now chief of cowboys, and doing some wonderful roping. Mildred McConnell is riding Maj. McKinley. George Slocovll es handling our lights, and they are certainly handled right, and I'll say right here anything George does he does right. Tod Sloan, assistant boss canvasman, was let out at Jersey City, and his place was filled by Wm. Speedy. Jack (Shorty) Rendun lost his famous dog, Wampus, in Jersey City, somebody stealing him from under a wagon. Jack is in Jersey City to-day trying to locate Wampus. We all hope you succeed, Jack.
    A correspondent of a weekly paper in Cumberland, Md., would seem to have it that Steve Gracely (Cossack) was not given a decent burial, by saying he was buried in Potter's Field. I will say, and I know, that he was not only given a decent burial, but Col. Cochrane's mother (Cumberland being the colonel's home town) sent $11 worth of flowers, and a collection was taken up with this show to pay funeral expenses, and a matter of $97 was forwarded to his widow in Southern Russia.
    A. L. Savail(?) always packs them into the annex regardless of any and all conditions. And why shouldn't he. With one of the best side show bands and colored minstrel troupes I've ever seen. Then there is Nell (Mrs. Salvail) a wonder in mental work. Al. himself, with a swell Une of magic, card work and Punch and Judy. Yellow Boy, in a sensational sword swallowing act; A. S. Kazuma. the fire king; Billiken, under the management of Capt. Clayton, who is a laughing wonder, and Marguerite Still and her den of pythons. Then there are Mlle. Alberta and her company of dancers. There is not an act in the whole show that is not a feature; not an act but will either fill you with wonder or merriment, and everybody comes out of Salvail's Annex with only good words for the show, and never knock. I almost overlooked the troupe of native Cingalese and the elephants and camels. They are also in the annex, and those Cingalese are a whole show in themselves. Joe Lehman has charge of the front door of the annex, and he is the right man in the right place. New York Clipper, June 15, 1912, p. 11.

1913: Young Buffalo's Wild West, Col. Cummins' Far East and Vernon C. Seaver's Hippodrome - Vernon C. Seaver, pres. and manager; D. Robinson, treasurer; C. R. Gerdes, secretary; Geo. C. Gute, auditor; F. C. Cooper, general agent; F. J. Collinge, railroad contractor; H. S. Maddy, local contractor; Jack Williams, special agent; J. H. B. Fitzgerald, general press agent; C. F. Gooding, advance press agent; Sam Baker, press agent back with show; Frank Ellis, excursion agent; Lew Nichols, sideshow manager; M. C. Cookston, superintendent; W. H. Reid, leader side show band; Willis Atterbury, musical director; Geo. Applehause, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Geo. Wombold, superintendent canvas; Monk Wilson, boss hostler; Geo. Slocum, superintendent lights; Art Eldridge, superintendent elephants; W. Braddon, blacksmith; Joe Rosenthal, manager advertising car No. 1; Geo. A. Kennedy, manager advertising car No. 2; George Colby, checker-up; M. C. Cookston, legal adjuster. Show opens at Peoria, Ill. Billboard, March 22, 1913.

• This show ended its career at Alton, Ill., July 28, 1914 when thrown into receivership by Vernon C. Seaver. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.

• See the articles on the Young Buffalo Wild West show, 1909-1914, with 1910, 1911, 1912, 1913 routes, online in May-Jun 1959 (scroll down or use find)   and Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1960 (scroll down)

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top

Z

Zaerger's - 1918

    H. T. Zaerger writes from Perrysburg, O., that a new overland circus, Zaerger's Colossal Shows, is in process of formation and will without a doubt make its entry into the field the coming season. The performance is to consist of circus acts, wild animals and a Wild West reproduction, with a tournament as an opening feature. Mr. Zaerger informs us that it will be a two-ring circus with large spreads of canas for big top, menagerie and sideshow, dressing room, cookhouse and horse tents. In addition to the necessary wagons, etc., to transport the outfit and members, tableau and parade wagons will be provided. The show is to carry its own electric lighting system. Billboard, December 28, 1918, p. 26.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zallee's Society Circus

• Zallee's Roman Stadium & Society Circus is listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1911.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zallee Bros. - 1946   Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1946-49

1946:

    The Zallee Bros., a motorized circus, opened at Pekin, Illinois on April 20, 1946. White Tops, March-April, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 3-4, p. 9.
    Zallee Bros. show in 1946, owner Paul Zallee, had a seven piece band, big top a 70 dramatic-end with one 30 and two 20s, 10 stands of blues and 10 stands of starbacks, each seven high. Admission was 90 cents, 50 cents for children and 50 cents for reserves. The show did not have a concert or menagerie. Performers: McCall's seven Siberian Samoy dogs, and pickout ponies; Hap Bailey, trick roping; Paul Zalle, comedy magic, comedy juggling; Sadie Lee, swinging ladders, single trap; Herman Lowman (Kid Herman), clown; Dorothy Burdette, rolling globe, foot juggling; McCall's high diving dog; Al Bailey, Australian bull-whip manipulation; Sonny Conroy, slack wire, devil sticks. White Tops, May-June, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 5-6, p. 18.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zamora's - 1886

    Wanted for Zamora's United Show, circus people in all branches. Also concert people. Those who play brass preferred. Also band of six pieces to double on string. J. J. Zamora, care of Johnson House, Nashville, Tenn. New York Clipper, June 19, 1886, p. 222.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zellmar Bros.

• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, George E. Engesser, proprietor, 1926-28.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Alain Zerbini Circus - 1994-95, 1999

1994: The show toured from early May to mid-August in the East. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 8.

1995: The Alain Zerbini show played the East from mid-May to mid-September, 1995. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 9.

1999: The circus celebrated its 8th year in 1999. The show exhibited in New Jersey and Wisconsin in June. Later in the summer it went back East to play fairs. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, pp. 17-18.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1993-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Tarzan Zerbini Circus - 1984-87, 1999

1984: The show carried two units, Gold and Blue. The Gold show opened in Fort Wayne, Indiana on February 3, and closed at Bremerton, Washington, June 30. It re-opened in July and closed the season in early October. The Blue troupe started in Columbus, Ohio at the end of March, and ended the season in the winter quarters Joplin, Missouri in late July.

1985: The Gold unit opened in Fort Wayne, February 1. The Blue unit also toured. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 12.

1986: Tarzan Zerbini again had two units. The Gold unit started at Fort Wayne at the end of January, and ended its season at Utica, New York in early October. The Blue unit opened in early March in Vancouver, and toured in the Pacific Northwest, Western Canada and the Plains states through July. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 13.

1987: The show had two units, playing under Shrine auspices. The western unit opened in Fort Wayne in early February and played a long season in Canada before playing the Pacific Northwest. The eastern unit opened March 13 in the U.S. and played most of the season in Ontario and Quebec before ending the year in Maryland in October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 13.

1999: Operated by Tarzan Zerbini and Joseph Bauer in 1999, the show opened in Fort Wayne, Indiana on January 28. In March it was billed as Circus Maximus when in Colorado. During the summer the show played Canada and played Massachusetts in October. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, pp. 18, 19.

• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1986-.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

King E. Ziemer's Royal American Circus - 1900

    Wanted, for King E. Ziemer's Royal American Shows. Performers in all branches. If you play brass in parade or double concet, say so. Musicians of all kinds write. No fares. P. S. Open April ??. King E. Ziemer, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, March 15, 1902, p. 60.

    King E. Ziemer's reports good business. Billboard, September 1, 1900, p. 5.

    Ziemer's Plans. In a letter to "The Billboard" from his winter quarters at St. Louis, King E. Ziemer, proprietor of the Royal American Shows, says: "Our season will open April 27, either in Carondolet, Mo., or St. Louis. I will have a new campus, an eighty-foot round top with one forty-foot middle piece, a new dressing top twenty feet in diameter, and a cook tent 12 by 16 feet. My horse tent of last season will be used again the coming year, as it is in good condition. We will all sleep at hotels." Billboard, December 29, 1900.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Zimmerman Bros. - 1891, Snyder & Zimmerman - 1892, Wells & Zimmerman, 1895

1891:

    On the road: Zimmerman Bros., . . . East St. Louis, Mo., 4, indefinite. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 819.
    On the road: Zimmermann Bros., Quincy, Ill., March 11-14. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.

    Zimmerman Bros.’ Circus and Menagerie will open its season at Davenport, Ia., early next month. The show will travel by wagon, and will carry __ head of horses, two elephants, five camels, eight cages and a hippodrome track. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.

    To the people who never close. Please take warning. You are merely a lot of old women when you say you never close. It’s only because we people whom you term fakirs, etc., have kept you up. I paid my people like a man, and hold receipts for the same, while you owe them one year’s salary, at least. We will travel through Minnesota, North and South Dakota and Iowa. Remember, we will have the finest wagon show on earth. Open at Davenport, Iowa, about May 1. Wanted, all kinds of curiosities for museum department; for circus riders and people in all kinds of the circus business. Remember, there will be but one big wagon show this season, and our admission is but 25 cents. Wanted, outside attractions. Wanted, a good band. Jette Mose, Max and Sam Zimmerman, sole proprietors. Address to Quincy, Ill. or per Clipper route. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 54.

    Notes from Zimmerman Bros.’ Traveling Museum. Everything is all bustle just now on account of the great show that the Zimmerman Bros. will put on the road about May 14(?). The show starts from Davenport, Ia., under canvas. Our outside attraction will be Prof. R. R. Ritter(?) in his aerial flights and parachute descents. The show will be under the sole management of M. Zimmerman. Prof. Hugo will have charge of the annex. Our museum at present comprises the half horse and half man, Prof. Hugo (magician and illusionist), Baltimore Jubilee Singers, Joe Brown (cowboy banjoist), seven cages of animals, one cage of monkeys, also trained donkeys and dogs. Harry Snider . . . Mike Mullen, Sadie Lyon and Maud Ransome are still with us. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.

    Zimmerman Bros. have contracted with C. J. Eddy, aeronaut, to give balloon ascensions and parachute jumps with their circus, which will open at Davenport, Ia., April 15. Prof. W.S. Stewart will be one of the cloud scrapers. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.

    Zimmerman Bros.’ Shows will begin ___ May 16, at St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.

    On the road, circuses: Zimmerman Bros., Peoria, Ill, June 1-6(?). New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.

    The Zimmerman Bros. have been adding considerable new material to their already large outfit. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.

    Wanted, for Zimmerman Bros.’ sideshow, a band of _ mouth pieces. A lady to do outside ascnesion. Magician and Punch and Judy Performer. You get your money every Saturday night. Long engagement; go South this winter. Wanted to buy or rent cheap, medium size elephant, 2 camels, passenger car, flat car and stock car. Address Max Zimmerman, manager Zimmerman Bros.’ Shows, Fair Grounds, Hannibal, Mo., this week, Louisiana next week. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 356.

1892:

    $___ buys all of the following show property, the biggest bargain ever offered in the show business. ___ young horses . . . 1 pair ___ and beautiful young donkeys, 1 spotted Shetland pony mare, 3 yrs old . . . elegant band uniforms, helmets, coats, pants, and music ___ and drum major suit, nearly new, as uniforms as ever used in this country; 1 ticket wagon, 1 pole wagon, 1 seat and plank wagon. These wagons are for R. R. Show and nearly new, formerly the property of Fisher & Aiken. Write Max Zimmerman, Topeka, Kansas. Above property will all be delivered at Davenport, Iowa. Might trade for circus top and seats. New York Clipper, January 2, 1892, p. 722.

    The Snyder & Zimmerman All Feature Shows are organizing for the fairs. . . . New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.

    (1892?) Snyder & Zimmerman’s Fair Ground Show, No. 1, close this week at Harrisburg, Va., and their No. 2 show is at the Macon, Ga. Fair, and will tour the Southern fairs under the supervision of Prof. Hugo. Mr. Snyder left at once for New York to make arrangements for their Minstrel Carnival, and, judging from the many novelties they have in store, it will be a complete revolution of the minstrel business. The parade is something entirely new, and will be about six blocks long. Max Zimmerman will remain at Frederick, Md., and look after the interest of the show at that end of the line. The show opens Nov. 28(?), and will run until after the World’s Fair, traveling in their own special cars, and playing only the larger towns.

    A serious wreck occurred on the Norfolk and Western Railroad Oct. 31, 1892, near Disputanta, Va., which was caused by the collision of two trains loaded with coal. Fourteen cars and a locomotive were wrecked, and Leonard Laporte, of Germantown, Pa., a trapeze performer of Snyder & Zimmerman’s Circus was killed. John Fahan and Andrew Fahan, of Trenton, N.J., brothers, who were also trapeze performers with the same circus, were seriously, and perhaps fatally injured. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.

    Snyder & Zimmerman’s Fair Ground Show, No. 1, closed this week at Harrisonburg, Va., and their No. 2 show is at the Macon, Ga., fair, and will tour the southern fairs under the supervision of Prof. Hugo. Mr. Snyder left at once for New York to make arrangements for their Minstrel Carnival, . . . The parade is something entirely new, and will be about six block long. Max Zimmerman will remain at Frederick, Md., and look after the interest of the show at that end of the line. The show opens Nov. 28, and will run until after the World’s Fair, traveling in their own special cars, and playing only the larger towns. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.

1895: Notes from Wells & Zimmerman's Combined Shows. J. R. Wells and May Zimmerman [Max Zimmerman?], proprietors and managers; Sam Zimmerman, treasurer; H. and J. Barnum, managers museum annex; Wm. Roberts, privilege manager; Chas. Lewis and Arthur Bayden, leaders of band and orchestra. The show travels by rail and opens under a new canvas at Milton(?), Florida. New York Clipper, March 23, 1895, p. 35.

Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.

Top